Home

Product Guide Fire Detection Systems

1. 69 244614 Beam Smoke Detector Conv FIREBEAM PLUS 251 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 163 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 198 C Kr AAR ONAT De o EE aise es 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 38 244128 Adhesive Tangit 0 12kg KLEB RAS 01 274 S i 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 0 38 244129 Adhesive Tangit 0 25kg KLEB RAS 02 274 re 212028 Cabinet 19 36HU GEH19 36 0c cece ee 38 244130 Adhesive Tangit 0 5kg KLEB RAS 05 274 i i 212036 Cabinet 19 40HU GEH19 40 0 eee eee 39 244126 Adhesive Tangit Ikg KLEB RAS 274 S e 212037 Cabinet 19 45HU GEHI9 45 ENEE REENEN 39 244241 Arr Filter for Smoke Aspir System LF RAS 271 e ae 243100 Carbon Monoxide Detector Disc 58000 300 177 244280 Air Filter for Smoke Aspir System VSP 850 272 a 244240 Ceiling Lead Through Set DDF KOMPL 271 229004 Alarm Resistor 100pcs 1K 0 33W 20005 312 244131 Cleaner Tangit 0 12L REIN RAS 01 274 250026 Alarm Delay Control Unit IBF70 1 S1 288 244127 Cleaner Tangit IL REIN RAS 0045 274 218044 Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS BC216 307 SC 244236 Condensate Separator DA25 KABS 25 273 218045 Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS LBC1
2. 8 252 241047 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ivory ND22051E IV 115 244617 Reflector 80 100m REFL3090011 M 252 241049 Optical Smoke Detector 200 APISM Ivory 265812 Reinforcement Iron Cage MEK700 2 283 NDZ2Z05 EIEN eee 115 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 67 241050 Optical Laser Smoke Detector 200 7251 116 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 68 241062 Optical Smoke Detector Orbis IS OP 52027 217 223027 Remote Access Module PSTN FZP2 1 58 241072 Optical Smoke Detector 650 FC650 0 80 223028 Remote Access Module GSM GPRS FZG2 1 59 241080 Optical Smoke Detector 700 FI700 O 83 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 158 241082 Optical Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF O 229 250013 Remote Display Alarm Fault SG48 2 75 241090 Optical Smoke Detector Conv Ex SLR E IS 220 250020 Remote Tableau SG70 1 0 cece eee eee 74 241101 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ex 22051EISE IV 223 250030 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 Al 72 241110 Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM ND22051EI 114 250033 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 CZ1 73 241111 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP ND22051E 115 250035 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 NL1 73 241150 Optical Battery Smoke Detect
3. 0065 162 T Telescopic Pole SOLO100 0 ccc cece 310 Terminal Set CE AKS216 1 oo ccc eee eee 33 Terminal Set E AKS2TIe i cece eee eee 33 Terminal Adapter Module SUB58 2 67 Termination Connector WM AV22 11800 102 255 Test Gas Can SOLOA3 001 2 0 0 eee 309 Test Module 100 200 MOD400R 309 Thermal RoR Detector 400 Ex 5451EIS 220 Thermal Detector XP95 55000 420 174 Thermal RoR Detector 65 AIR 55000 122 172 Thermal RoR Detector 65 BR 55000 127 172 Thermal RoR Detector 65 CR 55000 132 173 Thermal Max Detector 65 CS 55000 137 173 Thermal Detector Disc 58000 400 0 176 Thermal Detector XP95 Ex 55000 440 225 Thermal RoR Detector Orbis A1R AIS HT 51145 218 Thermal Max Detector Orbis A1S IS HT 51157 219 Thermal RoR Detector 300 AIR 5351E 109 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E 110 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S 5351TE 109 Thermal RoR Detector 1000 AIR ECO1005 112 Thermal Max Detector 1000 A2S ECO1005T 113 Thermal Max Detector 1000 BS ECO1004T 112 Thermal RoR Detector 650 A1R FC650 TDIFEF 57 80 Thermal MAX Detector 650 BS FC650 TMAX 78 81 Thermal Detector 700 FI700 T 0000 85 Thermal Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF T 231 Therma
4. 6 210102 210103 210111 210120 210122 210200 210205 210208 210209 210211 211113 211200 211201 211240 211241 214000 214006 214007 214008 214009 214015 214017 214022 214023 214049 214080 214084 214086 214088 214092 214094 214100 214108 214109 214112 214158 214164 214204 214205 214234 214300 214304 214306 214307 214308 214309 214315 214317 214320 214349 214384 214388 214391 214610 214611 219998T 250008 250025 250707 250709 250713 250717 250740 250741 250900 250902 265740 265742 268007 268009 268010 210220 210221 210223 210224 210226 243010 243011 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO16 1 INT1 5 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO16 1 S1 6 Fire Brigade Interface FWIO16 1 05 7 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 D1 7 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 6 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 D1 2 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO6 1 INT1 l Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 D1 2 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 2 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO06 1 S1 2 Fire Brigade Interface EWIoOO 47 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S 43 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 44 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 45
5. Product Guide Fire Detection Systems Export 2012 Trademarks All brand names and product names used in this Product Guide are trade names service marks trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 Introduction Supported by the quality management system certified according to ISO9001 our products are developed manufactured and accurately tested in accordance to national and international standards as well as to our own strict regulations The planning of systems as well as the installation commissioning and maintenance of the products and of the systems combined thereof require specific expert knowledge and therefore may only be made by trained expert personnel The product specific training of the expert personnel must be made by LST or by persons explicitly authorized by LST All valid country specific regulations and guidelines for the use of the products must be obeyed This Product Guide is under no circumstances a substitute for the detailed documentation of the individual products or for the product specific training of the expert personnel on proper and professional installation connection programming and operation of our products and of sy stems combined thereof This Product Guide contains general information on the use for each product Descriptions pictures and specifications correspond to the conditions and intentions at the time of printing of the
6. Adjustable sound level 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Suitable for surface mounting 12VDC 10V to 14V 24VDC 19 5V to 28V typ 8mA 85dB A at 1m distance DIN tone 30 C to 70 C 117 x 30 mm white 150g VdS G211048 0832 CPD 0393 Art No Name Type 359005 Lid For Detector Base Sounder Red DBSLIDR 359006 Lid For Detector Base Sounder White DBSLIDW Sounder 24V Red Multitone 100dB MS1R The multitone sounder MSR is integrated in a red plastic housing and is suitable for indoor and outdoor mounting Due to the built in serial diode the sounder can be directly connected to a line monitored out put with negative monitoring voltage 212 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 355014 351010 Specifications Operating voltage 18 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 20 to 60mA depending on the tone type and sound level Sound level max 100dB A at Im distance Ambient temperature 25 C to 55 C Protection class IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 90 x 90 x 81 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 250g Approvals VdS G28702 0086 CPD 96705 Sounder 24V White Multitone 100dB MS1W The multitone sounder MS1W is integrated in a white plastic housing and is suitable for indoor and out door mounting Due to the built in serial diode the sounder can be directly connected to a line monitored output with negative monitoring voltage Features 32 different tones selectable Adjustable
7. Parameterisation via ethernet or dial up connection RS232C interface prepared for data transfer of event text messages from Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 Six inputs galvanically isolated Four outputs galvanically isolated Specifications Operating voltage 10 29 5VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 160mA max 330mA Input voltage range 10 29 5VDC Output voltage range 10 29 5VDC Max output voltage GSM modem Ethernet interface Serial interface 0 5A per output 900 1800MHz RJ45 10BaseT RJ11 9600 baud Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 105 6 horizontal pitch units x 85 x 58 mm Weight 225g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 64 218023 ESPA 4 4 4 Interface Licence ESPA SS 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 SMS Transmitter Module GSM SCOUT The SMS module GSM SCOUT is used for the event triggered notification of a receiver by means of an SMS message The module is equipped with 4 independent inputs for connecting alarm or fault contacts of a danger detection system When the input is activated through the dry contact an SMS message is sent to the telephone number that has been stored for the respective input In this way the receiver can be infor med for example about a device fault or an alarm event An additional arming input can be used for the delayed enablement o
8. o Specifications Operating voltage 15 to 31VDC Current consumption at 24V 20mA display and LEDs dark 90mA display test Baud rate 600 1200 2400 4800 baud Serial interface connection USB socket type B Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Relative humidity max 95 Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 174 x 250 x 28 5 mm Colour housing grey white RAL 9002 Colour front foil light grey RAL 7035 Weight 1 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT 1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 75 250021 Key Switch Set Complete SCH70 1 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 TRANSMITTING DEVICE and ALARMING DEVICE fields analogous to those on the control panel 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 250021 251003 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 75 Key S
9. 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 36 Software 307 Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS BC216 The alarm monitoring interface license allows for the operation of the DDE server which controls the event driven communication between the operation control system and the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 The DDE server runs as independent task in parallel to the visualisation user interface of the alarm monitoring system Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS LBC1000 The Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS LBC1000 enables the service of the DDE server which controls the event dependent communication between the alarm monitoring system and the Fire Detection Control Panel Series LBC1000 The DDE server operates as an independent task parallel to the user inter face of the alarm monitoring system 308 Chapter 37 Tools 37 Tools 249220 249221 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 The detector tester 1000 is used to check the correct activation of smoke detectors thermal detectors or optical thermal detectors For testing a smoke sensor smoke is generated inside the tester For that purpo se a replaceable capsule is placed in the tester The function of a thermal detector is tested by means of an integrated heating element The desired test mode is selected through the menu of the detector tester If multicriteria detectors are te sted combined tests can also be carried out and the men
10. 9 9 6 9 69 6 Specifications Supply voltage 15 to II VDC Current consumption at 24VDC 15mA quiescent 55mA active Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D 200 x 300 x 50 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 1 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 The Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 according to DIN 14661 is used for connection to fire de tection systems The control unit provides an optical display for the most important operating conditions of the fire detection control panel to facilitate and standardise the operation of a fire detection system for the fire brigade A direct connection to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 and BC016 can be established via
11. By means of dry contacts the Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 allows for the connection of two independent transmitting devices for the direct interconnection to a designated alarm respondent e g the fire brigade as well as the connection of a country specific fire brigade control unit to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 Features Two independent relays with one dry changeover contact each Nine inputs and eight outputs freely parameterisable for the connection of a country specific fire bri gade control unit and other devices All inputs and outputs are available on screw terminals 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214023 214024 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 31 Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 4mA Switching power per contact 60V 1A 30W Contact life 3x 10 Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 132 x 74 x 23 mm Weight 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 31 214023 Fire Brigade I F Additional Board FWZ2 1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Det
12. Colour white Weight 160g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 45681 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 45681 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 190 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 355136 355137 d Ag il E j e Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 45681 334 The addressable sounder with integrated strobe 4568 1 334 is installed in a round white plastic housing The unit is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop The sounder is al ways activated together with the strobe The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery The unit is prepared for indoor surface mounting If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integra ted microphone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The address of the sounder and strobe as well as the sound level are set via the DIL switch The unit contains a dual isolator Features Tone A DIN tone DIN 33 404 1200 500Hz over Is Tone B continuous tone 870Hz Sound level adjustable in two steps
13. Cross references Page Art No Name Type 309 249036 Test Gas Can SOLOA3 001 Test Gas Can SOLOA3 001 The test gas can contains a non polluting test gas for checking the function of automatic smoke detectors The can is suitable for use with Smoke Detector Test Tools FPD05 and SOLO330 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 309 249143 Smoke Detector Test Set SOLO808 310 249051 Smoke Detector Test Tool SOLO330 310 Chapter 37 Tools 249051 Smoke Detector Test Tool SOLO330 The smoke detector test tool 1s used for checking automatic smoke detectors by means of non polluting test gas The transparent head of the test tool provides intervisibility with the detector activation LED in dicator and thus saves test gas The construction of the test tool thanks to its pivoting head allows re in rooms of up to 9m height Page 310 310 309 Cross references 249052 Page 310 310 Cross references 249053 Art No 249054 249053 249036 Art No 249054 249053 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 The fibreglass telescopic pole is needed to individually adjust the detector testers 1000 2000 and SOLO330 as well as the Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 to the individual room height The pole measu res 1 2m in retracted condition The total length in extracted condition is 4 5m you can therefore reach detectors mounted at a height of up to approx 6m Together with up to 3 Extension Poles SOLO101 the aching even mount
14. Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Operating voltage for heating Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight 246113 20 to 30V AC DC typ 80mA 30 C to 60 C 10 to 95 no condensation 102 x 35 mm cream 90g Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU The Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU allows for the numerical display of the activated detectors addresses on a conventional detector line built from Series 300 fire detectors If more than one detector is in the alarm S state the addresses are automatically scrolled In addition the zonal display unit detects and displays wi E Features Multiple alarm display 4 digit display ring errors between control panel and zonal display unit as well as short circuits in the detector line Remote installation always before the first detector 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 246111 246112 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 157 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 100u own consumption without detector Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensati
15. Length 0 6m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 105 244050 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH 244052 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6 1 5m FI700 DDH TV 1 5 The combined air inlet and air escape pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector FI700 DDH and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of up to 1 5m and can be cut to the desired length Length 1 5m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 105 244050 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH 244053 Duct Detector Pipe 700 1 5 2 8m FI700 DDH TV 2 8 The combined air inlet and air escape pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector FI700 DDH and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of up to 2 8m and can be cut to the desired length Length 2 8m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 105 244050 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 106 Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the physical loop address of detectors and modules Series FI700 is set In addition significant parameters of the detector or module such as the device type the de fault analogue value the production date or the level of contamination of an optical smoke detector can be read out and indicated on the display of the unit The programming unit
16. 265900 A 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 200 d FSK Adapter AD 900 1 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 281 Protective Cover for FSK700 2 2SX WSD FSK The protective cover WSD FSK is made of V2A stainless steel and provides the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 or FSK700 2SX with additional protection against moisture in the area of the outer door when raining water penetrates this area from the top or from the side The protective cover is easily placed from the top behind the trim frame of the fire brigade key box Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 287 x 267 x 55 mm Weight 500g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Power Supply For FSK Heating NT700 1 The power supply NT700 1 provides the voltage supply for the exterior door heating of the Fire Brigade Key Boxes FSK700 2 and FSK700 2SX The power supply is integrated in a surface mounting box that is suitable for DIN rail mounting A circuit breaker is installed for overload and short circuit protection Specifications Operating voltage 230VAC 10 15 50Hz Output voltage 24VAC Output power SVA Protection class IP30 Ambient temperature 0 C to 70 C Dimensions W x H x D 110 x 180 x 80 mm Weight 900g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Power S
17. EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 19 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 179 Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Stopp HM 5 32 18 02 The Manual Call Point HM 5 32 18 02 operates as electrical emergency hold device for gas extinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol An integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit The manual call point is accommodated in a blue alumi nium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN54 11 B EN 54 17 and EN 12094 3 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Inscription field STOPP TASTER Gasl schanlage exchangeable Reverse polarity protection Optical indication of activation by LED indicator Push button non latching Standardised glass pane easy to replace Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Setting of physical address from 01 to 126 with button in combination with LED indicator Plenty of space for cabling Increase of protection class to IP54 via optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Points HFM HM ZS IP54 99 9 gt 9 9 6 69 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 1804 A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour
18. The lock which is mounted on the door is suitable for a profile half cylinder with 30 5mm cylinder length A door stop and the accessories needed for the installation are included in the delivery ag Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 150 x 40 mm Weight 0 5kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 265748 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 35 5mm ITA 3 D1 The inner door for the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 or FSK700 2SX is made of 5mm stainless steel The lock which is mounted on the door is suitable for a profile half cylinder with 35 5mm cylinder length A door stop and the accessories needed for the installation are included in the delivery Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 150 x 40 mm Weight 0 5kg 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 E ana mo 280 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 265753 265757 265743 265744 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 2SX DBUS ITB 2 D1 The inner door for the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 or FSK700 2SX is made of 5mm stainless steel sheet and is suitable for installation of the double bit locks Type 2 and Type 2005 A door stop and the ac cessories needed for the installation are included in the delivery Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 150
19. The mounting base is used for mounting the temperature resistant sensing cable to concrete ceilings For installation the mounting base is fixed in a hole with a 6mm diameter that has to be drilled into the cei ling and is mounted in a distance of 1cm to the ceiling The sensing cable is fastened to the base with a cable tie Cross references Page Art No Name Type 254 244622 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 253 244628 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 257 244634 Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ 251 244633 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT 254 244624 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 Mounting Clip 3040 LGK The insulating grip saddle is used for mounting the temperature resistant sensing cable to concrete cei lings Please note that the mounting clip has a limited resistance against acids and solvents Therefore it is not recommended for use in environments where sensing cables either with black nylon coating or stain less steel meshwork are usually applied Cross references Page Art No Name Type 253 244628 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 257 244634 Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ 257 244633 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT 256 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 244631 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv SKM 03 The linear heat detection system according to EN 54 5 Class C max room height 6m allows the secure detection of maximum temperature exceedances over the entire length of the sensor cable The connection can be established
20. as well as stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 7Ah Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in English language The initial commissioning of the control panel is significantly facilitated by the practical factory settings The system specific parameterisation of the control panel can be directly accomplished via the keypad of the integrated display and operating field without the requirement of any additional support Essential features Administration of up to 6 detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification and fault detectors with or without self resetting property With the help of the optional MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 alarms from automatic detectors and ma nual call points which are both connected to the same detector line can be distinguished by the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 The type of line terminator end of line resistor or end of line capacitor can be selected via parameterisation Two monitored outputs for the connection of external alarming devices with the possibility of individu al activation via and or combinations Independent indication of activation fault and disablement of the alarming devices as well as indepen dent operation via one button per alarming device Summary LED indicators for information about all current events 8 LED pairs are automatically assigned to parameterised zones and alarming devices and display the a
21. 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 18 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 Control panel recognises all control panel components and loop elements by means of auto setup du ring first commissioning Connection of detectors via unshielded 2 wire cabling Stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 22Ah can be integrated in control panel housing only with BC216 2 BC216 3 BC216 1CE BC216 3CE 1 Sectional control panels BC216 3 and BC216 3CE have no display and operating field installed these sectional control panels are operated by and the events are displayed on an operatable sectional control pa nel e g the main operating unit 2 Fire detection control modules have no display and operating field installed these sectional control panels are operated by and the events are displayed on an operatable sectional control panel e g the main operating unit or an optionally connected Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E 3 The functions and features of the Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3LG are restricted to the processing of 2 ADM loops the connection of conventional detector lines is not possible control panel functions are not supported either please see also the detailed product description in the catalogue Additional features and functions when operating in analogue ADM loop technology can be found in the description of the Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 Note The Fire Detection Control Modul
22. 1039 01 0100 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 43 Central processing board BC600 xxxS The fire detection control panel is equipped with a Central Processing Board ZTB600 1 standard version without redundan cy processor BC600 xxxR The fire detection control panel is equipped with a central processing board with redundancy processor ZTBR600 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S FWI600 1 22Ah Series BC600 Specifications The modularly constructed Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S comprises a wall mount cabinet with a display and operating field a Power Supply NT602 1 with an output current of 2 3A a Backplane BPL610 1 with a Central Processing Board ZTB600 1 and 8 free mounting positions as well as a Module Carrier BGT600 1 In addition the unit offers the following specific features The control panel housing can be equipped with up to 8 function modules e g Conven tional Detector Interface GIF608 1 Loop Interface LIF601 1 Fire Brigade Interface The integrated display and operating field consists of a 1 4 VGA graphics display the LED displays as well as a membrane keypad The door of the housing is provided with 3 mounting spaces for optional expansions such as a LED button field a front panel printer or a fire brigade control unit At the bottom of the cabinet there is space for stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max Further features and functions are listed in t
23. 214064 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 CZ1 19 244321 Detector Module DM TP 10 L 0 264 214066 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SK1 20 244322 Detector Module DM TP 01 L 0 265 214079 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 HR1 20 244323 Detector Module DM TT 50 L 0 266 214081 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 RUS1 20 244324 Detector Module DM TT 10 L 267 214085 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SLO1 20 244325 Detector Module DM TT 01 L 267 214087 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 T1 20 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 151 214089 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 PL1 20 246016 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE 155 214093 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 S1 19 e 246018 Detector Base 500 200 Heater BS24HTR 156 214095 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 FINI 21 S 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 151 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 24 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 008 194 214612 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 D1 19 346025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 194 214997T BCnet Sectional Control Panel OP BC216 2EPS 23 M O DE 01 EX11399E SAM 1039
24. 246027 Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 228005 Protocol Interface XP95 55000 855 228004 Safety Barrier XP95 29600 098 or p E 226 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 246027 e 228004 J mp Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 The Detector Base 45681 215 for hazardous areas 1s designed to accommodate a Series XP95 intrinsically safe analogue smoke detector and is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features Connection to the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol Easy detector addressing through address card in mounting base No electronics contained Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Mechanical theft protection can be activated 9 Specifications Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 10 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 50g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 196 246030 Backplate Apo 4568 1 233 196 246029 Conduit Box Apo 4568 1 204 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW 1 1 Safety Barrier XP95 29600 098 The Safety Barrier 29600 098 with galvanic separation is used for the build up of an intrinsically safe circuit for the connection of analogue fire detectors in hazardous areas to ADM loops using Apollo Disco very protocol Due to the galvanic separation the earth fault monitoring of the fire detection control panel can remain active The relevant regulations for installat
25. 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E Module Carrier 19 3HU MPL17 3 The 19 mounting plate with a height of 3 rack units is used for 19 cabinets and provides mounting holes in standardised LST grid for the mounting of auxiliary modules The module carrier can hold for instance 17 Isolator Modules ISM1 x 4 Relay Modules RL58 1 or RL58 2 4 Siren Connection Modules SZ58 2 or SZ58 3 or 2 Multi Modules MEA244 1 E respectively Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 133 3 rack units x 10 mm Material zinc coated steel sheet Weight approx 400g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 137 249003 Isolator Module 500 200 ISM 1 2 184 249029 Isolator Module XP95 Disc ISM1 3 135 249095 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Dummy Cover 19 2HU AD8C 2H The powder coated 19 front panel with a height of 2 rack units is used for covering non populated pivoting frame areas of a 19 cabinet Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 89 2 rack units x 3 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 350g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 36 Chapter 3 Fi
26. 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Low power consumption 9 9 6 6M Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 166 166 167 169 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available supply through the loop voltage typ 450u A sounder and strobe off max 4 7mA low sound level max 6 6mA medium sound level max 9 3mA high sound level typ 82dB A 1m distance low sound level typ 90dB A 1m distance medium sound level typ 96dB A 1m distance high sound level max 100dB A Im distance high sound level 1Hz 25 C to 70 C 10 96 no condensation P24 IP65 depending on the base 115 x 68 mm incl Base LPBW red 204g VdS G206072 0832 CPD 0418 Art No Name Type 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 aa A 140 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355223 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 The addressable Mu
27. 5mA sounder on Sound level 92 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Protection class IP65 Dimensions x D 104 x 98 mm Colour red Weight 225g Approval VdS pending 0832 CPD 1050 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355140 355124 355125 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 187 Sounder XP95ISM White Multitone 100dB 55000 002 The addressable multitone sounder 55000 002 is identical with the sounder 55000 001 except that the 55000 002 is accommodated in a white plastic housing Sounder XP95 Red Alert 100dB 55000 278 The addressable loop sounder 55000 278 is integrated in a red plastic housing and is designed for indoor wall mounting The sounder base is included The sounder is activated and supplied via the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol If several soun ders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning tone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B Features Tone A alternating tone 664Hz for 0 5s 984Hz for 0 5s Tone B interrupted tone 984Hz 1s ON Is OFF Low power consumption Adjustable sound level Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consum
28. A small amount of air is conducted into the detector housing via the combined air inlet and air escape pipe directed to an op tical smoke detector and is released again into the ventilation duct An Optical Smoke Detector Series FC650 or Series FI700 can be installed in the duct detector housing Note if a detector Series FC650 is used the installed base has to be changed for a Detector Base FC600 BR For the adaptation to the ventilation duct 3 air inlet pipes with lengths of 0 6m 1 5m and 2 8m are available Features Transparent cover for optical recognition of detector activation Easy installation thanks to combined air inlet and air escape pipe Specifications Wind speed 0 5m s 20m s Dimensions Lx W x H 180 x 183 x 235 mm without sampling tube Colour blue Weight 700g without detector and sampling tube Cross references Page Art No Name Type 105 244051 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6m FI700 DDH TV 0 6 105 244052 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6 1 5m FI700 DDH TV 1 5 105 244053 Duct Detector Pipe 700 1 5 2 8m FI700 DDH TV 2 8 80 241072 Optical Smoke Detector 650 FC650 O 83 241080 Optical Smoke Detector 700 FI700 O 244051 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6m FI700 DDH TV 0 6 The combined air inlet and air escape pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector FI700 DDH and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of up to 0 6m and can be cut to the desired length
29. Additional depth of signalling devices 10mm Weight 24g Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 140 355223 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 140 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 137 355220 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 138 355228 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 141 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 138 355221 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 139 355229 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 141 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 139 355222 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 142 355234 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 143 355235 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 143 355241 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 144 356142 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 145 356144 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 145 356143 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 5pcs DBSPD 5 The cream coloured mounting plate enables the surface cabling of detector base sounders and strobes Se ries IBS in conjunction with the Base LPBW Specifications Dimensions x D 107 x 17 mm Additional depth of signalling devices 10mm Weight 24g Colour cream Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 142 355224 So
30. AlarmeResistor 100PS I1K 0 33W sedrer E EE EE 312 229005 EOL Resistor L00pes 5 68 0339 pe AJN 312 312 229006 Diode 100pcs 1N4004 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 210205 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter I Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 1 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT 1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 is a compact control panel for small conventional fire de tection systems Depending on the level of expansion fire detectors fault detectors and condition detec tors can be connected to a maximum of 6 conventional detector lines Outputs for two alarming devices are provided as well The control panel was tested by VdS according to the construction Products Directi ve CPD for compliance according to the European Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 The control panel is integrated in a wall mount cabinet The cabinet consists of a powder coated steel sheet base and a removable plastic cabinet cover In the basic version the control panel contains 4 con ventional detector zones 2 parameterisable inputs 2 independently monitored siren outputs and 2 relay outputs The Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 can be extended to 6 detector zones by the instal lation of the Zone Extension Board ZEB2 1 In addition the wall mount cabinet can accommodate an op tional componentry Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 etc
31. Con ventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Inter face FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and additional optional componentries as well as a Battery Bracket BK216 1CE for the installation of stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 90mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 95 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Cross references Page Art No Name Type 34 214128 Battery Bracket BK216 1CE 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 36 214129 Decoration Foil For BC216 3CE FF216 3CE 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 32 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS5 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58
32. Detector Base Conv Ex YBN R 4IS Safety Barrier ES58 2 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 246090 242150 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 221 Detector Base Conv Ex YBN R 4IS The Detector Base YBN R 4IS for hazardous areas is used to accommodate an intrinsically safe smoke de tector SLR E IS and is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features No electronics contained Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Specifications Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 10 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 45g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW 1 1 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 The maximum heat detector 6295 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de tection control panel Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The activated condition of the detector is indicated by an integrated LED The detector can be connected to an ADM lo op by using a conventional zone module The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and is suitable for application in moist areas e g loading ramps production areas food processing as well as in intrins
33. Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 A1 12 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 B1 12 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 H1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 11 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 NL1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 CZ1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SK1 13 Fire Brigade Interface FWIZ I 0 cece eee 30 Fire Brigade I F Additional Board FWZ2 1 31 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 HR1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 RUS1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SLOI 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 I1 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 PL1 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 S1 12 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 FIN1 14 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE A1 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 22 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE H1 24 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE S1 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE NL1 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE CZ1 24 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 25 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 26 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG 26 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S A1 14 Fire Detec
34. LED displays and 4 line text display as any operatable sectional control panel The ABF216 1 is installed in a wall mount cabinet The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in English language Features Connection as GSSnet member to the GSSnet of the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Operation and display of all events of the fire detection control panel 4 line display texts Menu controlled operation Continuous supervision of the data exchange with the control panel Power supply via the fire detection control panel Specifications Operating voltage 15 31 VDC Current consumption at 24V 140mA normal GSSnet line length max 1200m on each side to the adjacent GSSnet member with Cat 5 cable Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 200 x 300 x 65 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 1 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 A1 The remote display and operating panel in the version for Austria is used for operating and displaying all events of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Functions specifications and cross references corre spond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in German language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 D1
35. Length 0 3m Duct Detector Pipe 0 45m DST1 5 The air inlet pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector Housings DNRE and D2E and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of between 0 45 and 0 6m and can be cut to the desired length Specifications Length 0 45m Duct Detector Pipe 1m DST3 The air inlet pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector Housings DNRE and D2E and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of between 0 6 and 1 5m and can be cut to the desired length Specifications Length Im Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m DST5 The air inlet pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector Housings DNRE and D2E and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of between 1 5 and 2 3m and can be cut to the desired length Specifications Length 1 5m Duct Detector Pipe 3m DST10 The air inlet pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector Housings DNRE and D2E and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of between 2 3 and 4 5m and can be cut to the desired length Specifications Length 3m delivered in two parts 166 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 359040 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW The base LPBW serves for mounting of soun
36. Name Type 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 ga A 142 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355224 355225 355234 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 The addressable Sounder IBSOU DD P33 is identical with the Sounder IBSOU PW P33 it is however ac commodated in a cream coloured plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X 169 359049 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD S Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 The addressable Sounder IBSOU DD P34 is identical with the Sounder IBSOU PW P34 it is however ac commodated in a cream coloured plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X 169 359049 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD S Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 The addressable sounder with strobe red cap is accommodated in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor surface mounting The integrated base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series 200 The unit is mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The comp
37. Optical Smoke Detector 200AP ND22051E The design of the Optical Smoke Detector ND22051E is identical with that of the Optical Smoke Detector ND22051EI but the ND22051E is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loop Specifications for further specifications see ND22051EI Current consumption Colour Approvals 241047 max 2204 normal communication white VdS G20902 I 0786 CPD 20658 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ivory ND22051E IV The design of the Optical Smoke Detector ND22051E IV is identical with that of the Optical Smoke De tector ND22051E but the ND22051E IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see ND22051EI Current consumption Colour Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 max 2204 normal communication cream VdS G20902 I 0786 CPD 20658 Art No Name Type 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory BSO1AP IV 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 g p E 116 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 241050 ws 241116 Optical Laser Smoke Detector 200 7251 The Optical Laser Smoke Detector 7251 operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the laser light principle The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is sui table for indoor mounting Thanks to its high response sensitivity this detector can be used to re
38. Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop 45681 290 The addressable loop sounder is installed in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor sur face mounting The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery The sounder is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop If several soun ders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning to ne In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integrated microphone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The unit contains a dual isolator Features Tone A Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone B continuous tone 870Hz Low power consumption Sound level adjustable via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 200uA quiescent typ SmA sounder on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weight 140g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 4568 1 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 456
39. Specifications Operating voltage max 48VAC Power consumption 12W Dimensions Lx W x H 310 x 175 x 120 mm Weight 1 3kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 175 241027 Optical Smoke Detector Disc 58000 600 174 241023 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 55000 620 305 249014 PSU For Detector Heater MH TR1 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 The electronic component is needed for the application in addressable conventional technology and serves for the individual or group identification of Series 65 and Orbis automatic conventional detectors as well as manual call points special detectors and other contact activating devices Features Double digit indication of the detector number and parameterised clear text on the display of a compa tible fire detection control panel Detector number setting from 0 to 63 Open collector output for triggering a remote indicator Alternatively applicable for individual detector addressing or identification of a detector group Specifications Current consumption at 24V 18mA active Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 38 x 19 x 5 mm without leads Weight 10g 01 EX11399E SAM 8 eme 1039 01 0100 kamp 249039 359020 359021 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 199 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 200 194 246035 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 251 Address
40. The module provides an integrated dual isolator and is integrated into a plastic housing Features Separate status LED for each input and output Terminal connecting lines of input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit DIL switch for setting the physical address between 01 and 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 3mA quiescent Contact rating 1A 30VDC or AC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W x H 250 x 175 x 75 mm Colour white Weight 621g Approval VdS G202052 Module 1xIn 1xRel Out 230 XP95 55000 875 The addressable module 55000 875 is used for the line monitored integration of a contact detector e g manual call point sprinkler system contact supervising contact as well as for triggering external devices by means of a dry relay output via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Disco very protocol The module provides an integrated dual isolator and is integrated into a plastic housing Features Separate status LED for input and output Terminal connecting lines of input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit DIL switch for setting the physical address between 01 and 126 Specifications 01 EX11399E SAM Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 1 25mA quiescent Contact rating 2A 48VDC or SA 230VAC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W
41. as well as to allow the fire brigade personnel to operate a fire detection system in an easy and standardised way The operating elements are labelled in Swedish language In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the fire brigade control unit By means of this lock the fire brigade personnel can directly access authorization level 2 On the integrated 4 line LC display alarms and disablements of the fire detection control panel are indica ted as clear text and can be called up one after the other by means of the scroll button In addition the alarms are signalled by the integrated buzzer By means of the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT general parameters of the control unit as well as the function of the inputs and outputs can be set For each of the 4 light emitting diodes which indicate events the colour and the number interval for the activation can be determined Furthermore the firmware can be updated by means of PARSOFT and with that the control unit can be provided with functions which may be required in the future The Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF70 1 is actuated via the INFO bus of the control panel The fire brigade control unit can be connected to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 without any additional devices For the connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BCO16 a Serial Inter face Module SIM016 3 is required Features 4 line LC display for the indicat
42. ass eee rader 38 Gu GE EE EE 39 co MN NN hv 39 Plexiglas Cover 19 6HU ADPLEX19 6H 2 0 6 ce enn nen n nnn beeen nen eenenees 39 Transparent Door 19 36HU SITI9 STAND 2 0 0 ence ene e nee een nee n ene nent eens 39 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 MT NNN 41 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S ENNEN ANA 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8LAS oo ccc cee cence ene ee enneeeneeeeueeeanes 43 145 EX11399E SAM I eo 1139 01 0100 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 211240 211241 211112 211110 211113 211117 211119 211131 211151 211160 211162 211161 Fire Detection Control Panel BCOOO 160L25 musserende 44 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S wununuunanuununanennenennennneununenenunuunununnenennuee 45 Conventional Detector Interface GFDL eege gege e AE ene eee bek eee he bua 45 Loop Interlace EI EEE ENER 46 Fire brigade Interiace TE 47 LED Display FELLA Lises ped Ne 47 Seral Merce ao ENE EN EE EE NE 48 Power SPA NOT erre eee 48 PBN NE 49 Extension Horsnes GPHZ6000 16 Gg tee dE dE hee Dee 49 Module Carrier BGT600 1 0 ccc cece ene rrene cee e eens e teen eens eee eeeeen ees 49 Battery Bracket BRODD Za Sai Seege gr ere Greet EE Arel det Ee Ale 50 Extinguishing System Controls 218990T Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Description 00 ccc cece cee n nee n nen eens 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LCOIoslb neve enn nen nee e een ene ennes 51 210223 Fi
43. col An integrated dual isolator interrupts the loop at short circuit The manual call point is tested in accor dance with the standards EN 54 11 B and EN 54 17 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 99960606 e e e Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 1804A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour blue RAL 5015 Weight 400g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245429 STOPP TASTER Gasl sehanlage os 245432 01
44. control panel In this case 2 LCnet sectional control panels are identically parameterised at a time and all inputs outputs and ADM loops of the extinguishing system are interconnected The redundant sectional control panel is normally passive and only takes over the function of the active sectional control panel in case of its failure The function of the extinguishing control panel is enabled in the LC216 1 or LCnet sectional control pa nels once an options circuit with the correct setting is installed The options circuit is part of the Extin guishing Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB The parameterisation of the Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 can be most easily accomplished via PC by means of the Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT The clear user interface allows an almost self explanatory definition of system configurations and thereby minimises the requirement for trai ning Entered parameters are loaded into the control panel after automatic verification In case of redun dant extinguishing control panels PARSOFT guarantees the synchronisation of parameters from active and redundant LCnet sectional control panels Specifications see description of BC216 1 the BCnet sectional control panels and of the fire detection control modules Approvals VdS G206046 as extinguishing control panel only VdS G206089 as combined fire detection and extinguishing control panel 0786 CPD 20267 FT 14 423 06 Austria Exting Control
45. is triggered and supplied like a module via the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol The strobe is designed to be inserted into a detector base Series XP95 Discovery and is suitable for indoor mounting Features Low power consumption Suitable for surface mounting Long life span due to use of LEDs 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 192 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 356022 356023 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption typ 150uA quiescent max 3mA active Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Protection class P42 Dimensions x H 100 x 52 mm Colour white red Weight 85g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 200 359023 Housing IP67 for Strobe XP95 29600 318 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 Strobe XP95 White Clear 55000 878 The addressable loop powered strobe 55000 878 with a clear cap and red LEDs 1s integrated in a white plastic housing It is triggered and supplied like a module via the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery pro tocol The strobe is designed to be inserted into a detector base and is suitable for indoor mounting Features Low power consumption Suitable for surface mounting Long life span due to use of LEDs Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption typ 150uA quiescent
46. is used to indicate the location of the fire detection control panel Brandmelderzentrale Specifications Dimensions W x H 298 x 104 mm 249243 Label Loschsteuerzentrale BME LSZ ES The standardised adhesive label with white background red border and black inscription Loschsteuer L SCHSTEUERZENTRALE zentrale is used to indicate the location of the extinguishing control panel Specifications NE Dimensions W x H 298 x 104 mm 01 EX11399E SAM on 1039 01 0100 nb 32 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 277 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 265740 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 9 9 The Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 is certified according to VdS 2105 and serves for the theft proof and copy protected safekeeping of a key which allows the fire brigade fast and non violent access to the building in the event of fire Housing and blind frame are made of 5mm stainless steel and there fore provide not only mechanical stability but also high corrosion resistance A standard built in hea ting device 5W guarantees unhindered opening of the outer door even at low temperatures The key box can be connected to an existing burglar alarm system without any additional items The electric components of the key box are designed for an operating voltage of 12 to 24VDC which allows the Fi re Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 to be connected via the C
47. max 5 0mA high sound level Approval VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 154 246039 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WSO PP I The addressable loop powered Multitone Sounder WSO PP I is identical with the Sounder WSO PR I it is however accommodated in a white plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 170 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 170 359054 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WPW 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WSS PR N The addressable multitone sounder with strobe is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is mounted on a standard detector base B501AP The device is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound le
48. solator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line The sounder is integrated in a red plastic housing and thanks to its dust and water protected design with protection class IP66 it is suitable for harsh environmental conditions Features Tone 1 alternating tone 650Hz for 250ms 990Hz for 250ms Tone 2 continuous tone 990Hz Tone 3 interrupted tone 990Hz 0 5s ON 0 5s OFF Low power consumption Adjustable sound level Address can be set in the range to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 70uA sounder off max 7mA sounder on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP66 Dimensions W x H x D 110 x 110 x 105 mm Colour red Weight 300g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Sounder 700RI White Multitone FI700 FBRI MT SOUW The Sounder FI700 FBRI MT SOUW is integrated in a white plastic housing and is designed for indoor ceiling mounting A Detector Base Series FI700 must be attached onto the sounder The sounder is actua ted via the remote indicator output of the detector The tone is set by means of a DIL switch Features Tone 1 Sweep Tone 800 1000Hz over 0 5s Tone 2 Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575
49. 01 0100 1139 01 0100 316 Product List 246027 246032 246033 246034 246035 246037 246038 246039 246043 246070 246071 246072 246080 24608 1 246082 246090 246100 246101 246102 246140 246141 246142 246143 246163 246164 249011 249027 249040 249042 249044 249052 249081 249211 249217 249220 249221 249240 249242 229006 214200 214201 214208 214209 265816 244050 244051 244052 244053 244060 244061 244062 244063 244064 244065 244066 246050 246051 246052 246053 212029 212030 212033 212039 229005 218023 223025 211160 249054 218024 218990T 222011 210100 Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 0 0008 226 Detector Heater 60 65 Mo 198 Detector Heater XP95 Disc MOa 198 Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 250 8 196 Detector Base 60 65 A0 231 194 Detector Base XP95 Disc Relay 45681 242 195 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory BSO1 AP IV 154 Detector Base 500 200AP BS501AP 154 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 219 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 008 101 Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD 101 Detector Base 600 Relay FC600 BREL 102 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 0 c eee eee 103 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD 0008 103 Detector Base 700 Relay FI700 BREL 103 Detector Base Conv Ex YBN R 4IS 00 00 0008 221 Detector Base
50. 1039 01 0100 Status LED for every input Monitoring of terminal connecting lines for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal Page 161 161 161 162 Page 161 161 161 162 Monitor Module 2xSurv in 200 M220E The addressable module M220E is used for the line monitored integration of 2 contact detectors e g ma nual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deactiva ted by choosing the appropriate terminals supplied through loop voltage approx 600u A quiescent 20 C to 60 C 93 x 94 x 23 mm cream 110g VdS G202140 0786 CPD 20342 Art No Name Type 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 Module 2xSurv In 1xRel Out 200 M221E The addressable module M221E is used for the line monitored integration of 2 contact detectors e g ma nual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts as well as for triggering external devices by means of a dry relay output via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The integrated dual isolator can be activated or dea
51. 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 153 30 C to 70 C 5 to 95 no condensation 102 x 21 mm white 44g Art No Name Type 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246141 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO1000BREL24L The Detector Base ECO1000BREL24L with integrated relay output is used to accommodate automatic fire Za n detectors Series ECO1000 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The detector base is designed for d geet the connection to control panels with a 24VDC operating voltage The relay output is activated by the lt alarm condition of the inserted detector and remains in the activated state as long as the alarm is not reset on the fire detection control panel Application must comply with the LST Connection of Detectors Features Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Auxiliary contact for the through connection of the detector line when the detector is removed Relay output with dry changeover contact Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption lu quiescent 30mA active Contact rating 1A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 33 mm Colour white Weight 70g 246142 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO1000BREL12L The Detector Base ECO1
52. 189 355135 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 45681 332 190 355136 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 45681 334 184 355133 Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 45681 277 185 355132 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN 45681 300 185 355131 Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop 45681 290 200 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 The white mounting plate is used for surface mount cabling of an addressable detector base sounder Series XP95 Specifications Dimensions x H 116 x 11 mm N A Weight 28g G a Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 188 355134 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert 4568 1 330 189 355135 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 4568 1 332 190 355136 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 4568 1 334 184 355133 Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 4568 1 277 185 355132 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN 4568 1 300 185 355131 Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop 4568 1 290 188 355130 Sounder XP95RI White Alert 4568 1 276 359023 Housing IP67 for Strobe XP95 29600 318 The protection housing 29600 318 consists of a grey bottom part made of plastic and a transparent co ver The housing protects an addressable loop powered strobe Series XP95 from dust and humidity Specifications Ambient temperature 40 C to 80 C Protection class IP67 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 100 mm Weight 292g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 192 356022 Strobe XP95 White Cle
53. 19 6HU RAHMEN FBF 294 l 317032 Power Supply Housing NTOGZA 304 265663 Mounting Kit for FSE PHZ900 1 Gas 317100 Power Supply 24V 1A Stabilized NG1 1S 301 MOSET FSE PHZ900 1 2 2 2 cece cece eee 285 317101 P Supply 24V 2A Stabilized NG2 1S 301 265743 Mounting Bracket Profile Half Cylinder PHZAW700 2S1280 ME Sa ka 317102 Power Supply 24V 4A Stabilized NG4 1S 301 265814 Mounting Kit for FSE PZ MOSET1 700 2 285 265815 Mountine Kit for FSE Tvpe 2 and FSE A 227007 Printer Cable for DPU414 1 8m 9POL D SUB VERL 70 anse YP 227010 Printer Cable for LX300 3m 25POL D SUB VERL 71 MOSET2 1002 te AE 285 219010 P no Cable BC216 RS232 PK216 1 65 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 200 ee ee 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 157 359049 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD 5 169 l 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 106 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 169 picts 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 241051 Miulticriteria Detector COPTIR 200 Ivory 2251CTLE IV120 ree 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 206 241053 Miulticriteria Detector PTIR 200AP Ivory 22051TLE IV 119 ee 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 206 241118 Miulticriteria Detector PTIR 200APISM 22051TLEI 117 HE 249636 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 206
54. 1K 0 33W The packing unit contains 100 pieces of 1kOhm resistors which are to be used with contact detectors in conventional technology e g manual call points Resistors limit the line current of the detector line du ring alarm activation of the contact detector and serve to distinguish between a short circuit and an alarm EOL Resistor 100pcs 5 6K 0 33W The packing unit contains 100 pieces of 5 6kOhm resistors which are to be used as line terminator end of line resistor of a detector line in conventional technology Diode 100pcs 1N4004 The packing unit contains 100 pieces of 1N4004 diodes which are to be used as blocking diode in case of negative monitoring voltages e g Control Zone Module SLM1 2 Siren Connection Module SZ58 2 and SZ58 3 or as recovery diode for inductive loads 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Notes 313 Notes 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 314 Notes 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Product List 315 Product List 3 214176 BCnet LBC Gateway 19 6HU BCNET LBC GW 64 ke Detector 200 oa 24 244237 3 Way Ball Valve Metal 3MKH 0 00000 273 Ge i 344254 3 Way Ball Valve PVC 3PKH DN20 272 244021 Beam Smoke Detector Test 200 6500S 250 Eh a eee 244022 Beam Smoke Detector Conv 6500R 248 244023 Beam Smoke Detector Test Conv 6500RS 249 A 244610 Beam Smoke Detector Conv FR2000 251 227004 AC Adapter for DPU414 PW4007 EC E
55. 2 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 is a compact control panel for small and medium size fi re detection systems in conventional technology Depending on the boards inserted you can connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors to a maximum of 16 detector lines in addressable conven tional technology Furthermore up to 16 actuations 9 alarming devices and 3 transmitting devices can be connected Thanks to its wide range of possible logic combinations for alarming and transmitting devices as well as for actuations the control panel can realise even extensive and complex alarming and control tasks in the fire alarm technology It was tested according to the Construction Products Directive CPD for compliance with the European Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 including all options for the highest safety demands and is VdS certified MUU JR Il 20 09008 he nooo The control panel is installed in a powder coated sheet steel wall mount case The basic version of the control panel includes 8 detector zones in addressable conventional technology 2 freely parameterisable inputs and 3 relay outputs The Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 can be extended to 16 detector zones by installing a Detector Zone Extension MGE8 1 and can be provided with a Fire Brigade Interface FWI016 1 The wall mount case furthermore provides for
56. 241119 Miulticriteria Detector PTIR 200AP 22051TLE 118 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 01 Ee 249650 Protective Cover for FSK700 2 2SX WSD FSK 281 265664 Protective Cover for FSE PHZ900 1 SABD900 1 285 N 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B 69 214027 Network CoableNwWkKiI cee cece ee 56 227008 Protocol Printer Dot Matrix LX300 05 70 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS 1 32 228005 Protocol Interface XP95 33000 833 2271 214033 Network Interface Module NIF5 1M 56 228007 Protocol Interface 200 IST200 005 224 244235 Non Return Spring Valve RVFED 25 271 249014 PSU For Detector Heater MH TRI 305 O R 241023 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 55000 620 174 246167 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP 159 241024 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 Ex 55000 640 224 246168 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV 160 241026 Optical Smoke Detector 65 55000 317 171 250901 Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 292 241027 Optical Smoke Detector Disc 58000 600 175 244024 Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK 250 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 107 244616 Reflector 40 80m REFL3090010 M 252 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 111 244615 Reflector 5 40m REFL3040040
57. 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Remote Indicator 700 RF FI700 RF PA The RF Remote Indicator FI700 RF PA is designed for the remote indication of a detector activation in the radio fire detection system FI700 RF As the activation can be freely parameterised the remote indicator can indicate the activation of any combination of detectors The indicator communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system The RF remote indicator is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or unecono mical The indicator is integrated in a compact white housing and is designed for indoor mounting Both batteries are included in the delivery Features High power LED High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Plastic case with red cap 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions Lx W x H Colour Weight without batteries Cross references Page 242 2 lithium batteries CR123 approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months seco
58. 249217 249242 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Detector Label Sheet Compl 8pcs BME BEZ BOG KOMPL The labels serve for the marking of an automatic fire detector with detector zone and detector number It consists of a sturdy white plastic card to which an adhesive label can be sticked and signed Direct mar king of the plastic card is also an option An A4 size sheet with 8 labels and 8 plastic cards are included in the delivery Specifications Dimensions card W x H 85 x 95 mm Dimensions label W x H 85 x 55 mm Marking area W x H 80 x 40 mm Detector Label Sheet 8pcs BME BEZ BOG The inscribable and laser printable adhesive label is used for marking an automatic fire detector with de tector zone and detector number There are 8 self adhesive labels on an A4 size sheet Specifications Dimensions W x H 85 x 55 mm Marking area W x H 80 x 40 mm Detector Label Large Sheet 8pcs BME GR BOG The inscribable adhesive label serves for the marking of fire detectors not directly visible e g in inserted ceilings inserted floors or for marking other devices of the fire detection system e g distribution boxes An A4 size sheet contains 8 adhesive labels Specifications Dimensions 70mm Marking area W x H 60 x 30 mm Detector Label Small Sheet 20pcs BME KL BOG The inscribable adhesive label serves for the marking of fire detectors not directly visible e g in inserted ceilings inserted floors or for m
59. 300 Relay Latching B324RL 152 Detector Base 300 Relay Latching B312RL 152 Detector Base 300 Relay B312NL 004 152 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 152 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO 1000BREL24L153 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO1000BREL12L153 Detector Base 1000 Relay ECO1000BRELI12NL 154 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE W 155 Detector Base 500 200 Heater BS24HTR W 156 Detector Label Complete BME BEZ KOMPL 276 Detector Base 500 200 Heater MH500 1 163 Detector Label Large BME GR 0 000 0 276 Detector Label Small BME KL 004 276 Detector Mounting Bracket MMWI 1 201 Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 310 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW2 1 201 Detector Label Sheet Compl 8pcs BME BEZ BOG KOMPL 0e cece eens 275 Detector Label Sheet 8pcs BME BEZ BOG 215 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 308 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 308 Detector Label Large Sheet 8pcs BME GR BOG 215 Detector Label Small Sheet 20pcs BME KL BOG 275 Diode 100pcs IN4004 6 eee eee eee es 312 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E A1 28 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E D1 28 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 27 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP2
60. 3V CR123 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF M1IN The radio monitor module FI700 RF MIIN provides a line monitored input for the connection of contact detectors With that manual call points sprinkler system contacts or supervising contacts can be easily in a tegrated into a fire detection system with radio transmission The module communicates with a fire de tection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the housing of the module Normally the module is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the module The two coloured status LED indicates the alarm condition and the fault condition of the module The radio module is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The module is integrated in a compact white housing and is designed for indoor mounting Both batteries are included in the delivery Features Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Specifications Power supply B
61. 5 6kOhm 2 Chapter I Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 210200 210211 210209 210208 typ 0 35mA end of line capacitor 47uF Line termination 5 6kOhm or 47uF Line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 330 x 330 x 90 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 3kg Approval 0786 CPD 20807 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 3 210212 Front Foil Evacuation Circuit FFEV06 1 4 249096 MCP Coding Module MCM 1 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 3 210215 Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 3 210210 Zone Extension Board BC06 ZEB2 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 D1 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT I but the manual comes in German language Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the operating field By means of this lock the fire bri gade personnel can directly access authorization level 2 Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 Same design as Fire
62. 5 7kg Lithium Battery 3V CR123 The 3V battery is used for the supply of automatic radio detectors manual radio call points radio modules and radio linked signalling devices Series FI700 as well as of the Optical Thermal Detector 2100RFT AS Features High quality lithium battery Low self discharge Long lifespan Shelf life min 5 years 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 The 3V battery is used for the supply of automatic radio detectors manual radio call points and radio mo dules Series FI700 Features High quality lithium battery Low self discharge Long lifespan Shelf life min 5 years 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 28 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 243 Special Detectors 242150 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 en SE he d n KE we f _ d Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 The maximum heat detector 6295 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de tection control panel Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The activated condition of the detector is indicated by an integrated LED The detector can be connected to an ADM lo op by using a conventional zone module The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and 1s suitable for application in moist ar
63. 50 249255 Conventional Zone Module 700 FI700 M1CZ 92 214028 Battery Bracket BKiIIol 00 0000 eee 34 259013 Cord 2 Wire for LED Connection 10pcs 214128 Battery Bracket BK216 1CE 008 34 LED LEITUNG 10 c2isevagueadousesusguespepecs ets 79 227005 Battery For DPU414 BT4005 000 nnn 70 214601 Cover IP54 For BC216 GEH IP54 BC 1 D1 3 249212 Battery For ECO1000RTU 6V V11GA 158 265809 Cover Plate AIDPIOOI cece nee 284 249214 Battery For ECO1000RTU 6V 476A 05 159 265019 Cylinder for Steel Sheet Mounting LST102 286 317033 Battery Bracket BK24 1 2 2 0 cece eae 305 214004 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 A1 19 D 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 ehren 21 223045 Data Logger Event Memory DLOG 1 0006 2 63 214034 BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG 21 l 214129 Decoration Foil For BC216 3CE FF216 3CE 36 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 18 210110 Detector Zone Extension BCO16 MGE8 1 7 214058 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 NL1 20 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 259 214060 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 B1 19 241999T Detector Series 200AP Overview 114 214062 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 H1 20 244320 Detector Module DM TP 50 L 000 264
64. 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone 3 DIN tone DIN 33 404 1200 500Hz over Is Low power consumption 2 different sound levels selectable 98 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 355185 355186 Specifications Operating voltage 15 30VDC Current consumption at 24V typ SmA Sound level 88dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x D 116 x 26 mm Colour white Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B Sounder 700ISM White Multitone FI700 FB MT SOUW The loop sounder FI700 FB MT SOUW is activated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The sounder is integrated in a white plastic housing and is designed for indoor cei ling mounting A Detector Base Series FI700 can be attached onto the sounder Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the control panel can activate one of two tones The tone type combination is set by means of a DIL switch If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Selectable tone e g continuous tone 910Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 685 910Hz interrupted tone 910Hz Low power consumption 2
65. 847 is used for the line monitored integration of contact detectors e g manual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts as well as for triggering external devi ces via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol The module provides a monitored input and a relay output with two dry contacts Furthermore an external voltage can be monitored via an opto coupled input The unit includes an integrated dual isolator it is integrated into a plastic housing 182 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 249077 249078 Features Separate status LED for each input and output Terminal connecting lines of input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit DIL switch for setting the physical address between 01 and 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 1 5mA quiescent Contact rating 1A 30VDC or AC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 240g Approval VdS G201032 Module 3xIn 3xRel Out XP95 55000 588 The addressable module 55000 588 is used for the line monitored integration of 3 contact detectors e g manual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts as well as for triggering external devices by means of 3 dry relay outputs via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol
66. A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is activated by breaking the glass pane The detector contains a dual isolator and is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology using System Sensor 200 protocol Features Operating instructions by using symbols European Standard Activation by breaking glass pane Glass pane easy to replace Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Dual isolator Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 360u A quiescent Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity 0 95 no condensation Protection class IP24 Dimensions W x H x D 89 x 93 x 28 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 110g Approvals LPCB 166e 01 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 209 249213 Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs G21140 208 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 208 245019 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR 208 245012 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T 245042 9 6 e Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCP5A RP07FF The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is activated by pressing in the plastic pane without breaking it The pane can be placed again into the idle position with a special key thereby resetting the detector The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology using System Sensor 200 prot
67. AE e 222 Safety Barrier XP95 29600 098 anamnaavaannnnne 226 Safety Barrier 200 WII 224 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 157 Screw Joint Pvc Brass UVS 25X3 4 oiccen 273 Sensing Pipe PVC 5m pole I M ROHR PVC SM 270 Sensing Hose DN12X9 DN 12X9 2 eee eee 271 Sensing Hose PVC 2 5mm SCHL PVC 25 270 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 254 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 254 Sensing Cable Blue SkKIIS000iI0 253 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT 05 257 Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ 257 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 0 055 8 Serial Interface Module SlMu l 3 Serial Interface SIF601 1 2 2 0 cece eee eee 48 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 0 57 Series BC600 description 41 Siren Connection Module S 382 66 Siren Connection Module S 383 0 eee 66 Sleeve For Reduction Foil BA AREDF 274 Smoke Switch RS24 dE gee REENEN ANNER cae 296 Smoke Aspiration System A211E LSR 260 Smoke Aspiration System A222E LSR 261 Smoke Aspiration System Housing A310E 261 Smoke Aspiration System Housing A320E 262 Smoke Aspiration System T S 267 Smoke Aspiration System VLF250 05 268 Smoke Aspiration System VLF500 005 269 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 262 Smoke Aspiration System Ho
68. Acoustic Devices Series FI700 249259 249260 249285 249289 Module Mini 1xIN 1xOut 700 FI700 MM1IN10UT The electrical design of the monitor and control module FI700 MM1IN1O0UT is identical with that of the monitor and control module FI700 M1IN10UT but the FI700 MMIIN1OUT is fitted into a compact case and is designed for mounting in a switch cabinet on a mounting plate or in an external housing Specifications for further specifications see FI700 MIINIOUT Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 52 x 30 mm Weight 70g Module Mini 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 MM1IN1 REL The electrical design of the monitor and control module FI700 MM 1INIREL is identical with that of the monitor and control module FI700 M1INIREL but the FI700 MMIINIREL is fitted into a compact case and is designed for mounting in a switch cabinet on a mounting plate or in an external housing Specifications for further specifications see FI700 M1INIREL Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 52 x 30 mm Weight 70g Monitor Module Micro 1xIn 700 FI700 MMC1IN The electrical design of the Monitor Module FI700 MMCIIN is identical with that of the Monitor Module FI700 M1IN but the sealed module unit is provided with open end leads The module can be installed for example in the housing of the monitored device Specifications for further specifications see FI700 MIIN Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 60 x 50 x 10 mm
69. An interrupt button is located on the side of the housing Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption 60mA Power consumption 1 44W Adhesive force SOON 50kg Working temperature 20 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D magnet 90 x 90 x 36 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 23 mm Weight magnet 380g armature plate 140g Approval 0407 CPD 056 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 500N UTKFZ05C 1370 15 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate and an arm as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The magnetic clamp is suitable for mounting on the floor on the ceiling or on the wall Release is possible via the integrated in terrupt button Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption 60mA Power consumption 1 44W Adhesive force SOON 50kg Working temperature 20 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D magnet 90 x 143 x 100 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm Weight magnet 950g armature plate 170g Approval 0407 CPD 056 om Bas E 298 Chapter 34 Fire Controls 261006 terrupt button Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Power consumption Adhesive force Working temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Approval 261008 L Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Power consumption Adhesive force Working temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Approva
70. Art No 246071 246080 249646 Name Type Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD Detector Base 700 FI700 B Wet Base Set FI700 FC600 FI700 FC600 FZ Wet Base Set FI700 FC600 FI700 FC600 FZ The wet base set is needed in addition to the Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM if an automatic de oe tector Series FC600 FC650 or FI700 is mounted in moist environment The set consists of a round foam Cross references Page 102 249273 rubber plate and two PG screw connections M20x1 5 with counter nut and sealing ring Art No 246083 Name Type Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA The conduit adapter facilitates the surface cabling of a Detector Base Series FC600 or FI700 deep versi on when using cable conduits with an outer diameter of 20mm Prior to installation the conduit adapter is attached to the detector base Cross references Page 102 103 103 Art No Name Type 246072 Detector Base 600 Relay FC600 BREL 246082 Detector Base 700 Relay FI700 BREL 246081 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD 01 EX11399E SAM E sm 1039 01 0100 kamp Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B The Detector Base FI700 B is designed to accommodate intelligent fire detectors Series FI700 for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting Te Features mn an idet hi en Ja d NG
71. C Protection class IP20 Dimensions W x H x D 200 x 292 x 113 mm Colour papyrus white RAL 9018 Weight 1 35kg Approval VdS G202064 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 265 244322 Detector Module DM TP 01 L 264 244321 Detector Module DM TP 10 L 264 244320 Detector Module DM TP 50 L 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 265 244184 Front Foil 1 Detector Module FW TP 1 265 244185 Front Foil 2 Detector Modules FW TP 2 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL The Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL is identical with the housing TP 1 A but it contains an especially silent fan This makes the device ideal for museums work locations or living spaces Specifications for all other Specifications see TP 1 A Current consumption at 24V one detector module max 180mA quiescent 190mA alarm two detector modules max 210mA quiescent 220mA alarm Ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C Noise level typ 31db A Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 265 244322 Detector Module DM TP 01 L 264 244321 Detector Module DM TP 10 L 264 244320 Detector Module DM TP 50 L 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 265 244184 Front Foil 1 Detector Module FW TP 1 265 244185 Front Foil 2 Detector Modules FW TP 2 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 The Smoke A
72. C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 32 5 mm Colour cream Weight 75g Approvals VdS G202012 0832 CPD 0059 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 151 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 157 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 157 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 156 246113 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 108 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM The Optical Thermal Detector 2351TEM operates both with an optical sensing chamber based on the prin ciple of scattered light as well as with a rate of rise temperature sensor according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for in door mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m The alarm evaluation is based on the analysis of both detection units if only one characteristic of fire occurs false alarms can be mostly avoided For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address either by adding an Address Module NG58 1 to the mounting base or by programming the detector with an optional Pro gramming and Test Unit S300RPTU If the d
73. Class AIR max 45 C 30 C to 55 C 110 x 65 mm with base white 130g without batteries with base LPCB 928 0832 CPD 1068 232 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 249066 245082 Cross references Page 242 242 Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL The automatic detectors Series FC650 FI700 and FI700 RF optical smoke de tectors optical thermal detectors and thermal detectors are available in 16 dif ferent design finishes You can choose from among Black Pink Briar Root Durmast Oak Alder Ash Cherry Carrara Marble Green Alps Green Marble Obirho Black Marble Aluminium Gold Carbon Fibre and Gold Fibre The ap propriate detector base in the same design 1s included in delivery The desired design must be specified when ordering Manual Call Point Red 700 RF Flexi FI700 RF MCP The manual radio call point according to EN 54 1 1 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and com municates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as ga teway in a conventional fire detection system The detector is activated by pressing in the plastic pane without breaking it The pane can be placed again into the idle position with a special key thereby reset ting th
74. Colour cream Approvals VdS G209023 0786 CPD 20660 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Manual Call Point Red 200AP HFM 3 25 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a red aluminium die cast housing The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology with System Sensor 200 protocol An integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 1 to 159 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 9 9 gt 6 6 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 110uA quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G202035 0786 CPD 20361 Cross refer
75. Control Module Mini 1xOut 700 FI700 MMIOUT 93 359007 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White ELPBW 215 249258 Control Module Mini IxRel 700 FI700 MMIREL 93 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS 216 249263 Control Module IxRel 700 RF FI700 RF MIREL 236 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 249292 Control Module 1xRel Batt 700 RF 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 166 FI700 RF MIREL BATT ccc ccc eeeeeues 236 359042 Base Sounder E Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 167 260002 Control Device for Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 296 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 167 265900 Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D1 281 359044 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 White WDBW 168 211112 Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 45 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 169 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 28 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 170 249075 Conventional Zone Module XP95 55000 845 183 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 170 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 359054 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WPW 170 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 134 211161 Battery Bracket BK600 1 0 0 ccc cee ee eee
76. Cross references Page Art No Name Type 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249214 246161 2 lt 246166 246167 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 gt Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 159 Battery For ECO1000RTU 6V 476A The 6V battery is used for supply of the Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU ATTENTION the remote test unit exists in two different designs which require different types of batteries Please pay attention to the type and dimensions of the battery when you order Features High quality alkaline manganese battery Low self discharge Long lifespan Specifications Dimensions L x 25 x 13 mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP The white supplement base is needed in addition to the detector bases B501AP B524HTR W or B524RTE W when they are surface mounted using cable conduits or thick cables The supplement base is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H 103 x 34 mm Colour white Weight 90g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 156 246164 Detector Base 500 200 Heater B524HTR W 155 246163 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE W 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV The cream coloured supplement base is needed in addition to the detector
77. D1 The Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2 D1 according to DIN 14661 is used for connection to fire de tection systems The control unit provides an optical display of the most important operating conditions of the fire detection control panel to facilitate and standardise the operation of a fire detection system for the fire brigade The fire brigade control unit can be directly connected to the Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 and BCO016 via the fire brigade interface Features Green LED indicator for Operation Red LED indicators for Panel summary alarm and Extinguishing systems activated Yellow LED indicators for Acoustic signals off Transmitting device disabled Transmitting device activated and Fire control off Switch Acoustic signals off Button Panel reset with safety cover Switch Transmitting device off Button Test transmitting device Metal case with glass door Prepared for a half cylinder locking mechanism Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption 20 30VDC lt 12mA quiescent lt 80mA alarm Environmental class II Protection class Dimensions W x H x D IP30 225 x 180 x 57 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 2kg Approval VdS G200091 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 7 210111 Fire Brigade Interface FW1016 1 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 01 EX11
78. DN12X9 DN 12X9 The aspiration tube DN 12x9 is used for the connection of system components of the ceiling duct Due to the flexible design of the aspiration tube aspiration elements can be precisely fit in the false ceiling and can be connected with the sensor pipe network Air Filter for Smoke Aspir System LF RAS The air filter is placed in the sensor pipe network outside the smoke aspiration system housing to protect the detector module against rapid contamination The filter consists of 3 layers one filter each course medium fine which guarantee to reliably clean the aspirated air but simultaneously allow smoke particles to pass in case of fire The filter is connected to the sensor pipe network via two PG 25 screw connections Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 205 x 118 x 80 mm Weight 960g 272 Chapter 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 244280 Ce 244281 244282 244283 244173 244254 F Air Filter for Smoke Aspir System VSP 850 The air filter is placed in the sensor pipe network outside the smoke aspiration system hou sing to protect the detector module against rapid contamination The filter consists of 2 layers a coarse filter mat and a fine one which ensure reliable cleaning of the aspirated air but at the same time allow smoke particles to pass in case of fire The filter is provided with 2 pipe fittings for direct insertion into the sensor pipe network f d Spec
79. Detector 300 A2S 5351TE 110 242041 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E 109 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 A1R 5351E Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU The hand held laser test unit is used for easy test activation of System Sensor Series 300 and ECO1000 detectors Features Range of several metres Simple handling due to visible laser beam Specifications Operating voltage 6VDC battery type V11GA Dimensions Lx W x H 82 x 30 x 15 mm Weight 30g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 158 249212 Battery For ECO1000RTU 6V V11GA 111 241046 Optical Thermal Detector 1000 ECO1002 108 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351 TEM 111 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 113 242046 Thermal Max Detector 1000 A2S ECO1005T 112 242047 Thermal Max Detector 1000 BS ECO1004T 109 242042 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S 5351TE 110 242041 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E 112 242045 Thermal RoR Detector 1000 A1R ECO1005 109 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 A1R 5351E Battery For ECO1000RTU 6V V11GA The 6V battery is used for supply of the Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU ATTENTION the remote test unit exists in two different designs which require different types of batteries Please pay attention to the type and dimensions of the battery when you order Features High quality alkaline manganese battery Low self discharge Long lifespan Specifications Dimensions L x 16 x 10 mm
80. Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop The sounder is al ways activated together with the strobe The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery The unit is prepared for indoor surface mounting If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integra ted microphone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The address of the sounder and strobe as well as the sound level are set via the DIL switch The unit contains a dual isolator Features Tone A Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone B continuous tone 825Hz Sound level adjustable in two steps via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base Low power consumption Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 300uA quiescent max 8mA sounder and strobe on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm
81. End of line resistance Line resistance Ambient temperature Dimensions L x W x H Weight Cross references Page 6 5 210111 Features typ 32mA 8 zones terminated without detectors typ 20 0V typ 3 8mA 5 6kOhm 3 3kOhm max 50 Ohm per core 5 C to 50 C 100 x 65 x 15 mm 80g Art No 210122 210102 Name Type Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 Fire Brigade Interface FWI016 1 The Fire Brigade Interface FWI016 1 allows for the connection of two independent transmitting devices for direct interconnection to a designated alarm respondent e g the fire brigade as well as the connecti on of a country specific fire brigade control unit to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BCO16 1 relay output with dry changeover contact 1 line monitored output with selectable monitoring current 8 inputs and 7 outputs freely parameterisable for the connection of a country specific fire brigade con trol unit and other devices All inputs and outputs are available on screw terminals or flat cable connector Specifications Current consumption at 24V Switching power per contact Contact life Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 6 5 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 typ 4mA 60V 1A 30W 3x 10 5 C to 50 C 130 x 65 x 15 mm 70g Art No 210122 210102 Name Type Fire Detection and Evacuat
82. Fold 60VDC RL58 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG The BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG allows for the extension of a Fire Detection Con trol Panel BCnet216 with two ADM loops for detectors and modules using System Sensor 200 or Apollo Discovery protocols The extension is integrated into the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 by installing it in a BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 or BC216 3 and connecting it to the GSSnet wiring via the GSSnet interface on the extension The 24V supply of the BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG is shared with the BCnet sectional control panel in whose cabinet it has been installed it does not have a power supply or battery charger of its own The extension is designed as compact unit and mounted on a pivoting sheet steel carrier The loop processing functions of the BCE216 3LG fully correspond to the functions of a BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 equipped with 2 Loop Interfaces LIF64 1 with the limitation that apart from the BCnet redundant alarm function no additional control panel functions are supported The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T 22 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214108 r 4 ER a dw 4 LE 11 er aa vi aa Wd 44 apn EI ek sa SS a4 i HM er tv on Wi
83. Licence ZLT SS 0 eee eee 64 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU 156 Zone Extension Board BC06 ZEB2 1 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 321 Last but not least 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 We hope that this product survey enabled an easy search for and selection of articles suitable for you If you are in need of further special documentation or if you are interested in special products not contained in the Product Guide please do not hesitate to contact us We are pleased to be of personal assistance to YOU We can assure you that customer service is of highest value for LST We will do whatever possible to complete your inquiries and your orders as fast as possible and to your convenience We would be pleased to count also you among our ever expanding number of customers LABOR STRAUSS Sicherungsanlagenbau Ges m b H Head Office Vienna A 1231 Vienna Wiegelestrasse 36 Tel 43 1 52114 0 Fax 43 1 52114 27 E mail OFFICE LST AT Homepage WWW LST AT 322 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 General Terms Of Delivery 323 General Terms Of Delivery General Terms of Delivry issued by the Austrian Electrical and Electronics Industry Association FEET bech Scope These General Terms shall govern legal transactions between business enterprises na mely the delivery of commodities and mutatis mutandis the rendering of services Software transactions are wit
84. Max Detector 200APISM BS 52051HTEI sisisssiccrisicsiiririccseiisiciceriidi reedi eris nee en ees 122 242115 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS CLEES ge est g AE ENN eg 123 242092 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS Ivory S20SLHTE IV 20 0 ccc ccc cence nee ene evnene navn 123 245792 Manual Call Point Red 200AP HFM 3 25 02 0 0 ccc ccc cnc ence cee e nee n ene e eee eeeeneneneeenens 123 245796 Manual Call Point Blue 200AP Hausalarm HM 5 25 02 02 2 0 ccc ccc cence ene e nnn ee eens 124 245788 Manual Call Point Blue 200AP STOPP HM 5 25 18 02 2 ccc ccc cee vere rever rear nerse en 124 245785 Manual Call Point Y ellow 200 Handausl HM 1 25 17 02 2 0 cc cnc cen nee e nnn ee eens 125 245387 Manual Call Point Grey 200AP Rauchabzug HM ISO 126 245040 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCPSA RPOTFG 2 0 0 ccc cc cece een ene enn enn ne eenes 126 245041 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCPSA RPO8FG 0 ccc cence nee tenn e enn e tenes 127 245042 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCPSA RPOTFF 0 0 ccc cece cece e eee nerra eeee eens 127 245043 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCPSA RPOS8FF 0 ccc ccc cece ee cece eee e eee ee eeee 128 245044 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 Glass WCPSA RPO7SG LO17 01 0 ccc ccc ene eens 128 245045 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 ISM Glas WCPS5A RPO8SG LOI7 O1 oo 2 ccc cece eee ees 129 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 249046 Monitor Module 500 200 MS03ME 0
85. Miulti wire terminal with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG58 1 Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 110 x 16 mm Colour white Weight 32g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 102 246083 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD The Detector Base FC600 BRD is used for mounting of automatic fire detectors Series FC600 and FC650 in conventional technology If no detector is mounted in the base the connection to the following detectors is maintained by the integrated Schottky diode The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Schottky diode to maintain through connection of the detector line on removal of the detector Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 110 x 16 mm Colour white Weight 36g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 102
86. No Name Type 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 272 244173 Replacement Filter For VIf VLF FILTER 244172 Smoke Aspiration System VLF500 The Smoke Aspiration System VLF500 is identical with the Smoke Aspiration System VLF250 but it can be used with a sampling tube with a maximum length of 50m and with up to 24 aspiration holes The smoke aspiration system is provided with the entire evaluation electronics and the laser smoke detec tor but without the sensor pipe network Specifications for further Specifications see VLF250 Current consumption at 24V typ 410mA quiescent 490mA alarm Pipe length max 50m max 24 aspiration holes Monitored area max 500m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 272 244173 Replacement Filter For VIf VLF FILTER 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 270 Chapter 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 244133 244248 244112 244113 244114 244115 244116 Sensing Pipe PVC 5m pole 1M ROHR PVC 5M The grey PVC tube with a nominal width of 20mm and an outer diameter of 25mm is used as sensor pipe for a smoke aspiration system All joints of the piping system need to be glued together The sensor pipe is supplied in the form of poles with a length of Sm Sensing Hose PVC 25mm SCHL PVC 25 The flexible grey tube is made of PVC has a nominal width of 20mm and an o
87. Operating voltage plug in adapter 100 240VAC 50 60Hz Supply voltage FZP2 1 SVDC Current consumption at SV max 120mA Transfer rate 38400 baud Ambient temperature 0 C to 45 C Dimensions Lx W x H 85 x 40 x 25 mm Weight without plug in adapter 70g 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 223028 223041 s A en 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 6 Interfaces 59 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 Remote Access Module GSM GPRS FZG2 1 The Remote Access Module FZG2 1 is designed for the transmission of configuration data of a Fire De tection Control Panel Series BC016 or BC216 via a GSM connection Remote access of control panels with Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT can be established in this way The serial interface of the module is connected to the Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 of the control pa nel via the provided cable The telephone connection between the module and the mobile phone network is established with the provided external antenna The module has to be equipped with an SIM card acti vated for a circuit switched data service e g HSCSD The SIM card is not provided The device key of the module and the mobile phone number of the integrated SIM card have to be entered in PARSOFT the first time a connection is established These parameters are
88. Outer diameter 3 25mm Tensile strength lt 200N Cable type plastic coaxial cable Weight of sensor cable 1 6kg per 100m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 256 244631 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv SKM 03 256 244632 Linear Heat Detector Unit XP95 SKM 95 255 244629 Mounting Base TC358 255 244630 Mounting Clip 3040 LGK Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ The black sensor cable is provided with an additional synthetic jacket It is therefore acid and alkaline re sistant and can be used in harsh environmental conditions It comprises an internal and an external con ductor the external conductor is designed as wire mesh A synthetic material with a negative temperature coefficient is used for isolation 1 e the isolator resistance decreases with increasing temperature At the end of the sensor cable the conductor is connected to a termination box with a defined end of line resistan ce The entire line is continuously monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Features Sensor cable length up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Easy installation Specifications Outer diameter 4mm Tensile strength lt 200N Cable type Synthetic coaxial cable with nylon jacket Weight of sensor cable 3 0kg per 100m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 256 244631 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv SKM 03 256 244632 Linear Heat Detector Unit XP95 SKM 95 255 244629 Mounting Base TC358 255 2
89. Panel BC216 1S NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Dutch language Approval VdS G201017 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S SK1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovak language Approval EVPU 03323 101 1 2002 16 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214349 214384 214388 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S HR1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Croatian language Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S SLO1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovenian language Approval 02012 C 709P3 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S PL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are i
90. Points 245083 Plexi Glass Cover for FI700 MCP CI700 1 The Plexiglas cover can be optionally installed on a Manual Call Point FI700 MCP In order to activate the manual call point the cover must be lifted first In this way an unintentional activation is prevented Cross references Page Art No Name Type 88 245080 Manual Call Point Red 700 Flexi FI700 MCP 232 245082 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF Flexi FI700 RF MCP 89 245081 Manual Call Point IP67 Red 700 FI700 MCP67 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 The Plexiglas cover can be optionally installed on a Manual Call Point Series MCPSA WCP5A or 55100 908 In order to activate the manual call point the cover must be lifted first In this way an unin tentional activation is prevented Cross references Page Art No Name Type 127 245042 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCPSA RPO7FF 126 245040 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RP07FG 128 245043 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCP5A RPO8FF 127 245041 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RP08FG 128 245044 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 Glass WCPSA RPO7SG L017 01 129 245045 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 ISM Glas WCP5A RP08SG L017 01 180 245015 Manual Call Point Red XP95 Flexi 55100 908 245019 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR The red plastic box is used for surface mounting of Manual Call Points MCP5A RP07Fx and MCP5A RP08Fx Specifications Protection class P24 Dimensions W x H x D 87 x 87 x 32 mm Colour red RAL
91. Product Guide We reserve the right for modifications of any type especially when on account of technological progress and do not take on any liability for misprints and obvious mistakes The values stated in the specifications ge nerally represent nominal values by means of sample variations product modifications or site specific conditions these values may differ from the actually measured values LST always tries to provide information as comprehensive and as accurate as possible Nevertheless all information on suitability and use of our products are non binding and do not liberate the introducer in a market from doing own tests The buyer is responsible for himself for obeying legal and official regulati ons in connection with the use With the publication of this Product Guide all previous Product Guides and if prices are contained in this Product Guide all previous price lists of the corresponding subject and sales area lose their validity The charge for the products is made on basis of the prices valid on the day of delivery All delivery contracts are concluded on the basis of the General Terms of Delivery issued by the Austrian Electrical and Electronics Association Special delivery times or export limitations may exist for some products listed in the Product Guide Also country specific variants of products may be listed in the Product Guide which may not be used in all sales areas due to different technical requirements or spec
92. RF WM SOUR The radio sounder FI700 RF WM SOUR communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop techno logy Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conven tional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the base of the sounder Normally the sounder is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the sounder The tone is set by means of a DIL switch The radio sounder is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The sounder is integrated in a red plastic housing and is designed for indoor mounting The sounder base a special tool for opening the housing and 2 batteries are included with the sounder Features Tone 1 Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone 2 DIN tone DIN 33 404 1200 500Hz over Is Tone 3 continuous tone 990Hz Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission Adjustable sound level During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx 9 9 9 Specifications Power supply 2 lithium batteries CR 123 Battery lifespan approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery Frequency band 868MHz Radio
93. Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 11 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Italian language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 PL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Polish language 74 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 250050 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 HR1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Croati an language 250020 Remote Tableau SG70 1 The Remote Tableau SG70 1 is designed for the indication of the events and operating conditions of Fire 3 Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 and Series BC016 at a remote site Light emitting buzzer s D of the primary transmitting device and of the alarming device kee e ee mented easily em diodes indicate the most important operating conditions of the control panel On the integrated 4 line LC display events of the fire detection control panel are indicated as clear text and can be called up one after the other by means of the scroll buttons
94. Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD 5 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 The addressable Sounder Strobe IBSST DR P34 is identical with the Sounder Strobe IBSST PR P34 it is however accommodated in a cream coloured plastic housing with red cap Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X 169 359049 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD S Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 The addressable strobe has a red cap and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is moun ted on a base for signalling devices not provided The strobe is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Features Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Low power consumption 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 166 166 167 169 supply through the loop voltage typ 450u strobe off max 3 8mA strobe active 1Hz 25 C to 70 C 10 96 no condensation P24 IP65 depending on the base 112 x 37 mm incl Base LPBW red 80g Art No Name Type 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 359041
95. Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi BSS DR I The addressable Sounder Strobe BSS DR I is identical with the Sounder Strobe BSS PR I it is however accommodated in a cream coloured plastic housing with red cap Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X Strobe 200AP Red WST PR N The addressable strobe has a red cap and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is moun ted on a standard detector base B501AP The strobe is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 pro tocol and is powered via the ADM loop Features Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Low power consumption 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Base adaptors for protection classes IP44 and IP65 available Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA strobe off typ 4 5mA strobe active Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Protection class IP24 IP44 IP65 with base adaptor Dimensions x D 121 x 62 mm Colour red Weight 170g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Strobe 200APISM Red WST PR I The addres
96. Supply Housing NTG24 2 The Power Supply Housing NTG24 2 accommodates one Power Supply Module Series NT24 The er housing in a stable powder coated sheet steel design is prepared for wall mounting Besides the po K a wer supply module it provides space for the installation of stand by batteries 4 x 12V max 85Ah one Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 and one Multi Module MEA244 1 E The operating and display board on the front side of the housing provides LED indicators for dis play of operating conditions and fault conditions and allows for the reset of the internal buzzer For the labelling of the LED indicators and the button insertable labelling strips in various languages are provided Cable entry can either be on the top side or bottom side of the housing One flange plate with apertures to break out one Mounting Bracket BW216 1 and two Battery Brackets BK24 1 are provided with the power supply housing The installation of two additional battery brackets is recommended if the bottom side of the housing is used as cable entry point otherwise stand by batteries are standing on the flange plate and prevent a cable entry Specifications Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 800 x 1000 x 300 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight without installations approx 65kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 305 317033 Battery Bracket BK24 1 135 249095 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E 302 317020 Power Supply M
97. The Battery Bracket BK216 1 allows for the installation of 2 stand by batteries 12V max 22Ah in the Auxiliary Case GEH216 4 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 380 x 175 x 90 mm Material powder coated sheet steel Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 900g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 33 214003 Auxiliary Housing For BC216 GEH216 4 214128 Battery Bracket BK216 1CE The Battery Bracket BK216 1CE allows for the installation of 2 stand by batteries 12V max 22Ah and auxiliary modules e g 2 Relay Modules RL58 1 or RL58 2 or 2 Siren Connection Modules SZ58 3 at the back side of the Fire Detection Control Panels BC216 1CE and BC216 3CE Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 437 x 262 x 178 mm Complete Control Panel BC216 xCE with battery bracket Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 x 181 mm Material zinc coated sheet steel Weight approx 950g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 214029 Mounting Bracket BW216 1 The Mounting Bracket BW216 1 is made of zinc coated sheet steel and provides mounting holes in LST standard grid It allows for easy mounting of auxiliary modules e g 4 Relay Modules RL58 1 or RL58 2 or 4 Siren Connection Modules SZ58 3 in the Auxiliary Ca
98. The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Italian language Approval VdS G201017 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 PL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Polish language Approval CNBOP 2238 2006 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214095 214005 214034 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 21 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 FIN1 The functions specifications and cross references correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Finnish language BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 The BCnet Control Panel BC216 3 is a modularly designed sectional control panel without display and operating field Black Box control panel for application in a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Depending on the boards inserted you can connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors as well as actuation elements and alarming devices to a maximum of 2 ADM loops or to a maximum of 16 detector lines in addressable conventional technology or to a combination of both The sectional control panel is installed in a wall moun
99. The remote display and operating panel in the version for Germany is used for operating and displaying all events of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Functions specifications and cross references corre spond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in German language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Remote Display and Ope rating Panel ABF216 1 correspond to those of the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 In addition a lock that allows the fire brigade personnel to directly access authorization level 2 is integra ted in the operating field The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Swedish language 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 250036 250033 250038 250035 250037 250046 250047 250048 250049 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 73 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 B1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in French language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 CZ1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display a
100. WW P34 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 355226 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton IBSST DR P33 355222 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 355234 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 355227 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 355235 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 355241 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 356142 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 356144 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 356143 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR The base SDBR serves for mounting of sounders and strobes Series WMS Due to the design of the base cable entry is possible from the back or from the side The base contains an integrated spring contact for through connection of the loop if the signalling device has been removed Features Cable entry possible from the back or from the side in case of surface mount installation Mechanical theft protection Specifications Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Through connection of loop line via spring contact Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions x D 107 x 61 mm Additional depth of signalling devices 43mm Colour red Weight 110g om Bas E 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 167 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 140 355223 Soun
101. Weight 1 3kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 116 241050 Optical Laser Smoke Detector 200 7251 115 241047 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ivory ND22051E IV 305 249014 PSU For Detector Heater MH TR1 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 The electronic component is needed for the application in addressable conventional technology and serves for the individual or group identification of Series FC600 FC650 100 300 and ECO1000 automatic con ventional detectors as well as manual call points special detectors and other contact activating devices Features Double digit indication of the detector number and parameterised clear text on the display of a compa tible fire detection control panel Detector number setting from 0 to 63 Open collector output for triggering a remote indicator Alternatively applicable for individual detector addressing or identification of a detector group Specifications Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 32 x 19 x 5 mm without leads Weight 10g 18mA active Cross references Page Art No Name Type 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 101 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 151 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 164 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 244061 244060 Duct Detector Housing 300 D2E The Duct Detector D2E monitors ventilation ducts or
102. additional function keys in the display and Oo operating field of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 These keys are used for the function O 4 Alarming device configured as Evacuation Circuit NEN 2575 Cross references Page Art No Name Type Ga 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 4 Chapter 1 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 249096 MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 The MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 enables the combined connection of automatic detectors and manual call points to one detector line of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 The control panel can di stinguish the activation of an automatic detector from the activation of a manual call point with the help of the coding module and can react accordingly The coding module is optionally installed in every manual call point on the respective zone Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 20mA detector activated Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 30 x 18 x 4 mm without leads Weight 6g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 2 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 5
103. additionally integrated in a robust grey pla stic outer housing This housing with protection class IP65 is suitable for harsh environmental conditions and offers plenty of room for connecting the monitored contact In applications with less space or with hig her aesthetic demands the white module housing can be taken out and installed indoors without the outer housing Both batteries are included in the delivery Features Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Ambient temperature Protection class outer housing Dimensions Lx W x H inner housing white outer housing grey Weight without batteries inner housing white outer housing grey Approval Cross references Page 242 242 249267 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 235 lithium battery CR123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 30 C to 55 C IP65 109 x 37 x 29 mm 135 x 95 x 57 mm 45g 210g LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery
104. air conditioning channels A small amount of air is conducted into the detector housing via an air inlet pipe directed to an optical smoke detec tor and is released into the ventilation duct again via the air escape pipe A detector base into which an Optical Smoke Detector 2351E can be inserted is installed in the plastic housing The detector is connected to the fire detection control panel via a conventional de tector line The air inlet pipe is not provided with the duct detector and has to be selected accor ding to the duct size see cross references The air escape pipe is enclosed with the detector housing Without using any tools both pipes can be snapped into place in the duct detector housing either from in side or from outside and can just as easily be removed In this way the inlet and outlet openings can be cleaned effortlessly Note If addressable conventional technology is used the built in base must be replaced with a Detector Base B401RM into which an Address Module NG58 1 has to be installed Features Two part detector housing allows installation in rectangular or square form Transparent cover for optical recognition of detector activation Terminal for external remote indicator Tamper switch for monitoring of the transparent cover Easy function testing using test gas Specifications Air velocity 1 5 to 20 3m s Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D Installed in rectangular
105. amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 The addressable loop powered Multitone Sounder WMSOU WW P33 is identical with the Sounder WMSOU RR P33 it is however accommodated in a white plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 167 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 168 359044 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 White WDBW 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 The addressable Multitone Sounder WMSOU RR P34 is identical with the Sounder WMSOU RR P33 it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WMSOU RR P33 Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 2 7mA low sound level max 4 6mA medium sound level max 7 3mA high sound level Approvals VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0417 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 1
106. an 18RU Plexiglas window as well as a pivoting frame of 18RU together with a mounting kit Features Robust sheet steel design Side walls on the left and on the right Door handle with locking element 100mm or 200mm base Cable duct Built in lighting including connection cable Plastic pocket for schematic diagrams 9 9 9 6 69 6 2 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D without base 800 x 2200 x 600 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 165kg Plexiglas Cover 19 6HU ADPLEX19 6H The pane of Plexiglas is used for covering a redundant Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E of an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 The cover can be removed in the event of a failure of the active display and operating front panel Cross references Page Art No Name Type 27 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 51 218990T Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Description Transparent Door 19 36HU SIT19 STAND The transparent door is designed for fitting out the Housing 19 36HU GEH19 STAND It contains an acrylic glass pane as well as a double bit insert for closure The delivery scope includes the necessary mounting accessories Features Frame made of aluminium profiles Locking rod with double bit insert Equipped with 180 hinges as standard Exchangeable 3mm thick acrylic glass pane Special sealing for protection class increase of housing equipped with transparent door oe 40 Chap
107. an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol and is j suitable for indoor mounting a J Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the respective LST fire detection control panels compensate for the im pact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is e kept constant for a long time thus constituting another effective measure for preventing false alarms Features Permanent evaluation of environmental conditions Constant sensitivity Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 340u A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 105g Approvals VdS G294028 0832 CPD 0164 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 242023 Thermal Detector XP95 55000 420 The Thermal Detector 55000 420 can be parameterised at the fire detection contr
108. application for bankruptcy proceedings has not been granted for insufficiency of assets In any case the contract shall be termina ted immediately unless the bankruptcy law to which Buyer is subject conflicts with this or if termination of the contract is necessary to prevent significant damages to Seller 9 5 Without prejudice to Seller s claim for damages including expenses arising prior to a lawsuit upon withdrawal from contract any open accounts in respect of deliveries ma de or services rendered in whole or in part shall be settled according to contract This provision also covers deliveries or services not yet accepted by Buyer as well as any preparatory acts performed by Seller Seller shall however have the option alternati vely to require the restitution of articles already delivered 9 6 Withdrawal from contract shall have no consequences other than those stipulated above 9 7 The assertion of claims on the ground of laesio enormis error or lapse of purpose by the Buyer is excluded 10 Disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment 10 1 The Buyer of electrical electronic equipment for commercial purposes incorporated in Austria is responsible for the financing of the collection and treatment of waste electrical and electronic equipment as defined by the Ordinance Regulating the Hand ling of Waste Electrical Equipment if he is himself the user of the electrical electronic equipment If the Buyer is not the end user
109. are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 3 combinations Features 3 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 900Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level 100dB Easy address setting via DIL switch Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 191 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop max 1 2mA quiescent max 9mA sounder and strobe on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Protection class IP21 Dimensions x D 106 x 95 mm Colour red Weight 209g Approval VdS G210023 355138 Sound Strobe lP66 XP95ISM Red Mul 100dB 55000 298 The addressable multitone sounder with integrated strobe 55000 298 is installed in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor surface mounting The unit is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The integrated d
110. as actuation elements and alarming devices to a maximum of 2 ADM loops or to a maximum of 16 detector lines in addressable conventional technology or to a combination of the both Sectional control panels with display and operating field can be equipped with LED Display Fields If required the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 can be expanded to become an Extinguishing Con trol Panel LCnet216 Each sectional control panel can control and monitor up to 8 flooding zones the enti re panel network controls a maximum of 127 flooding zones The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Art No 218990T Most important features of each BCnet sectional control panel or fire detection control modules respectively Micro processor technology with diverse redundant processing logic Administration of up to 144 detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification technical messages and fault detectors with or without self resetting proper ty 3 Administration of 10 transmitting devices 99 alarming devices 128 actuations and 199 sectors Easy control panel operation thanks to freely parameterisable sectors INFO field with a 4 line by 20 character backlit text display providing information about all current events 1 2 3 Info button for additional information on the current events 1 2 3 Event memory with qui
111. as well as in intrinsically safe areas Features Alarm LED on detector housing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables 244 Chapter 28 Special Detectors Specifications Operating voltage Quiescent current Permissible alarm current Alarm resistance Alarm temperature Ambient temperature Protection class Ignition protection Ex classification Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 75 242152 tection control panel supplied through detector line voltage 0 max 40mA 400 Ohm typ 72 C 40 C to 65 C IP67 Non sparking device Ex II 3GD EEx nA II T5 T100 C 100 x 75 mm light grey 215g 0845 CPD 0232 1193 Art No 251003 Name Type Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX CS 6297 The maximum heat detector 6297 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The activated condition of the detector is indicated by an integrated LED The detector can be connected to an ADM lo op by using a conventional zone module The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and is suitable for application in moist areas e g loading ramps production areas foo
112. aspiration system is avoided thanks to the leak proof cen tre position Specifications 01 EX11399E SAM Input pressure max 10bar Connection 3 x PVC DN20 DA25 Ambient temperature 0 to 50 C Weight 380g om Bas E 1039 01 0100 Chapter 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 273 244237 3 eg Ball Valve Metal 3MKH The three way ball valve enables the manual supply of compressed air to the sensor pipe network Du ring the change from normal mode to blow out mode the destruction of the smoke aspiration system is avoided due to the leak proof centre position For connection to the PVC piping Screw Joints UVS 25X3 4 are needed Specifications Input pressure max 16bar Connection 3 x 3 4 Weight 450g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 273 244242 Screw Joint Pvc Brass UVS 25X3 4 244242 Screw Joint Pvc Brass UVS 25X3 4 The Screw Joint with 3 4 male thread is used as adapter between a PVC sensor pipe with a diameter of 25mm and a fitting with a 3 4 female thread 244236 Condensate Separator DA25 KABS 25 The condensate separator is for installation in the sensor pipe network and guarantees that air samples which are directed to the smoke aspiration system are dry This is an effective measure to keep the number of false alarms low in areas with low or varying temperatures and in areas with high humidity The condensate separator contains a ma nual drain valve and should be checked regularly S
113. be equipped with an optional second laser smoke detector if fire alarm systems require a double knock function The smoke aspiration system is provided with the entire evaluation electronics and the laser smoke detec tor but without the sensor pipe network Specifications Supply voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption ext supply 80 500mA at 24V depending on tube length and ventilator speed Current consumption from loop max 390u quiescent Response sensitivity of detector 0 03 m to 3 33 m Pipe length max 75m Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Humidity max 95 non condensing Protection class IP50 optionally IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 258 x 194 x 145 mm Weight 1 9kg Approval VdS G206067 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 272 244282 Replacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 272 244283 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 01 EX11399E SAM Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 261 244031 Smoke Aspiration System A222E LSR pi The structure of the two channel Smoke Aspiration System A222E LSR is identical to that of the Smo ke Aspiration System A211E LSR but it has two separate sensing chambers for monitoring two inde pendent areas Air from a monitored room is aspirated by each of the sensor pipe networks that are connected to the housing and is directed to the respective highly sensitive laser smoke detector For each channel the built in converter module occupies one address f
114. biological agents as well as mechanical strains 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244638 244639 244629 244630 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 255 Specifications Outer diameter 5 8mm Wire gauge 0 46mm Temperature resistance up to 100 C unlimited up to 150 C 350 hours up to 175 C 25 hours Cross references Page Art No Name Type 255 244638 Interconnector LWM ZV22 11800 103 253 244637 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv LWM 1 255 244629 Mounting Base TC358 255 244639 Termination Connector LWM AV22 11800 102 Interconnector LWM ZV22 11800 103 The interconnector for temperature resistant sensing cables consists of one white and one black shrink tu be as well as small red shrink tubes and is used for connection of two sensing cables or for integration of an additional cable section Cross references Page Art No Name Type 254 244622 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 255 244628 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 254 244624 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 Termination Connector LWM AV22 11800 102 The termination connector for temperature resistant sensing cables which consists of a white inner layer and a black end cap is used for hermetic sealing of sensing cable ends Cross references Page Art No Name Type 254 244622 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 253 244628 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 254 244624 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 Mounting Base TC358
115. bottom sides of the cabinet Mounting rails for additional components Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 620 x 920 x 350 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 30kg Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT The 19 wall mount cabinet in robust sheet steel design consists of wall part designer glazed door and swivel part with a height of 18 rack units The wall mount cabinet serves for housing equipment in 19 de sign e g a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 in slide in technology Note To allow for unhindered opening of the swivel part an empty space of at least 60cm is needed on the left of the cabinet Features Wall part with 2 cable gland plates Swivel part with mounting profiles Designer glazed door with comfort handle and two step latching including a 3524 E lock Specifications Material Wall part and swivel part 1 5mm sheet steel Mounting plate 2 5mm galvanised sheet steel Viewing window safety glass ESG 3mm Protection class IP55 Dimensions W x H x D 600 x 878 x 473 mm Max installation depth 420mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 53kg Cabinet 19 36HU GEH19 36 The 19 housing in robust steel sheet design with integrated 36 rack units pivoting frame is suitable for in stalling devices in 19 design e g a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 Features Pivoting frame with 36 rack units and an aperture angle of 120 Side walls back wall and top cover removable Moun
116. by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it Plastic pane easy to reset Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Dual isolator HE HK Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity supplied through loop voltage 360u A quiescent 10 C to 55 C 0 95 no condensation Protection class IP24 Dimensions W x H x D 89 x 93 x 28 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 110g Approvals LPCB 166e 01 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 209 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 208 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 208 245019 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR 208 245012 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 Glass WCP5A RP07SG L017 01 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is activated by breaking the glass pane The detector is integrated in a red plastic housing for surface mounting and thanks to its dust and water protected design it is suitable for use under harsh environmental conditions Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by breaking glass pane Glass pane easy to replace Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the physical address in the range 01 to 159 9 S
117. capacitor 47uF Line voltage typ 20V end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ 23V end of line capacitor 47uF Line current typ 3 7mA end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ OmA end of line capacitor 47uF Line termination 5 6kOhm or 47uF Line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 330 x 330 x 90 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 3kg Approvals VdS G209163 0786 CPD 20808 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 4 249096 MCP Coding Module MCM 1 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 3 210215 Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 210220 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT D1 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 but the manual comes in German language 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 54 Chapter5 Extinguishing System Controls 210226 210221 222011 ll 223009 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Fire Extinguishing Con trol Panel BC06 1EXT correspond to those of the Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BCO6 1EXT INT1 In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the operating field By means of th
118. ccc ccc ccc cece ee cece cee e eee ee eee ee ee eee eeeeeeeeenenes 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 2 ccc ccc cee cece cece eee e ene eeeeeeeeee 130 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 2 0c ccc cee ee cece cece eee e eee e een eeeeeeeneee 131 249102 Module Sula BRL OM 200 M221 seeren pew nonce eee eee 131 249115 Monitor Module 10xSurv In 200 IM 10 sjsssessneoterdeetersaesestenerkedeeree berede vb ENEE 132 249103 Control Mod le 1xSurv Out 200 M20LE ccccsccvccedavicevewsn ad dense be nede eek REENEN NA dees 132 249105 Control Module IxRel Out 200 M201E 240 oo ccc cece eee cece cece e cece eee eeeeeeeeeees 132 249106 Control Module 1xRel Out DIN 200 M201E 240 DIN 2 0 0 0c cc cece cece eect eee e eens 133 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CHA 133 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ oo ccc ccc cece eee cece ee eee eens cence eeeeees 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR ern Ae EE krever Vere owes oon renne 134 249112 Monitor Module 1xAnalog In 200 MS10E 4 20 2 00 0 ccc nce narrer ee en eeneeeaas 135 249095 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E ooo ccc ccc ccc cee cence eee rann 135 249092 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Rail MEA244 1 TR oo ccc ccc erverv river vr vnr scene eee 136 249090 Position Switch 500 Pressed Idle EDS500 1 GR oo ccc ccc cece cece eee eee e eee e eee 136 249098 Position Switch 500 Pressed Alarm EDS500 1 GA ow ccc ccc cece eee eee ence eens 136 249091 Monitor
119. complex alarming and actuation tasks within the scope of the fire alarm technology The control panels are available in two different wall mount cabinet versions and as 19 inch slide in unit In the basic version the control panel includes a power unit a backplane with a central processing board as well as depending on the control panel version a display and operating field and a module carrier for auxiliary modules The optional display and operating field comprises a spacious 1 4 VGA display which indicates all events of the fire detection system in clear form numerous status LEDs as well as a keypad with 5 event specific soft keys The thoughtful menu structure allows quick and intuitive operation of the control panel In addition to the central processing board up to 8 function modules e g conventional detector interface loop interface fire brigade interface can be connected to the backplane The backplane powers the con nected boards and establishes the data connection via the system bus The componentries and additional devices in the door of the housing are connected via the UI bus of the control panel If necessary individu al function modules as well as the central processing board can be provided with redundancy and in this way a failure of the unit can almost be ruled out In the large wall mount cabinet version a second backplane can be installed which provides 8 additional mounting positions for function modules As a r
120. consumption at 24V 8mA quiescent 16mA active Contact load 32V 1A Ambient temperature 20 C to 55 C Protection class IP50 Dimensions Sender unit x L 60 x 102 mm Receiver unit x L 60 x 102 mm Control unit W x H x D 210 x 265 x 85 mm Weight sender 0 5kg Weight receiver 0 5kg Weight control unit 2 1kg Approval VdS G297058 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Beam Smoke Detector Conv FIREBEAM PLUS The self centring Beam Smoke Detector FIREBEAM PLUS is used for monitoring open areas with a range of 5 to 100m It consists of three components the central unit with transmitter receiver and stepper motor driven detector optics the remote operating unit and the prism reflector for the opposite side A pulsed infrared beam emitted from the transmitter receiver unit is reflected by a prism reflector Alarm evaluation is achieved by detection of a reduced intensity of the light beam Initial alignment and read justment are automatically carried out by the servomechanism This ensures optimum operational reliabili ty and increased ease of maintenance If the detector is used under special climatic conditions care must be taken to avoid fogging of detector optics and reflector surface For this purpose anti mist reflector tiles chemical resistant refle
121. earth leakage monitoring of the module can be deactivated for special applications by removing a jumper The power supply module is prepared for installation in the Power Supply Housing Series NT24 Features High efficiency through modern switched mode power supply technology current limited and short circuit protected Long lifespan of stand by batteries through temperature compensated battery charging Seven LED indicators for indication of operation and causes of fault in combination with the power supply housing or the power supply front panel Integrated mains fuse Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 to 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output peak current 2 3A Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions Lx W x H 230 x 150 x 52 mm Weight approx 0 5kg Approval VdS G208124 0786 CPD 20528 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 304 317031 Power Supply Front Panel NTG24 1CE 303 317030 Power Supply Housing NTG24 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 317021 V D d fr d d v 317030 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 35 Power Supply Devices 303 Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 The Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 is an autonomous componentry for the supply of devices which require a failure safe power supply with a nominal voltage of 24VDC The module fully com plies with EN 54 4 2006 and is tested and cer
122. equipment for extinguishing systems All functions of the fire detection control panel re main intact after the extension A combined use as fire detection and extinguishing control panel is pos sible without further options The Extinguishing Control Panel Family Series LC216 includes the following types of control panels The Extinguishing Control Panel LC216 1 for an extinguishing system with one flooding zone accor ding to EN 12094 1 or with up to 8 flooding zones without compliance with EN 12094 1 The networked Extinguishing Control Panel LCnet216 with up to 127 extinguishing systems The Con trol Panel LCnet216 consists of several sectional control panels which are interconnected via the Glo bal Security System Network GSSnet and thereby form a decentralised extinguishing system Each ex tinguishing system can control up to 32 flooding zones and each LCnet sectional control panel is able to administrate up to 8 flooding zones A maximum of 127 flooding zones can be controlled by the net worked Extinguishing Control Panel LCnet216 The Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 fulfils all compulsory requirements and the options for highest safety demands according to EN 12094 1 EN 54 2 EN 54 4 and is VdS certified The networked Extinguishing Control Panel LCnet216 can be easily implemented with a redundant design of the extin guishing system control which is required if several flooding zones are to be actuated from one sectional
123. false floors and all areas and rooms which are difficult to access or are in difficult environmental conditions The activation temperature of the maximum alarm can be set with a 15 step switch whereas the activation threshold of the differential alarm can be adjusted with two switches in 16 steps Thereby the heat de tection unit can be easily adapted to the respective application Four LEDs operation maximum alarm differential alarm fault indicate the actual condition of the heat detection unit The unit can be reset eit her by interruption of the supply voltage actuation of the external reset input or via the internal Reser button Two test buttons alarm and fault test as well as LED test allow an electrical system test The heat detection unit is accommodated in a plastic housing The connection to the fire detection control panel is carried out in conventional technology via one dry contact for alarm and one for fault Features Length of sensing cable up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable High security against false alarms also in difficult environmental conditions Easy mounting commissioning and maintenance Heat detection unit can be mounted up to 500m away from sensing cable 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage 10 30VDC Current consumption at 24VDC 25mA quiescent and active Ambient temperature 20 C to 50 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 200
124. for mounting the detector Features Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Double dust trap and insect screen Easy function testing by means of magnet or test gas Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 90u A normal communication Current consumption LED typ 6mA alarm condition Sensitivity Level 1 2 0 m Level 2 2 7 m Level 3 3 3 m Level 4 4 0 m Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 106 x 46 mm Colour white Weight 90g Approvals VdS G209212 0832 CPD 1066 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 103 246081 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 84 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 241081 Optical Thermal Detector 700 FI700 OT The Optical Thermal Detector FI700 OT operates both with an optical sensing chamber based on the prin ciple of scattered light as well as with a rate of rise thermal sensor according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The analysis of the analogue values of both detection units and the integrated comparison of characteristics of fire ensure safe fire detection The detector is designed for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol In the parameter settings of the control panel one of 4 sensiti
125. has an integrated detector base for the accommodation of an automatic detector as well as a cable for the connection of a manual call point or module The desired loop address is selected by means of two arrow keys and programmed into the inserted detector or into the connected module by pressing the confirmation button Specifications 01 EX11399E SAM Power supply 9V battery Battery lifespan approx 4 years unit switched off approx 30 hours unit switched on permanently Dimensions Lx W x H 210 x 115 x 68 mm Weight 310g incl battery om i 1039 01 0100 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 107 1 4 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E The Optical Smoke Detector 2351E operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address either by adding an Address Module NG58 1 to the mounting base or by programming the detector with an optional Pro gramming and Test Unit S300RPTU If the detector is addressed using an NG58 1 the detector address as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel If the detector address has been set by means of an S300RPTU the detector number is displayed o
126. integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line 9 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight supply through the loop voltage typ 120uA quiescent normal communication typ 5mA active 30 C to 70 C P42 80 x 80 x 27 mm white 46g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Sounder 700ISM Red FI700 WM MT SOUR The loop sounder FI700 WM MT SOUR is activated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate one of three tones If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The integrated dual isolator discon nects the loop at short circuit on the loop line 355182 The sounder is integrated in a red plastic housing and is designed for indoor wall mounting The sounder base and a special tool for opening the housing are included with the sounder Features one 1 Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone 2 DIN tone DIN 33 404 1200 500Hz over Is Tone 3 continuous tone 990Hz Low power consumption Adjustable sound level Address can be set in the range to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 P
127. is selected through the menu of the detector tester If multicriteria detectors are te sted combined tests can also be carried out and the menu allows you to determine whether the individual tests by means of smoke CO or heat are to be carried out simultaneously or one after the other Two multicoloured LEDs indicate the execution of a test as well as the condition of the test device The detector tester can be used together with the Telescopic Pole SOLO100 or the Extension Pole SOLO101 The delivery scope of the Detector Test Kit 2001 101 includes the test device 2 batteries a charging device a smoke capsule a CO capsule a USB cable and the user manual on CD Specifications Power supply NiMH battery 7 2V 2 2Ah Battery charging time max 90min Ambient temperature 5 C to 45 C Relative humidity 0 85 no condensation Dimensions test device x H 153 x 273 mm Weight 900g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 310 249054 Extension Pole SOLO101 309 249223 Replacement CO Capsule TC3 001 309 249222 Replacement Smoke Capsule TS3 001 310 249053 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249222 P 249223 ow 249059 249143 249036 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 37 Tools 309 Replacement Smoke Capsule TS3 001 The replacement capsule is put into a detector tester 1000 or 2000 for generating smoke Cross references Page Art No Name Type 308 249221 Detector Test Kit
128. loop should be separated from each other by isolator modules Features LED indicates activation Installation in commercially available installation sockets on a mounting bracket or on a module carrier Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 0 2mA Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 70 x 24 x 15 mm Weight 20g Approval VdS G296012 Isolator Module Board XP95 43781 552 The isolator module board 43781 552 is used for installation in the housing of a detector e g of a manual call point If a short circuit appears between two isolator modules the defective area is separated from the ADM loop and operation of all detectors and modules outside this area is ensured For optimum availabili ty the detection zones on the ADM loop should be separated from each other by isolator modules Features Connection to the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol LED indicates activation Installation in devices manual call points etc Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 0 2mA Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H approx 30 x 24 x 8 mm Weight 20g Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 45681 277 The addressable loop sounder is installed in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor sur face mounting The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors S
129. loss of pro duction financing costs costs for replacement energy loss of energy data or informa tion loss of profits loss of savings or interest or damage resulting from third party claims against buyer 11 4 Seller shall not be liable for damages in case of non compliance with instructions for assembly commissioning and operation such as are contained in instructions for use or non compliance with licensing requirements 11 5 Claims that exceed the contractual penalties that were agreed on are excluded from the respective title The provisions of paragraph 11 apply exclusively for all claims by Buyer against Seller regardless of the legal basis or entitlement and also apply to all employees subcontractors and subsuppliers of Seller 12 Industrial property rights and copyrights 12 1 Buyer shall indemnify Seller and hold him harmless against any claims for any infrin gement of industrial property rights raised against him if Seller manufactures an article pursuant to any design data design drawings models or other specifications made available to him by Buyer 12 2 Design documents such as plans and drawings and other technical specifications as well as samples catalogues prospectuses pictures and the like shall remain the intel lectual property of Seller and are subject to the relevant statutory provisions governing reproduction imitation competition etc The provisions of 2 2 above shall also cover design documents 1
130. memo ry of the control panel and display it on a monitor Furthermore the parameters of various peripheral devices e g Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 Remote Tableau SG70 1 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF70 1 can be created downloaded from and uploaded to the device by means of PARSOFT 2 It is also possible to update the firmware of these peri pheral devices The software is available in several languages and can be used on any IBM compatible PC with operating system Windows 95 98 NT4 0 2000 XP Vista 7 provided that the following minimum requirements are met Pentium 500MHz processor 256MB RAM At least 20MB free hard disk space CD ROM drive Free serial interface with 9 pin connector or TCP IP connection USB 2 0 interface for devices with USB connection Windows 2000 XP Vista 7 is however required therefor PC keyboard mouse optional printer e For the connection of a PC to a Fire Detection Control Panel Serie BC216 or BC016 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 is required Alarm Monitoring Software Licence ALVIS F The alarm monitoring software license is required for using an operation control system for alarm repor ting systems The software allows for a concise depiction of the ground plans as well as detailed views of the facility The alarm monitoring software is a modular system with a modern user interface and can be configured according to your individual needs The system allows for a comfo
131. mm Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 141 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 141 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 142 355234 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 143 355235 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 143 355241 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X The cover lid is used to cover and protect a detector base sounder Series IBS if no detector is inserted as well as to cover a detector base Series 100 200 300 400 or 500 if the detector has been removed permanently Specifications Dimensions x H 112 x 10 mm Colour cream 01 EX11399E SAM a sage 1039 01 0100 kb E 359050 359049 359051 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 d Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 169 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 142 355224 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 142 355225 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 144 355226 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton IBSST DR P33 144 355227 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 5pcs DBSPW 5 The white mounting plate enables the surface cabling of sounders detector base sounders and strobes Se ries WMS and IBS in conjunction with the Base LPBW The packing unit contains 5 mounting plates Specifications Dimensions x D 107 x 17 mm
132. mounting bracket is designed for installation in a switch cabinet _ _ Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 483 x 192 x 55 mm Weight 1 3kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 133 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CR 6 132 249115 Monitor Module 10xSurv In 200 IM 10 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249004 249027 D r 249020 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 163 Surface Mounting Box SMB500 The plastic mounting box is designed for the surface mounting of a module Series 500 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 124 x 55 mm Colour cream Weight 155g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 135 249112 Monitor Module 1xAnalog In 200 M510E 4 20 224 228007 Protocol Interface 200 IST200 Detector Base 500 200 Heater MH500 1 The mounting base with included heating is used for the application of System Sensor Series 500 or 200 automatic smoke detectors in extremely moist areas e g loading ramps cable ducts A detec tor base with area heater and connection terminals with a remote indicator are mounted together on a mounting plate Features eg Connection terminals for all incoming and outgoing cables Detector base pre wired on the terminals Additional remote indicator on the connection terminals Specifications Operating voltage max 48VAC Power consumption 12W Dimensions Lx W x H 310 x 175 x 120 mm
133. nee ene n nee e been bette ene eees 201 Detector Mounting Bracket MMWI I nee ene nee n eee eben beeen enone 201 Trapeze Bracket TRBHSOOI nee en een need nee een e een eee ene e een e es 201 Protective Cave BYS D NEE 201 Manual Call Points conventional 245302 245356 245352 245925 245417 245416 Manual Call Point Red Conv HFM 3 11 02 aauuuuaaavvanavvavvvvavvr rav r rever rer vr r eee eens seen ened 202 Manual Call Point Red Conv Feuerwehr HM 3 11 01 02 0 0 ccc ccc cece cece eee eee 202 Manual Call Point Blue Conv Hausalarm HM 5 11 02 02 1 0 ccc cece cece eee reven 203 Spring button Call Point Blue Conv Haus SM 5 52 02 02 0 ccc cence cence ene vnr en nees 204 Manual Call Point Blue Conv Stopp HM 5 11 18 02 2 0 ccc cece nnn nee e nent enn eees 204 Manual Call Point Yellow Conv Handausl HM 1 11 17 02 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cece eee 205 Accessories Manual Call Points 249633 249634 249636 249631 249644 219006 249601 249013 249608 249609 249024 245083 245024 245019 245012 249213 245018 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 0 occ ccc cence rann tenn tenet ravnen 206 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 0 0 ccc ccc cence ene nnn e nee e nn eenns 206 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 2 ok cnn tenn tenn ene eees 206 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HPM HM ZS IPS4 2 cece seeeadeese ANNE AN EA EEN SE tepu Ee 206 Flush Mounting Box for MCP HFM HM UP1 0 ccc ccc cen cen ce
134. nn tenn teen ene nen ee nents 166 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR Eege EE ENEE 167 base Sounder amp Strobe PA White SDBN Lo coeds whee canes dove s kere cdemesd reeset sanetueedsansd vas 167 Base Sounder amp Strobe IPG5 White WDBW ees 2 1s0ccees serende Tresse 168 Lid tor Sounder 200 10605 IBS LIDPW 1I0X EE 168 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X oo nec ene nnen nnn nen eee nee ees 168 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 2 0 nnn nee n tenn een eee e nee eee 169 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPD 5 1 nen een teen ene n tenn ees 169 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 169 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR oo ce nen e ene e net enn e enn eens 170 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 1c enn n nen nee eben enn eens 170 Base Adaptor f r Sounder amp Strobe IPG65 WPW tege deg MGP steered 170 18 19 20 21 Conventional Detectors Series 65 240027 241026 242024 242025 242026 242027 Ionisation Smoke Detector 65 55000 217 oo ccc cece cece cece cence eee erneer reenen Optical Smoke Detector OS 35000 3107 EE Thermal RoR Detector 65 A1R 55000 122 oo ccc ccc ccc cece cence eee nenne seen ee Thermal RoR Detectot 65 BR 55000 127 auc veces dressere kadre ae Thermal RoR Detector 65 CR 55000 132 0 cc cece cece cece cece eee rneer errre eneen Thermal Max Detector 65 CS aa000 131 eee cece eneren erreneren nenene Analog Detectors and Manual Call Poin
135. of 7 5m The detector HT 51145 must always be connected via a safety barrier that has been approved for this detector Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country specific regulations If the detector experiences a fault the multicoloured status LED on the detector will flash in yellow for approx 4 minutes after enablement of the detector line Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Current consumption at 24V Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Class T5 Class T4 Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 219 222 intrinsically safe II 1G Ex ia IC typ 85u quiescent 57 C maximum heat component max 50 C 40 C to 40 C no icing 40 C to 60 C no icing 0 to 98 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 70g Baseefa06ATEX0007X VdS G207020 0832 CPD 0469 Art No Name Type 246043 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 01 EX11399E SAM I m 1039 01 0100 od 242038 219 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas Thermal Max Detector Orbis A1S IS HT 51157 The Thermal Max Detector HT 51157 for hazardous areas reacts to a maximum temperature of 57 C ac cording to EN 54 5 Class AIS The dete
136. of test activation with Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 75uA quiescent Alarm temperature typ 78 C Operating temperature max 60 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C continuous operation Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 40 5 mm Colour white Weight 70g Approvals VdS G204042 0832 CPD 0068 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU Thermal RoR Detector 1000 A1R ECO1005 The Thermal RoR Detector ECO1005 reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The de tector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Features Output for external remote indicator Functionality check by means of test activation with Remote Test Unit ECO1
137. of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is renounced 16 Proviso The execution of the contract by Seller is subject to the condition that there are no obstacles standing in the way of execution due to national or international re export provisions and especially no embargos and or other sanctions 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 ANa ec lt ABOR STRAUSS SICHERHEITSSYSTEME GMBH IFFICE LABORSTRAUSS DE WWW LABORSTRAUSS DE D 41063 M NCHENGLADBACH KUNKELSTRASSE 43 B14 TEL 49 2161 56790 0 FAX 49 2161 56790 27 ABOR STRAUSS BRAND OCH S KERHETSSYSTEM AB JFFICE LABORSTRAUSS SE WWW LABORSTRAUSS SE SE 175 62 J RF LLA GIROV GEN 13 TEL 46 8 564 75 660 FAX 46 8 564 75 669 o
138. of the conditions of the inputs and outputs Inputs monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Plastic housing for surface mounting Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V supplied through loop voltage typ 300u normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA per LED Contact rating relay output Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 106 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 max 2A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC 30 C to 70 C no icing 5 85 no condensation 210 x 170 x 66 mm 470g Art No Name Type 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 96 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 251010 a Features High power LED Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Plastic case with red cap Surface mounting or flush mounting on 55 60mm installation box Remote Indicator 700 FI700 PA The Remote Indicator FI700 PA is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and al lows the fire detection control panel to control the remote indication As the activation can be freely para meterised in the control panel the remote indicator can indicate the activation of any combination of de tectors With that a common display can be implemented with simple means The
139. of the extinguishing module All light emitting diodes can be labelled individually with labelling strips which are inserted behind the front foil Event memory for the last 50 events in chronological order to be output via the serial interface 2 dry contact outputs These outputs are pre set in the factory settings according to EN 54 standards summary alarm and summary fault 16 open collector outputs which automatically signal the conditions of the zones the common fault message the common disablement condition of the zones as well as the conditions of the extinguishing module Panel reset button for common reset of all current alarms 3 authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured by numeric codes One mounting position for a Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 for connection of a serial protocol printer Control panel case provides space for accommodating stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 7Ah Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Output current siren outputs Output 1 max lA Output 2 max 0 5A the sum of the output currents of the two siren outputs must not exceed 1A Output current exting output max lA Output current activated condition output signal output max 0 5A per output Current consumption at 24V without optional modules typ 80mA end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ 65mA end of line
140. provided in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Art No 219998T The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in English language Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 125mA without optional modules Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 420 x 520 x 120 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214004 214612 214093 214060 214064 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 19 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 21 214034 BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 32 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS5 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 BCnet Co
141. rail Specifications Ignition protection intrinsically safe Ex classification EEx ia IIC T5 Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V ImA Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Relative humidity 10 95 Dimensions Lx W x H 93 x 20 x 110 mm Colour green Weight 100g Approval EECS ATEX 0073 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 224 241024 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 Ex 55000 640 226 228004 Safety Barrier XP95 29600 098 225 242036 Thermal Detector XP95 Ex 55000 440 Manual Call Point Red Conv Ex DC31 The Manual Call Point dC31 is integrated in a red plastic housing and is used for application in hazardous areas in conventional technology The detector contains a change over contact and can be delivered with an alarm resistor and an end of line resistor of your choice The desired resistance value must be specified when ordering because the entire inner circuitry is sealed Thanks to the encapsulated and sealed in design a safety barrier is not required if the detector is cabled in compliance with the relevant regulations The detector can be connected to an ADM loop by using a con ventional zone module Note the manual call point is also available in other colours as well as with LED for the indication of acti vation on request Features Robust dust proof and water proof plastic housing with a door aperture angle of more than 160 Low flammability and UV resistant Ope
142. relay contacts The response sensitivity of the detection unit can be switched by the internal timer or via the system input The continuous air flow which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration system is permanently monitored A failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes low air flow or a pipe burst high air flow are indicated on the system In addition to the two air flow faults faults of the integrated filter the power supply the detection unit as well as if it exists the network board are indicated by light emitting diodes There is also a dry relay contact for forwarding the fault message The smoke aspiration system is provided with the entire evaluation electronics and the laser smoke detec tor but without the sensor pipe network Specifications Supply voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 220mA quiescent 295mA alarm Response sensitivity of the detection unit 0 025 m to 2 m info alarm and pre alarm 0 025 m to 20 m fire 1 alarm and fire 2 alarm Pipe length max 25m max 12 aspiration holes Monitored area max 250m Event memory 18 000 messages with date and time of event Ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 255 x 185 x 90 mm Weight 2kg Approvals VdS G205060 0832 CPD 0771 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 269 Cross references Page Art
143. software WirelEx In addition to the parameterisation of the RF system this program also allows the analysis and graphical indication of signal strength and transmission quality Features 2 orthogonal antennas for safe radio communication 7 bi directional data channels High range of radio transmission Specifications Operating voltage 9 29VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 30mA alarm condition Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m to detectors modules in free air max 600m to RF expanders in free air Ambient temperature 30 C to 50 C Protection class IP51 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 160 x 50 mm without antennas Colour white Weight 350g Approvals LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 Optical Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF O The radio linked optical smoke detector FI700 RF O operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop tech nology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conven tional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system In the con figuration of the RF interface one of 3 sensitivity levels can be selected thereby adapting the detector op timally to the respective application Two batteries are accommodated in the detector base Normally the detector is powered by the main bat
144. sory board allows for the hardware redundant actuation of solenoid valves according to EN 12094 1 The module provides an integrated dual isolator and is designed to be mounted into a fire detection control panel Features Separate status LED for each input and output Monitoring of terminal connecting lines for wire breakage and short circuit Monitoring of the internal resistance of the control devices as well as the line resistance of the supply line with a patented method Integrated self calibration by measuring the line resistance and load resistance initiated at a keystroke Monitoring of the supply voltage for low voltage Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 99 by means of button in combination with LED Mounting in LST standard grid by means of supplied mounting spacers 6 136 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 249092 249090 249098 Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 30VDC Current consumption 35mA quiescent max 160mA no load Current consumption on the loop 500uA Load current per output max 1 5A Ambient temperature 5 C to 60 C Ambient temperature control devices 5 C to 50 C to ensure the functioning of the fault detection Dimensions Lx W x H 194 x 93 x 20 mm Weight 150g Patent number AT 501 215 Bl Approval VdS G205120 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Rail MEA244 1 TR The addressable module MEA244 1 TR is identical to the module
145. supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 654A quiescent Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 32 5 mm Colour white Weight 75g Approvals VdS G201060 0832 CPD 0064 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU Optical Thermal Detector 1000 ECO1002 The Optical Thermal Detector ECO1002 operates both with an optical sensing chamber based on the prin ciple of scattered light as well as with a rate of rise temperature sensor according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for in door mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m The alarm evaluation is based on the analysis of both detection units if only one characteristic of fire occurs false alarms can be mostly avoided For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Features Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG58 1 Drift compensation Output for external remote in
146. supply Case version BC600 8xxx Fire detection control panel in the standard wall mount cabinet prepared for installation of up to 8 function modules In the door of the housing there are 3 mounting spaces for expansions BC600 16xxx Fire detection control panel in the large wall mount cabinet pre pared for installation of up to 8 function modules extendable to up to 16 function modules In the door of the housing there are 4 mounting spaces for expansions BC600 CE8xxx Fire detection control panel designed as 19 inch slide in unit prepared for installation of up to 8 function modules In the front panel there are 2 mounting spaces for expansions Display BC600 xLxx The housing of the fire detection control panel is equipped with a Display and Operating Board ABB600 1 which consists of a 1 4 VGA graphics display the LED displays as well as the membra ne keypad BC600 xNxx The housing is not equipped with a display and operating board However the mounting spaces for expansions can be used Power supply BC600 xx2x The fire detection control panel is equipped with a Power Supply NT602 1 As an option additional power units can be accommo dated in extension housings BC600 xx4x The fire detection control panel is equipped with a Power Supply NT604 1 As an option additional power units can be accommo dated in extension housings 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 211200 211201 01 EX11399E SAM
147. temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions L x W x D 290 x 220 x 70 mm Weight approx 1 5kg Approval VdS G208125 0786 CPD 20529 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 304 317031 Power Supply Front Panel NTG24 1CE 303 317030 Power Supply Housing NTG24 1 304 317032 Power Supply Housing NTG24 2 Power Supply Housing NTG24 1 The Power Supply Housing NTG24 1 accommodates one Power Supply Module Series NT24 The housing in a stable powder coated steel sheet design is prepared for wall mounting The housing provides space for the power supply module as well as for the installation of stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 45Ah one Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 and one Multi Module MEA244 1 E If required further modules can be mounted in the front door The operating and display board on the front side of the housing includes LED indicators for display of operating conditions and fault conditions and allows for the reset of the internal buzzer For the la belling of the LED indicators and the button insertable labelling strips in various languages are provided Cable entry can either be on the top side bottom side or back side of the housing Specifications Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 442 x 460 x 203 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without installations approx 7kg 304 Chapter 35 Power Supply Devices Cross references Page Art No Name Type 135 249095 Module 4xS
148. temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 215 355114 211 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 12VDC 10V to 14V 24VDC 19 5V to 28V typ 8mA 97dB A at Im distance DIN tone 30 C to 70 C IP44 with base ELPBW 124 x 92 x 64 mm with base ELPBW white RAL 9001 155g without base VdS G211048 0832 CPD 0301 Art No 359007 Name Type Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White ELPBW Sounder 12 24V White Multitone DBS1224B4W D The multitone sounder DBS1224B4 WD is integrated in a round white plastic housing and is suitable for p kas e is needed gative monitoring voltage Features indoor use The sounder is designed for installation underneath a detector base Alternatively the sounder can be used independent of a base on the ceiling or on a wall In this case an additional front lid DBSLID Thanks to a built in serial diode the sounder can be connected directly to a line monitored output with ne 3 different tones continuous tone 800Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN 33404 tone Wide operating voltage range Low power consumption Adjustable sound level Suitable for surface mounting Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Sound level Ambient temperature Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 216 216 355001 Features 32 different tones selectable
149. test the detector is activated by a built in source of infrared light Features Very high immunity to deceptive alarms Applicable in conventional technology Connection to an ADM loop via a conventional zone module possible Integrated optical self test function Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24VDC Contact rating of relay outputs Monitored angle Range Spectral sensitivity Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions Lx W xD 14 30VDC 8mA quiescent 14mA alarm max I at SOVDC 90 25m 0 75 2 7um 10 C to 55 C IP65 108 x 142 x 82 mm Colour sky blue RAL 5015 Weight 2kg Approvals LPCB 729a 01 0832 CPD 0595 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 247 249141 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector 7127 243012 Flame Detector UVIR2 16591 The Flame Detector 16591 responds to the flickering infrared radiation of open flames and is therefore extremely well suitable for the detection of fires with low smoke development for example alcoholic fires or gas flames Thanks to the combination of two independent infrared sensors for different wave lengths and an UV sensor the detector can particularly safely distinguish between fire situations and deceptive variables Therefore it is extremely insensitive to disturbance sources such as sunlight fluore scent lamps or electric arcs The detector complies with EN 54 10 Class 1 which means it 1s suitable for application
150. the ADM loop technology can be found in the description of the Loop Interface LIF128 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S A1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S A1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in the ver sion for Austria for small size fire detection systems with a single ADM loop Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214304 214391 214306 214315 214307 214309 214317 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S D1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S D1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in the ver sion for Germany for small size fire detection systems with a single ADM loop Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 it is however equip ped with a Loop Interface LIF128 1 by default The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of
151. the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BC216 1S correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 it is however equipped with a Loop Interface LIF128 1 by default In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the operating field By means of this lock the fire brigade personnel can directly access authorization level 2 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Swedish language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S B1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in French language Approval ANPI BFS DE 1096 2003 03 20 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S CZ1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Czech language Approval EZU 7 105034 00 00 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S H1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Hungarian language Approval EMILABS 85 2000 Fire Detection Control
152. the connection of monitoring and condition detectors Detector lines for fault messages for the connection of fault detectors System inputs for special purposes e g to accept control commands Confirmation inputs for monitoring of acuations and transmitting devices 9 Each detector line can be assigned either to a logic detector zone or to a zone element In this way it is al so possible to unite several detector lines in one detector zone hence allowing to operate them together The end of line element resistor or capacitor can also be parameterised If necessary detector lines can also be configured as inputs without monitoring In addition the Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 is equipped with 8 freely parameterisable open collector outputs for general control tasks Features Independent microprocessor to ensure the alarming capability of every detector even at system failure of the control panel Individual detector identification for up to 64 addresses per detector line in conjunction with optional address modules Detector lines monitored for wire breakage short circuit and earth fault All inputs and outputs accessible via pluggable screw terminals 46 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Specifications Line voltage typ 20 0V Line current typ 3 7mA with 5 6kOhm EOL End of line resistance 5 6kOhm 3 3kOhm 47uF Line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperatur
153. the fire brigade interface Parameters for in and outputs are set at the control panel Thanks to the actuation in positive or negative logic which can be individually selected for each input and the operating voltage range from 10 to 30V the FBF900 1 D1 can also be connected to fire detection control panels of other manufacturers 290 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices Features Green LED indicator for Operation Red LED indicators for Panel summary alarm and Extinguishing systems activated Yellow LED indicators for Acoustic signals off Transmitting device disabled Transmitting device activated and Fire controls off Switch Acoustic signals off Button Panel reset with safety cover Switch Transmitting device off Metal case with glass door 99966 Lei pecifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 12VDC Current consumption at 24VDC Environmental class Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Button Testing transmitting device Prepared for a half cylinder locking mechanism 10 30VDC lt 20mA quiescent lt 50mA alarm lt 20mA quiescent lt 50mA alarm II IP30 225 x 180 x 57 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 2kg Approval VdS G200079 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 7 210111 Fire Brigade Interface FWI016 1 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 250741 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2
154. the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The address of the sounder and strobe as well as the sound level are set via the DIL switch The unit contains a dual isolator Features Tone A alternating tone 550Hz for 0 5s 825Hz for 0 5s Tone B interrupted tone 825Hz 1s ON Is OFF Sound level adjustable in two steps via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base Low power consumption Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 189 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 300uA quiescent max 8mA sounder and strobe on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weight 160g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 4568 1 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 4568 1 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 355135 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 45681 332 The addressable sounder with integrated strobe 4568 1 332 is installed in a round white plastic housing The unit is actuated using Apollo
155. the room height exceeds 7 5m The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line For operation of the detector a firmware version PL149 Vx 21 or higher is required for parameterisation a PARSOFT version V1 21 or higher is necessary Features Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Output for external remote indicator Insect screen Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in the range I to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Function testing by means of magnet or detector test device HE HK Lei pecifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Wavelength infrared sensor Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 supplied through loop voltage max 270uA normal communication 58 C maximum temperature 800 1200nm max 45 C 30 C to 70 C no condensation or icing 15 90 no condensation 102 x 50 mm white 100g VdS G209013 0786 CPD 20650 Art No Name Type 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Multicriteria Detector PTIR 200AP 22051TLE The design of the Multicriteria Detector 22051TLE is identical with that of the Multicriteria Detector 22051TLEI but the 22051TLE is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loo
156. through the PC software WirelEx Features Configuration by means of PC software 2 orthogonal antennas for safe radio communication 7 bi directional data channels High range of radio transmission 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249265 w 241082 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 229 Specifications Supply voltage 9 29VDC Current consumption at 24V typ S0mA Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m to detectors modules in free air max 600m to RF interface further expanders in free air Ambient temperature 30 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 160 x 50 mm without antennas Colour white Weight 330g Approval LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 RF Expander Conventional 700 FI700 RF CWE The Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as a gateway between a conventional fire de tection system and radio devices Series FI700 RF The RF interface can administrate up to 32 automatic detectors manual call points modules or s1 gnalling devices The range of up to 200m can be increased to more than 3km by using RF expanders FI700 RF WE The RF interface can be linked with a maximum of 15 RF expanders In this way a hierarchical RF system with a maximum of 6 levels can be created The alarm is transmitted to the fi re detection control panel by means of a relay contact The configuration of the RF system is carried out through the PC
157. through the remo te output of the detector The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry change over contact Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Contact rating Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H 18 30VDC supplied through loop voltage typ 2uA quiescent 15mA active 1A at 30VDC 30 C to 50 C 5 85 no condensation 110 x 27 mm Colour white Weight 58g 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 E am nav 104 Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 249274 249270 e i A 249271 4 gt A Cross references Page Art No Name Type 102 249273 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO The module box is designed for surface mounting of a module Series FI700 in case of surface cabling by means of cable conduits or thick cables The module box is delivered with 2 grommets Alternatively the box can be used with PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 87 x 87 x 41 mm Weight 78g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 90 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 M1OUT 91 249252 Control Module 1xRel 700 FI700 MIREL 91 249253 Module IxIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1IN1OUT 92 249254 Module IxIn IxRel 700 FI700 M1IN1IREL 235 249267 Monitor M
158. tors The detector is designed for application on the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol and for indoor mounting Features Sensitivity can be set in 5 steps via the fire detection control panel Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Display of activated condition via 2 LED indicators that are visible from all angles Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection 9 6 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 400u quiescent Ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C no condensation Relative humidity 15 to 90 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 105g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 4568 1 210 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Manual Call Point Red XP95 HFM 3 32 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is integrated in a red aluminium die cast housing The de tector is designed for application on the ADM loop ring bus technology using Apollo Discovery protocol An integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit The manual call point is tested in accor dance with the standards EN 54 11 B and EN 54 17 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 O
159. transmission range max 200m free air Sound level 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 108 x 95 mm Colour red Weight 200g without batteries Cross references Page Art No Name Type 242 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Sounder 700 RF White FI700 RF WM SOUW The radio sounder FI700 RF WM SOUW is identical with the radio sounder FI700 RF WM SOUR except that it is accommodated in a white housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 242 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 238 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 355191 355193 Lk e d Sounder IP66 700 RF Red FI700 RF WM66 SOUR The radio sounder FI700 RF WM66 SOUR communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the base of the sounder Normally the sounder is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the sounder The tone is set by means of a DIL switch The radio sounder is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The sounder is integrated in a red plastic housing and thanks to its dust and water protected design with protection class IP66 it is suitable
160. trap and insect screen Easy function testing by means of magnet test gas or test device for thermal detectors Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 90u A normal communication Current consumption LED typ 6mA alarm condition Sensitivity smoke detection unit Level 1 2 0 m Level 2 2 7 m Level 3 3 3 m Level 4 4 0 m Alarm temperature 58 C Class AIR Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 106 x 46 mm Colour white Weight 90g Approvals VdS G209213 0832 CPD 1067 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 103 246081 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242080 249066 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 85 Thermal Detector 700 FI700 T The Thermal Detector FI700 T is based on the principle of heat detection On the fire detection control pa nel the detector can be parameterised as rate of rise detector with a maximum temperature of 58 C Class AIR or as maximum heat detector with an alarm temperature of 78 C Class BS The detector is de signed for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The two coloured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated cond
161. upright on every even surface Specifications Dimensions L x W x H 85 x 25 x 22 mm Colour cream Weight 10g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 132 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 134 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 131 249102 Module 2xSurv In 1xRel Out 200 M221E 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 131 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN Specifications Dimensions L x W x H Colour Weight 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 The mounting base M200E DIN is attached onto a Series M200 module The module can thus be mounted snapped on upright on standardised 35mm DIN rails 85 x 25 x 22 mm cream 10g 162 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 132 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 134 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 131 249102 Module 2xSurv In 1xRel Out 200 M221E 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 131 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 249117 Surface Mounting Box Multi Modules M200SMB MM The powder coated sheet steel mounting box is designed to accommodate a System Sensor multi module IM 10 or CR 6 On both long sides 7 knock outs 19mm for PG screw connections are available Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 285 x 225
162. using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 99 9 60 6 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour blue RAL 5015 Weight 400g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH 204 Chapter 23 Manual Call Points conventional 245925 HAUSALARM system Features o o o HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Contact rating of the switches Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references 245417 STOPP TASTER Gasl sehanlage Features ooo o HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Operating voltage Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approvals Page 207 206 206 207 207 Spring button Call Point Blue Conv Haus SM 5 52 02 02 The universal manual call point according to EN 54 11 A direct activation is implemente
163. via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base Low power consumption Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 300uA quiescent max 8mA sounder and strobe on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weight 160g Approval VdS 207103 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 45681 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 45681 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM Red Multi 100dB 55000 293 The addressable multitone sounder with integrated strobe 55000 293 is installed in a red plastic housing and is prepared for indoor surface mounting The unit is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and po wered via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Thus only the loop ele ments in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function A short circuit on the loop is indicated by a yellow status LED If several sounders are actuated in parallel they
164. without leads Length of leads approx 120mm Weight 25g Module 4xIn 4xRel 700 FI700 M4IN4REL The multiple monitor and control module FI700 M4IN4REL is integrated into an ADM loop with La bor Strauss 700 protocol and provides 4 independent line monitored inputs for the connection of con tact detectors as well as four independent dry relay outputs for the actuation of external devices With that various devices such as manual call points supervising contacts signalling devices or solenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The module occupies 8 consecutive addresses on the loop The base address is set in the range I to 233 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the module can also be AUTO addressed The integrated dual isolator discon nects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features 2 two coloured status LEDs for the common indication of the conditions of the inputs and outputs Inputs monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Plastic housing for surface mounting Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 300A normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA per LED Contact rating relay output max 2A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 85 no conde
165. x 5 mm Weight 0 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 DBUS ITF 2 D1 The inner door for the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 or FSK700 2SX is made of 5mm stainless steel sheet and is suitable for installation of the double bit lock Type 70091 92 A door stop and the accessories needed for the installation are included in the delivery Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 150 x 5 mm Weight 0 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Mounting Bracket Profile Half Cylinder PHZAW700 2S1 By means of the mounting bracket for profile half cylinder PHZAW700 2 the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX can be upgraded from a two key model to a version for three or four building keys Cross references Page Art No Name Type 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 Auxiliary Cylinder PHZ700 2 The standardised Auxiliary Cylinder PHZ700 2 can be installed into a Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 in stead of the profile half cylinder for the building key In this case one or more building keys are attached by means of a chain link Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249650 237700 237705
166. x H x D Colour front view 478 x 133 x 200 mm grey white RAL 9002 Weight 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 69 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B Cover IP54 For BC216 GEH IP54 BC 1 D1 The cover is made of powder coated sheet steel and is used for increasing the protection class of Fire De tection Control Panels BC216 1 BC216 1S BC216 2 and BC216 3 to IP54 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 430 x 540 x 165 mm Material powder coated sheet steel 1 5mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 3 1kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT I 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 lev Bag 38 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 212027 212025 212028 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 The 19 wall mount cabinet in robust sheet steel design with pivoting frame of 18 rack units serves for housing equipment in 19 design e g a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 in slide in technology Features Pivoting frame of 18 rack units and an aperture angle of 105 Integrated back wall 19 grid for additional system components Removable flange covers for cable entry on top and
167. x H x D 366 x 147 x 275 mm Weight approx 4kg 01 EX11399E SAM om 1039 01 0100 kamp 227010 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Cross references Page 57 71 3 57 48 Art No 214231 227010 210215 214025 211119 Chapter 8 Protocol Printers 71 Name Type Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E Printer Cable for LX300 3m 25POL D SUB VERL Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 Serial Interface SIF601 1 Printer Cable for LX300 3m 25POL D SUB VERL The serial data cable is used for the connection of a protocol printer of type LX300 to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 BC216 BC016 or BC06 The cable is configured with a 9 pole D SUB sok ket and a 25 pole D SUB connector Specifications Cable length Cross references Page ST 70 3 57 48 3m Art No 214231 227008 210215 214025 211119 Name Type Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E Protocol Printer Dot Matrix LX300 Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 Serial Interface SIF601 1 72 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 9 Display and Operating Devices 250039 250030 250705 250052 na Ben mp a Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The remote display and operating panel is used for operating and displaying all events of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 The remote panel provides the same operation convenience and the same infor mation
168. 0 Control Module 1xRel Out 200 M201E 240 The addressable module M201E 240 in a wall mount cabinet is used for the activation of an external device by means of a changeover contact suitable for 230VAC via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deactivated by choosing the appropriate terminals Features Status LED e 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Module delivery includes module box wall mount cabinet 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 133 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 510u quiescent Contact type changeover contact Switching power per contact SA 30VDC or 5A 230VAC Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 132 x 137 x 40 mm Colour cream transparent smoke coloured Weight 195g Approvals VdS G202141 0786 CPD 20341 249106 Control Module 1xRel Out DIN 200 M201E 240 DIN The addressable module M201E 240 DIN serves for the activation of an external device by means of a changeover contact suitable for 230VAC via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deactivated by choosing the appropriate terminals Features Status LED 2 decadic rotary switches for se
169. 0 440 The Thermal Detector 55000 440 for hazardous areas can be parameterised at the fire detection control panel as rate of rise detector with a maximum temperature of 55 C Class A2R or as maximum heat de i tector with an alarm temperature of 55 C Class A2S The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop 1 z with Apollo Discovery protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m The thermal detector must always be connected via a Safety Barrier XP95 approved for the respective de tector and a Protocol Interface XP95 Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country spe cific regulations Features Continuous transmission of the current measured value to the fire detection control panel eo Mechanical theft protection Specifications Operating voltage Ex classification Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 226 227 226 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment supplied through loop voltage EEx ia IIC T5 typ 300u A quiescent 20 C to 40 C class T5 20 C to 60 C class T4 no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 100g EECS ATEX 0073 LPCB 010p 0832 CPD 0311 Art No Name Type
170. 0 WM MT SOUW 97 Sounder 700ISM White Multitone FI700 FB MT SOUW 98 Sounder 700RI White Multitone FI700 FBRI MT SOUW 0 cece eee eens 97 Sounder IP66 700 RF Red FI700 RF WM66 SOUR 238 Sounder IP66 700ISM Red FI700 WM66 SOUR 97 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton TESS ED IEN 144 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton BSS DR N 150 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 oo ccc ccc cee cee eee ee eees 139 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WSS PR N 146 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 ed ENER SEN EN SEENEN 142 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton BSS PR N 149 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 oo nannaa aanne e eee eee 144 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi BSS DR I 150 Sounder Strobe 200 APIS M White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 oo cee cece ce eee ee eee neeees 143 Sounder Strobe 200 APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 oo cece cece eee eee e eee 143 Sounder Strobe 200 APISM White Red Multi BSS PR I 149 Sounder Strobe 24V Red MSSRR 0 0 cee eee 213 Sounder Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM SOUR STRR 2 0 0 0 cece eee eee 239 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Clear FI700 RF WM SOUW STRC 0 cc ee eee 240 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Multitone FI700 RF WB SOUW STRC ee cee eee eee 240 Sounder Strobe 700ISM Red Red Multi FI700 WM SOUR STRR wo cece cece eee 99 Sounder Strobe 700ISM White Clear Multi HUZOOERIMTISOUWIST
171. 0 WM SOUR STRR is integrated in a red plastic housing with a red cap and is designed for indoor wall mounting The strobe is actuated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor The tone is set by means of a DIL switch If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchroni sed by the fire detection control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line The base and a special tool for opening the housing are included with the sounder Selectable tone Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 650 990Hz continuous tone 990Hz in Long life span of the strobe due to use of LEDs 2 different sound levels selectable Address can be set in the range to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel supply through the loop voltage typ 70u A sounder strobe off max 10mA sounder strobe on 100dB A Im distance 1Hz 10 C to 55 C 5 85 no condensation IP21 106 x 95 mm red 235g Art No Name Type 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU am gt 100 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 355190 356050 Sounder Strobe IP66 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM66 SOUR STRR The Sounder Strobe FI700 WM66 SOUR STRR is activated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 prot
172. 00 265812 Page 282 Cross references Art No 265810 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 283 Reinforcement Iron Cage MEK700 2 The reinforcement iron cage serves to reinforce the key depot column when it is used as vertical column with concrete filling The delivery scope includes 4 anchor rods and splicing wire Name Type Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265811 Heavy Duty Anchor SLA700 2 The Heavy Duty Anchor SLA700 2 is a mounting kit which consists of four M12 chemical anchor capsu ED les 4 threaded anchor rods M12 x 160 mm 4 washers and 4 hexagon nuts me ae E Cross references Page Art No Name Type ee 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 ee OO gi i 265817 Top Cover DA1 700 2 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight Cross references Page 282 283 265819 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight Cross references Page 282 283 265813 G ge Eer Cross references Page 282 283 283 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 The flat top cover with edged sides is made of 3mm stainless steel and is required for covering the Key Depot Column SDS700 2 The mounting material is included in the delivery 410 x 30 x 320 mm approx 3 6kg Art No Name Type 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265813 Top Cover Contact DK700 2 Top Cover for Strobe DA2 700 2 The flat top cover with edged sides is made of 3mm stainless steel and is required for covering the Key Depot Column SDS
173. 00 B401RM 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 246113 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU 01 EX11399E SAM E emm 1039 01 0100 ad 241045 ee 241046 amme 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 111 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 The Optical Smoke Detector ECO1003 operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms Features Output for external remote indicator Insect screen Functionality check by means of test activation with Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Specifications Operating voltage
174. 000 307 sr 246029 Conduit Box Apo 45681 204 1 0 0 cece eee eee 196 218041 Alarm Monitoring Software Licence ALVIS F 306 ee 249120 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base BAIAP 160 244999T Aspiration Hole Reduction Foils Overviews 213 e 249273 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA 102 214003 Auxiliary Housing For BC216 GEH2164 33 a 214230 Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E 35 265744 Auxiliary Cylinder PH ZOO 280 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 9 223009 Control Zone Module SLMI2 54 SE WP OER eet ee 249073 Control Module XP95 55000 852 0 0c0ee ee 183 249074 Control Module XP95 Relay 55000 849 183 B 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 132 211151 Backplane BPL608 1 0 cece cc eee eee 49 249105 Control Module 1xRel Out 200 M201E 240 132 246030 Backplate Apo 45681 233 0 cece eee ee ees 196 249106 Control Module 1xRel Out DIN 200 M201E 240 DIN 133 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 161 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CR 6 133 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 161 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 MIOUT 90 359003 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR 215 249252 Control Module IxRel 700 FI700 MIREL 91 359004 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 215 249257
175. 000BREL12L with integrated relay output is used to accommodate automatic fire a ml ae a detectors Series ECO1000 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The detector base is designed for the connection to control panels with a 12VDC operating voltage and must therefore not be connected to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 BC016 BC600 and BC216 The relay output is activated by the alarm condition of the inserted detector and remains in the activated state as long as the operating vol tage has not been shortly interrupted Features Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry changeover contact Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Contact rating Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 10 to ISVDC typ IuA quiescent 25mA active 1A at 30VDC 30 C to 70 C 5 to 93 no condensation 102 x 33 mm white 70g 154 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 246143 246039 246038 Detector Base 1000 Relay ECO1000BREL12NL The Detector Base ECO1000BREL12NL is identical to the base ECO1000BREL12L but both the detector and the relay output are automatically reset several seconds after the fire detection Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP The Detector Base B501AP is designed to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 500 200 Advanced and 200 The base is suit
176. 000RTU Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 75uA quiescent Alarm temperature 58 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 40 5 mm Colour white Weight 70g Approvals VdS G201016 0832 CPD 0066 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242046 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 113 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU Thermal Max Detector 1000 A2S ECO1005T The Thermal Max Detector ECO1005T reacts to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class A2S The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is sui table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Features Output for external remote indicator Functionality check by means of test activation with Remote Test Unit ECO100
177. 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 99 Features Selectable tone e g continuous tone 910Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 685 910Hz interrupted tone 910Hz Low power consumption 9 6 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 103 106 355187 Strauss 700 protocol Features terrupted tone 990Hz Low power consumption 9 9 9 6 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 106 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Long lifespan of the strobe due to use of LEDs 2 different sound levels selectable Address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel supply through the loop voltage typ 70u A sounder strobe off typ 5mA sounder strobe on 88dB A Im distance 1Hz 10 C to 55 C P21 116 x 26 mm white 80g Art No Name Type 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Sounder Strobe 700ISM Red Red Multi FI700 WM SOUR STRR The Sounder Strobe FI70
178. 01 0100 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 251 Beam Smoke Detector Conv FR2000 The Beam Smoke Detector FR2000 operates on the infra red principle and serves for the surveil lance of open areas with a range of 10m to 100m The detector consists of separate sender and receiver units and a control unit Slow changes of the operating conditions e g contamination of the optics do not result in false alarms but are compensated by the automatic drift compensation The connection is established in conventional technology via terminals inside the control unit hou g sing Connection to an ADM loop is achieved via auxiliary modules separate power supply is required Sender receiver and control unit are integrated in sheet steel housings the detector is suitable for indoor mounting Features Detection of clear and dark smoke Sender projects a modulated infra red beam to the receiver Received signal is analysed and compared with the stored reference value Automatic calibration of sensitivity to compensate for ageing and contamination LED display on the receiver for operation alarm and fault LED display on sender and receiver serve as adjusting aid for amplification signal interruption signal high and signal low Relays for reporting to the superior fire detection control panel Mounting brackets for wall and ceiling mounting Test filter for easy commissioning 9 9 69 6 6 e Specifications Supply voltage 11 5 to 28VDC Current
179. 066 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 0 0 0 cece eee es 245771 Manual Call Point Red 700 HFM 3 72 02 2 0 e nee ences 245774 Manual Call Point Blue 700 HAUSAL HM 5 72 02 02 2 0 0 ccc cece nee 245777 Manual Call Point Yellow 700 Handausl s HM 245780 Manual Call Point Blue 700 STOPP HM 5 72 18 02 1 0 ccc cence eee 245080 Manual Call Point Red 700 Flexi FI700 MCP 0 ccc cence eens 245081 Manual Call Point IP67 Red 700 FI700 MCP67_ 00 cece ccc cence nee eee Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 249250 Monitor Module 1xIn 700 FI700 MIIN 20 cece cece cece eee e ees 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 MIOUT 0 00 249252 Control Module IxRel 700 FI700 MIREL 000 249253 Module 1xIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1INIOUT ooon anaana nnana 249254 Module 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 MIINIREL 0 ccc cece eee ees 249255 Conventional Zone Module 700 FI700 M1CZ ow eee eee 249256 Monitor Module Mini 1xIn 700 FI700 MMIIN 0 0c ccc ccc cece 249257 Control Module Mini 1xOut 700 FI700 MMIOUT 0 00 0 0 2 249258 Control Module Mini IxRel 700 FI700 MMIREL 0 0 0 eee eee 249259 Module Mini 1xIN 1xOut 700 FI7OO MMIINIOUT 0 0 0 000008 249260 Module Mini 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 MMIINIREL 0 eee 249285 Monitor Module Micro 1xIn 700 FI700 MMCIIN 0 249289 Module 4xIn 4xRel 700 FI700 M
180. 0RTU Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 75uA quiescent Alarm temperature typ 58 C Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 40 5 mm Colour white Weight 70g Approvals VdS G201073 0832 CPD 0067 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 114 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 241999T 241110 m Detector Series 200AP Overview The Detector Series 200AP includes a range of automatic fire detectors which represent the latest state of the fire alarm technology The detectors are connected to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 via the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol Thanks to the extended address range up to 159 detectors and 159 modules can be addressed Each detector is available either with or without integrated dual isolator The isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Thus only the loop elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function The detectors an
181. 1 280 265757 Inner Door For FSK700 2 DBUS ITF 2 D1 279 265752 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 30 5mm ITA 2 D1 279 265748 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 35 5mm ITA 3 D1 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 281 237700 Power Supply For FSK Heating NT700 1 281 249650 Protective Cover for FSK700 2 2SX WSD FSK 284 265660 Unblocking Element F0345 284 265662 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 278 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 The Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX is tested according to VdS 2105 and serves for theft save and copy protected keeping of up to four keys of a building which allows the fire brigade fast and non violent access to the building in case of fire If several separate user areas of the fire detection sy stem exist or if keys for several fire brigade groups are needed it is also necessary to keep these keys separately in the fire brigade key box In the basic version the fire brigade key box can already ac commodate two keys and by means of the mounting bracket for profile half cylinder it can be expan ded to a version for 3 or 4 keys After opening the outer and inner door in the event of an alarm the rescue forces can take out the key that is needed for the respective operation All half cylinders are monitored for proper key storage and removal by the Control Unit AD900 1 The box and the front plate consist of 5mm stainless steel and hence offer mechanic stab
182. 1 x 51 mm without detector red white 205g VdS pending Art No Name Type 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi BSS PR I The addressable Sounder Strobe red cap BSS PR I is identical with the Sounder Strobe BSS PR N it in cludes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see BSS PR N Current consumption from loop Approval Cross references Page 170 154 168 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 typ 450u sounder and strobe off max 4 8mA low sound level max 5 4mA medium sound level max 8 0mA high sound level VdS pending Art No Name Type 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X am p E 150 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355256 355257 356152 356153 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton BSS DR N The addressable Sounder Strobe BSS DR N is identical with the Sounder Strobe BSS PR N it is however accommodated in a cream coloured plastic housing with red cap Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X Sounder
183. 1004 261005 261006 261008 261009 261010 261011 261018 261019 MENN TN TS 296 Control Device for Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 296 Magnetic Clamp 500N UTKFMOSF 1330 2 0 0 ccc ccc nen een ee cent ene e ene en enn enes 297 Magnetic Camp Reset 500N UTKFBOS I350 see erte beer ee EE erre 297 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 500N UTKFZ05C 1370 15 2 0 ccc cen cence tenet e ne nees 297 Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 500N UTKFZ05L 1370 30 2 0 0 ccc ccc cence nee e nen ee ne nees 298 Magnetic Clamp 1000N UTRFMIOROSAD EA cergceutgeeeententeeeseaeeeteeeneseceudsciees dace 298 Magnetic Clamp Reset 1000N UTKFM10 1360 0c ccc cence e nnn nent e nent enn e ees 298 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 1000N UTKFZ10C 1380 15 2 0 0 cc cece een n ne nen 299 Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 1000N UTKFZ10L 1380 30 1 0 0 ccc cece ene tenet ene nen 299 Magnete Lock Clamp LED VON 1592 EE 299 Magnetic Lock Clamp 2750N UTKEM30S1 1388 2 0 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cee cece nnn nent tenet e ne eees 300 Power Supply Devices 317100 Power Supply 24AN lIA SablzedNOol Is en ten enn e eben teen nee n een eens 301 317101 Power Supply 24V 2A Stabilized NG2 1S oo cc ne ene nnn rann narr rann ravnen 301 317102 Power Supply 24V 4A Stabilized NG4 1S 20 ee een nonen nrn ene e nnn e nent en enes 301 317020 Power Supply Module NI NQ40241 Gees ege See ee ege EEN 302 317021 Power Supply Module NTM 408 1 gas Eege E SSES ee deer 303 SL 7030 Powersupply HOS NIG AN eee 303 317031 P
184. 100m The reflector consists of 3 parts which are mounted together with the mirror that comes enclosed with the detector plastics 200 x 230 x 10 mm single unit 400 x 460 mm total reflecting area Art No 244025 Name Type Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK The mounting accessory is used to install the Beam Smoke Detector Series 6500 or the reflector for appli cation under difficult conditions slope of the ceiling etc Depending on the application the mounting bracket may be used for both the beam smoke detector and for the reflector If the Beam Smoke Detector 6500 is mounted on the mounting bracket the Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK is additionally required If the reflector must be used in connection with the mounting bracket the surveillance range of the detector is limited to 70 meters Three dimensional adjustment of the bracket possible Mounting alternatively on ceiling or wall Art No 244024 Name Type Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK The Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK allows for the surface mounting of the Beam Smoke Detector Se ries 6500 or for the mounting of the detector in combination with the Mounting Bracket 6500 MMK plastics 178 x 230 x 51 mm Art No Name Type 244025 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 01 EX11399E SAM E ya 1039 01 0100 kn 244610 e FIRERAY 2000 244614 _ 01 EX11399E SAM 1039
185. 1039 01 0100 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 161 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB Specifications Dimensions L x W x H Colour Weight Cross references Page The plastic mounting box is designed for the surface mounting of a module Series M200 132 x 137 x 48 mm cream transparent smoke coloured 140g Art No Name Type 132 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 134 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 131 249102 Module 2xSurv In IxRel Out 200 M221E 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 131 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 249111 Surface Mounting Box For M200 M200SMB KO The plastic mounting box is designed for the surface mounting of a module Series M200 A protected cable entrance is possible with the help of 5 integrated cable glands Specifications Dimensions L x W x H 132 x 137 x 48 mm Colour cream transparent smoke coloured Weight 250g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 132 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 134 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 131 249102 Module 2xSurv In 1xRel Out 200 M221E 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 131 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB The mounting base M200E PMB is attached onto a Series M200 module The module can thus be moun ted
186. 1113 295 250709 295 250713 6 210122 25 214204 26 214205 22 214108 5 210102 11 214008 14 214308 44 211240 43 211200 292 250901 8 210112 250606 Specifications Colour Semer Weight 1 5kg Cross references Page Amt No 38 212027 38 212025 38 212028 281 265900 289 250740 290 250741 250608 Specifications Colour EEE Weight 1 5kg Cross references Page Art No 38 212027 38 212025 38 212028 289 250740 290 250741 H in Name Type BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 Fire Brigade Interface FW1I016 1 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKPHZR900 1 D1 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 Mounting Frame 19 6HU RAHMEN The Mounting Frame 19 6HU is used for the accommodation of a Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 or FBF900 2 and a Control Unit AD900 1 in a 19 cabinet grey whi
187. 12 Thermal Max Detector 200APISM A1S 52051El The Thermal Max Detector 52051EI reacts to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class A1S The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is sui RA Di a y table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m The integrated dual isolator disconnects gt F EA the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Easy function testing by means of magnet 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 2404 normal communication Alarm temperature 58 C Operating temperature max 50 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 80 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 49 mm Colour white Weight 88g Approvals VdS G209016 0786 CPD 20653 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 122 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 242113 242091 242114 gt ms m Thermal Max Detector 200AP A1S 52051E The design of the Thermal Max Det
188. 14008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214021 214037 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 29 Loop Interface LIF64 1 The Loop Interface LIF64 1 supports one ADM loop with bi directional communication in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 The protocol for the loop communication is set through the parameterisation of the control panel Up to 318 address points 159 detectors and 159 modules with System Sensor 200 protocoll or up to 126 address points detectors or modules with Apollo Discovery protocol can be con nected to the ADM loop Each ADM loop can be divided into a maximum of 144 detector zones Note For the administration of 318 address points with System Sensor 200 protocol version V1 06 or higher of the firmware PL148 is required Features Connection of manual call points automatic detectors conventional zone modules control modules monitor modules RF gateways and signalling devices in ADM technology Usually the wiring of the ADM loop is realised as ring with unshielded 2 wire cables if necessary branch lines can also be connected to the ring Full function of all elements in the event of a single wire breakage on the ring shaped ADM loop line On the componentry the start and the end of the ADM loop are each provided with an isolator module In the event of a short circuit on the loop line only the lo
189. 16 Series BCO16 and Series BC06 and serves for the line monitored triggering of external devices with increased current demand e g signalling devices solenoid valves Features Hardware controlled activation via control line Activation delay can be set from 0 to 90 seconds Electronically limited load current Line monitored output with fault reporting 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249097 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 5 Extinguishing System Controls 55 Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31 VDC Current consumption at 24V 30mA quiescent Load current max 1 4A Monitoring voltage 1 2V End of line resistor 5 6kOhm Activation delay 0 to 90s Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 75 x 30 mm Weight 120g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 9 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 41 211999T Series BC600 description Line Coupler Redundance Control LKR21 1 The line coupler LKR21 1 is used to interconnect two actuation outputs with negative monitoring to an actuation device e g solenoid valve As a result of this coupling a redundant act
190. 16 1E NLI1 28 Distribution Box for SDS700 2 VT700 2 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6m FI700 DDH TV 0 6 105 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6 1 5m FI700 DDH TV 1 5 105 Duct Detector Pipe 700 1 5 2 8m FI700 DDH TV 2 8 105 Duct Detector Housing 200 DNRE Duct Detector Housing 300 D2E 04 164 Duct Detector Pipe 0 3m DST 165 Duct Detector Pipe 0 45m DSII 165 Duct Detector Pipe 1m DST3 00 0008 165 Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m DSTS ccc csceseveecstavtanees 165 Duct Detector Pipe 3m DST10 05 165 Duct Detector Housing XP95 53546 022 197 Duct Detector Pipe 0 75m 322341 100 197 Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m 53541 171 197 Duct Detector Pipe 3 0m 53541 172 6 197 Dummy Cover 19 3HU AD8C 3H 045 36 Dummy Cover 19 2HU AD8C 2H 4 35 Dummy Cover 19 6HU AD8C 6H 4 36 Dummy Cover for 19 Rack 8HU AD8C 8H RACK 36 E EOL Resistor 100pces 5 6K 0 33W 2 eee ee eee 312 ESPA 4 4 4 Interface Licence ESPA SS 64 Ethernet Module ENM2 1 eee eee 58 Extension Housing OoEH Zo Ip 49 Extension Pole SOLOI01 0 cee ee eee ees 310 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Description 51 Extinguishing System Interface LSS1000 1 54 F Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 D1
191. 16 2 D1 is identical with the Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 D1 but includes additional 10 buttons in the display and operating field for the direct control 1 e activation and deactivation of a maximum of 8 evacuation circuits With that different Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements the displayed and printer texts as well as 210120 country specific requirements e g NEN 2575 can be fulfilled the documentation are in German language 210110 Detector Zone Extension BC016 MGE8 1 Features The Detector Zone Extension MGE8 1 is used to extend a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 by 8 detector zones in addressable conventional technology 8 detector lines in addressable conventional technology that can be individually configured as detector zone for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification technical mes sages and fault detectors with or without self resetting property Individual detector identification for up to 64 addresses per detector line in conjunction with optional address modules Detector lines monitored for wire breakage short circuit and earth fault Freely parameterisable allocation of the detector lines for activating transmitting devices actuations and alarming devices Specifications Current consumption at 24V Line voltage Line current
192. 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249636 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH 206 Chapter 24 Accessories Manual Call Points 24 Accessories Manual Call Points 249633 249634 249636 249631 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 The red powder coated protective cover made of V2A stainless steel is used to protect a red manual call point Series HFM or Series HM which is installed in an open area Features Top side and lateral rain protection Mechanical protection Cable entry from back side or alternatively bottom side through the cable gland of the manual call point Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 130 x 145 x 55 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 250g Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 The blue powder coated protective cover made of V2A stainless steel is used to protect a blue manual call point Series HM which is installed in an open area Features Top side and lateral rain protection Mechanical protection Cable entry from back side or alternatively bottom side through the cable gland of the manual call point Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 130 x 145 x 55 mm Colour blue RAL 5015 Weight 250g Protective Cover V2A for
193. 18 02 operates as electrical emergency hold device for gas extinguishing systems and is designed for application in addressable conventional technology The manual call point is accommodated in a blue aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN54 11 B and EN 12094 3 Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Inscription field STOPP TASTER Gasl schanlage exchangeable Optical indication of activation by LED indicator Push button non latching Standardised glass pane easy to replace Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Individual detector identification through connection of an optional address module Plenty of space for cabling Increase of protection class to IP54 via optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Points supplied through loop voltage 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm blue RAL 5015 400g VdS G207160 0786 CPD 20363 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245416 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 23 Manual Call Points conventional 205 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 R
194. 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214997T 214204 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 25 BCnet Sectional Control Panel OP BC216 2EPS The BCnet Control Panel BC216 2EPS is the basic set of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 in 19 slide in unit design It consists of One Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E One Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS and One Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E This basic unit provides space for up to 6 additional BCnet sectional control panels Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3E or BCM216 3ELG which are supp lied by the power unit of the module BCM216 3EPS If the power does not suffice to supply all sectional control panels you can install an additional module BCM216 3EPS instead of 2 modules BCM216 3E or BCM216 3ELG The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Art No 219998T as well as in the description of the individual components Cross references Page Art No Name Type 35 214230 Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E 27 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 26 214234 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fir
195. 2 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spes DBSPW 5 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 141 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 i The addressable sounder is accommodated in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor sur a SC face mounting The integrated base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series 200 The unit is N mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The sounder is actuated as a module using Sy my stem Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Di ae Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel o gt can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Low power consumption Integrated detector base 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available Specifications Operat
196. 2000 output functions actuations alarming devices or transmitting devices Control panel inputs or loop elements can be united in zones or in actuations or alarming devices Info button for additional information on the current events or help function for the current menu Event memory with quick search filter indicates the latest 10 000 events in chronological order Multilingual user interface switchable through menu during operation Common LEDs and condition displays on the operating field furthermore functional groups for actuati ons transmitting and alarming device with status LEDs and direct operation by means of buttons Freely parameterisable buttons and LEDs oe 9 69 6 6 42 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 2 independently monitored outputs with an output current of 1A for connection of alarming devices 2 dry relay outputs for common alarm and common fault I freely parameterisable relay output 3 auxiliary inputs and 8 open collector outputs each freely parameterisable Combinations of detectors detector zones or of control panel events in AND OR logic for the activa tion of actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices combinations for preventing or resetting an activation or for disabling a system part Parameterisable markers for defining frequently used combinations only once or for cascading combinations Joint operation of defined system parts by means of up to 256 fr
197. 209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S Flat Cable 1700mm 10 Pole FBK17 1 The flat cable with a length of 1 7m is used for the connection of modules which are connected via a 10 pole flat cable e g Relay Modules RL58 1 RL58 2 if a longer cable than the supplied 300mm cable is required Cross references Page Art No Name Type 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 8 Protocol Printers 69 8 Protocol Printers 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B The desktop printer is used as protocol equipment and is connected to a Serial Interface SIF601 1 of a Fire QE Detection Control Panel Series BC600 to a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 of a Fire Detection Control K ss Panel Series BC216 or Series BCO16 or to a Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 of a Fire Detection Control Te Panel Series BCO6 Depending on the control panel the logging includes the location of the activated detectors detector zone number date and time and any change in the operating condition of the fire detection control panel at the beginning and the end of the event The events are printed as plain text with 80
198. 214105 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE CZ1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Czech language A User Manual in English is included in the delivery Approval EZU 7 105034 00 00 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE H1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Hungarian language A User Manual in English is included in the delivery Approval EMILABS 85 2000 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE The BCnet Control Panel BC216 3CE is a modularly designed sectional control panel in 19 sli de in technology without display and operating field Black Box control panel for application in a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Depending on the boards inserted you can connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors as well as actuation elements and alarming devices to a maximum of 2 ADM loops or to a maximum of 16 detector lines in addressable con ventional technology or to a combination of both The sectional control panel is designed as 19 slide in unit with a height of 6 rack units to be mounted in an optional 19 cabinet The slide in unit is prepared for 2 function modules
199. 240u A End of line resistor 27kOhm Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Protection class IP42 in connection with module box Dimensions Lx W x H 87 x 87 x 32 mm Weight 80g Approval 0086 CPD 533485 01 EX11399E SAM 8 emm 1039 01 0100 mo 249252 249253 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 91 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 104 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Control Module 1xRel 700 FI700 M1REL The Control Module FI700 M1REL is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides a dry relay output for the actuation of external devices With that ancillary devices can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology without monitoring the line The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Two coloured status LED indicates the activaton of the output and the fault condition Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Installation in module box gt Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 120uA normal communication Current consumption m
200. 242092 242110 242111 242112 242113 242114 242115 242150 242150 242151 242151 242152 242153 265813 265817 265819 212032 249635 Strobe 200 APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 145 Strobe 200APISM Red WST PR I 08 150 Strobe 24V Red Orange MS2RA 214 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RS5A 0 213 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RSSR oo eee eee 214 Strobe 24V Red Red MS2RR 24V oo cc cece eee 214 Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM STRRR 241 Strobe 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM STRRR 100 Strobe XP95 White Clear 55000 878 08 192 Strobe XP95 White Orange 55000 879 192 Strobe XP95 White Red 55000 877 08 191 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 232 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 85 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 82 Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK 0065 250 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T oo ee eee eee 208 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR 208 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM 102 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP 159 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV 159 Surface Mounting Box FH20 AP 1 258 Surface Mounting Box SMB500 00 0s 163 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 0565 161 Surface Mounting Box For M200 M200SMB KO 161 Surface Mounting Box Multi Modules M200SMB MM 162 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0
201. 244622 244624 244628 244633 244634 210112 210215 211119 214025 211999T 223024 223026 244233 217001 244030 244031 244032 244033 244155 244171 244172 244181 244300 244340 244341 244342 249051 249143 249145 223042 223043 223041 355223 355240 355253 355138 355134 355135 355112 355114 355113 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 D1 72 Remote Indicator PAS8 3 2 00 cee cece cee eens 75 Remote Indicator PAS8 3 IP65 ow kee eee eee eee 76 Remote Indicator 700 FI700 PA 0008 96 Remote Indicator 700 RF FI700 RF PA 241 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 ES Replacement Filter For VIf VLF FILTER 272 Replacement Filter extern PU 4 pes VSP 855 4 272 Replacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 272 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 272 Replacement Glass for HM Red SCH HM ROT 207 Replacement Smoke Capsule TS3 001 309 Replacement CO Capsule TC3 001 309 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 Replacement Glass for HM Blue SCH HM BLAU 207 Replacement Glass for HM Yellow SCH HM GELB 207 RF Interface 700 FITOO RF W2W 0 055 228 RF Expander 700 FITOO RF WE 000 eee 228 RF Expander Conventional 700 FI700 RF CWE 229 RF Measurement Kit FI700 RF MK 242 S Safety Barrier ES58 2 adc iesse E Aa
202. 246083 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM 102 Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 246072 Features Detector Base 600 Relay FC600 BREL mn The Detector Base FC600 BREL is used for mounting of automatic fire detectors Series FC600 and FC650 b in conventional technology The integrated relay output is active as long as the detector remains in alarm F dx condition The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry change over contact Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Contact rating Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 102 75 246083 10 to 28VDC max 2uA quiescent 17mA active 1A at 30VDC 30 C to 70 C 5 95 no condensation 110 x 27 mm white 58g Art No Name Type 249273 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM The white supplement base is needed in addition to the detector bases FC600 BR FC600 BRD or FI700 B for surface mounting using cable conduits or thick cables The supplement base is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 101 103 102 249646 110 x 34 mm white 48g
203. 254 355255 Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Low power consumption Integrated detector base HE Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level detector mounted Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 170 154 168 Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Base adaptor for surface mounting available supply through the loop voltage typ 450u A sounder off max 1 3mA low sound level max 1 9mA medium sound level max 4 5mA high sound level typ 92dB A 1m distance high sound level 25 C to 70 C 10 93 no condensation 121 x 51 mm without detector white 205g VdS pending Art No Name Type 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X Sounder 200APISM White Multitone BSO PP I The addressable Sounder BSO PP I is identical with the Sounder BSO PP N it includes however an inte grated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see BSO PP N Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 1 5mA lo
204. 3 Compliance with export provisions 13 1 When passing on goods delivered by Seller to third parties as well as any related documentation regardless of the method of provision or the services performed by Seller including technical support of any kind Buyer must comply with the appli cable regulations of national and international re export provisions In any case Buyer must observe the re export provisions of Seller s country of residence the Eu ropean Union and the United States of America 13 2 If necessary for export controls Buyer must provide Seller with all necessary informa tion immediately after being requested to do so for example information about the fi nal recipient final destination and purpose of the goods or services 14 General Should individual provisions of the contract or of these provisions be invalid the vali dity of the other provisions shall not be affected The invalid provision shall be re placed by a valid one which comes as close to the target goal as possible 15 Jurisdiction and applicable law Any litigations arising under the contract including litigations over the existence or non existence thereof shall fall within the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court at Sellers domicile the competent court of the Bezirksgericht Innere Stadt Vienna shall have exclusive jurisdiction if Seller is domiciled in Vienna The contract is sub ject to Austrian law excluding the referral rules Application
205. 3 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 The Detector Base 45681 210 is designed to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series XP95 and Dis ge PP os covery and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The detector address is set by means of a code card Ce E which is delivered with the base Features A Connection to ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol Easy detector addressing through address card in mounting base Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 246036 246037 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 195 Specifications Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 10 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 50g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 196 246030 Backplate Apo 4568 1 233 196 246029 Conduit Box Apo 4568 1 204 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 The mounting base with integrated dual isolator is used to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The base is delivered with a code card for the setting of the detector addre
206. 3 x 69 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 150g Power Supply 24V 2A Stabilized NG2 1S The electronically controlled compact power supply unit serves for the supply of external devices with in creased current consumption The power supply unit provides constant output voltage and is therefore not suitable for loading stand by batteries The power supply unit is integrated in a plastic housing for DIN rail mounting with a 45mm standard front Features Switched mode power supply unit current limited and short circuit proof Stabilised output voltage Light emitting diode for indicating operation and fault Integrated mains fuse Specifications Operating voltage 100 to 240VAC 48 to 63Hz Output voltage 24VDC 3 Nominal output current 2A Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 90 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 105 6 horizontal pitch units x 93 x 67 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 380g Power Supply 24V 4A Stabilized NG4 1S The electronically controlled compact power supply unit serves for the supply of external devices with in creased current consumption The power supply unit provides constant output voltage and is therefore not suitable for loading stand by batteries The power supply unit is integrated in a plastic housing for DIN rail mounting with a 45mm standard front 302 Chapter 35 Power Supply Devices Features Switched mode power supply unit current
207. 3000 Weight 52g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 127 245042 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCPSA RPO7FF 126 245040 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RP07FG 128 245043 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCP5A RPO8FF 127 245041 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RPO8FG 245012 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T Specifications Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 127 126 128 127 The red plastic box is used for surface mounting of the Manual Call Points MCP5A RP07Fx and MCP5A RP08Fx The box is provided with 3 auxiliary terminals for simple wiring IP24 87 x 87 x 32 mm red RAL 3000 60g Art No Name Type 245042 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCP5A RPO7FF 245040 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RPO7FG 245043 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCPS5A RPO8FF 245041 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RP08FG 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249213 a e 245018 EEE mm d 4m 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 24 Accessories Manual Call Points 209 Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs 621140 The printed glass pane for replacement is inserted for resetting a manual call point MCP5A RPO7FG or MCP5A RP08FG after activation Cross references Page Art No Name Type 126 245040 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RPO7FG 127 245041 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RPO8FG 128 245044 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 Glass WCP5A RP07S
208. 318 Product List 249289 Module 4xIn 4xRel 700 FI700 M4IN4REL 94 241117 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP DV22051TE 117 249290 Module 4xIn 2xOut 2xRel 700 FI700 M4IN2OUT2REL 95 249291 Module 6xIn 2xRel 700 FI700 M6IN2REL 95 P ee eg 218008 Parameter Setup Software Pakt 306 249072 Monitor Module XP95 Special Detector 55000 841 181 SC 249144 Pen with 6 pcs Smoke Sticks RE6 SET 311 249079 Monitor Module XP95 Mini 55000 760 181 R 244125 Pipe Clamp Ee Ae gn tg leg 271 249091 Monitor Module Box 500 UMB500 1 157 244132 Pipe Clap RKL25 1 Ae ite Sege dante drasa ai 271 249100 Monitor Module IxSurv In 200 M210E 130 me 244112 Pipe Fitting Bend 90 BOGEN 90 270 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 131 e 244119 Pipe Fitting End KAPP 271 249112 Monitor Module 1xAnalog In 200 MS10E 4 20 135 e 244118 Pipe Fitting Faucet MUFFE 0 005 271 249115 Monitor Module 10xSurv In 200 IM 10 132 e l 244114 Pipe Fitting Knee 45 WINKEL 45 270 249250 Monitor Module IxIn 700 FI700 MIIN 90 GN SCH 244113 Pipe Fitting Knee 90 WINKEL 90 270 249256 Monitor Module Mini 1xIn 700 FI700 MMIIN 93 a i 244115 Pipe Fitting T Junction Joint 90 T STUCK 90 270 249262 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF 7 Se y 24411
209. 35 Weight incl PTU288 1 approx 1 6kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 32 214030 LED Display Field LAB48 2 32 214032 LED Display Field LAB48 3 32 214036 LED Display Field LAB48 4 11 252012 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 The Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 allows to optically signal events of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BC016 and of an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 on an LED display tableau or on a synoptic remote tableau Further an integrated buzzer indicates the alarm condition and fault condition of the control panel Up to three LED Display Fields LAB48 x or LED Connection Modules LAM48 1 can be connected to the remote tableau drive unit A remote tableau with up to 144 parameterisable LED indicators can be created in combination with an optional LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 or LAT288 1CE To design synoptic re mote tableaus the Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 can be installed in combination with LED con nection modules in any housing This componentry is prepared for mounting in the LST standard grid and comes with the required mounting material The remote tableau drive unit is actuated via the INFO bus of the control panel A Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required for connecting the PTU288 1 to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 whe reas connection to the Fire Detection Contr
210. 39 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 The addressable loop powered Multitone Sounder WMSOU WW P34 is identical with the Sounder WMSOU RR P34 it is however accommodated in a white plastic housing 355229 Cross references Page 166 167 168 169 355222 level Features Art No Name Type 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 359044 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 White WDBW 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 The addressable multitone sounder with strobe is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The sounder is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe Depending on the parameter setup of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 and the system con dition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with selection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen tone type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200
211. 399E SAM I m 1039 01 0100 i 250707 250900 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 291 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 The Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 according to DIN 14662 is an ancillary device for fire de tection systems and provides acoustic and optic display of events from detectors detector zones and sy stem conditions of Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 and Series BC016 on a re mote site The standardised and clear design is user friendly and allows the fire brigade personnel a quick overview of the relevant information and an easy operation The Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 is directly connected to the INFO bus of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 A Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required for con nection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 The power is supplied by the control panel and is therefore backed up by stand by batteries Event text messages from the control panel are displayed by de fault Additional texts can be programmed using the FatProgWin PC software The case is equipped with a lock for half cylinders The cylinder lock has to be installed in compliance with the local fire brigade Features Green LED indicator for operation Red LED indicator for alarm Yellow LED indicator for fault and disablement Buttons display level buzzer off
212. 40 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 The wall mount cabinet made of coated sheet steel is used for the housing of stand by batteries auxiliary modules and or a power unit as supplement to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 in the large wall mount cabinet The cabinet is prepared for the installation of two stand by batteries 12V max 45Ah at the cabinet bottom and 2 Module Carriers BGT600 1 for auxiliary modules or two stand by batteries 12V max 45Ah at the cabinet bottom I Module Carrier BGT600 1 for auxiliary modules and one Power Supply NT60x 1 or four stand by batteries 12V max 45 Ah two batteries at the cabinet bottom two batte ries on an optional Battery Bracket BK600 1 or two stand by batteries 12V max 65 Ah one battery at the cabinet bottom one battery on an optional Battery Bracket BK600 1 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 480 x 390 x 190 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Net weight 5 9kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 50 211161 Battery Bracket BK600 1 49 211162 Module Carrier BGT600 1 48 211131 Power Supply NT604 1 Module Carrier BGT600 1 The Module Carrier BGT600 1 is made of zinc coated sheet steel and is provided with mounting holes in the LST standard grid It allows easy installation of auxiliary modules It can be used for example for quick and easy mounting of two Relay Modules RL
213. 4007 214009 214017 214049 214080 214084 214086 214088 214094 214308 214320 214300 214304 214391 214306 214315 214307 214309 214317 214349 214384 214388 219998T 214056 214004 214612 214093 214060 214064 Available Varans Series BOO EE 9 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 2 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cece nee e eee eee e eens 11 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 Al 0 ccc cc cece cece rv nn vrir eee rn ren 12 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 D1 2 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cece cee ence ence een nen 12 Fire Detection Control Pane BC2NG I Sl Zeg ere ee eer eee 12 Fire Detection Control ECK A EA E AE 12 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 CZ1 ssveskuvesvsnessrsenersenkvenee are NEE E der NEEN ERR EEN ene 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BO 16 11 A gett ed deeg renere ews 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 NL1 oo ccc ccc cence cece eee e eee eees 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SK1 0 cc ccc cece cece cee nerven annen 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 HR1 oo ccc ccc cee cence nerven annan 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC2IG WRUS sa de bcs deaeedatustecum bs bowie ed vedde ved akan 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SLO1 0 cc ccc ccc cece eee nese tne ee nesses neeee 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BEC IO ene Nese 13 Fire Detection Control Pane BE l0 PEI EEN EEN eee SERRE 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 FINI 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cence cece eee e ee ee ees 14 Fir
214. 42 355234 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 143 355235 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 143 355241 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 White WDBW The base WDBW with protection class IP65 serves for the indoor and outdoor wall mounting of sounders and strobes Series WMS Due to the design of the base cable entry is possible from the back or the side The base contains an integrated spring contact for through connection of the loop if the signalling device has been removed Features Cable entry possible from the back or the side in case of surface mount installation Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Through connection of loop line via spring contact Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions x D 107 x 61 mm Additional depth of signalling devices 43mm Colour white Weight 112g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 138 355228 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 139 355229 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X The cover lid is used to cover and protect a detector base sounder Series IBS if no detector is inserted as well as to cover a detector base Series 100 200 300 400 or 500 if the detector has been removed permanently Specifications Dimensions x H 112 x 10
215. 44630 Mounting Clip 3040 LGK Optical Battery Smoke Detector 9V FH20 0 9 The battery powered optical smoke detector is suitable for use in single family homes and apartments especially in living rooms and bedrooms as well as in corridors The mounting base and a battery are in cluded in the delivery Up to 38 detectors of the same type can be networked with each other In the event of an alarm the acou stical signalling devices of all detectors are activated together In this way the affected area is alarmed se lectively and a timely escape from the endangered area is made possible Features Integrated 85dB sounder Test button for checking the battery Red status LED for the indication of activation and for the periodical function check Protection against mounting the detector without battery 258 Chapter 28 Special Detectors Specifications Operating voltage Recommended batteries Battery life Warning signal Replace battery Sound level Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 258 241151 tery are included in the delivery Features Integrated 85dB sounder Specifications Operating voltage Mains voltage Recommended batteries Battery life Warning signal Replace battery Sound level Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 258 246169
216. 4IN4REL oo ccc ccc cece eee eens Ee 71 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 13 14 15 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 249290 Module 4xIn 2xOut 2xRel 700 FI700 M4IN2OUT2REL 249291 Module 6xIn 2xRel 700 FI700 M6IN2REL 0 c cece eee eee 251010 Remote Indicator 700 FI700 PA ow ccc ccc ccc eee ens 355182 Sounder 700ISM Red FI700 WM MT SOUR 0 0 cece cece eee 355183 Sounder 700ISM White FI700 WM MT SOUW 0 0c eee 355189 Sounder IP66 700ISM Red FI700 WM66 SOUR 000008 355184 Sounder 700RI White Multitone FI700 FBRI MT SOUW 355185 Sounder 700ISM White Multitone FI700 FB MT SOUW 355186 Sounder Strobe 700ISM White Clear Multi FI700 FB MT SOUW STRC 355187 Sounder Strobe 700ISM Red Red Multi FI700 WM SOUR STRR 355190 Sounder Strobe IP66 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM66 SOUR STRR 356050 Strobe 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM STRRR 0 cee ccc ee ees Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 2 kc cence tenn nees 246071 Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD cece cece eens 246072 Detector Base 600 Relay FC600 BREL 0 c ccc eee eee 246083 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM _ 0 ccc cece eee 249646 Wet Base Set FI700 FC600 FI700 FC600 FZ 6 cece eee 249273 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA o nsnosunnnnnannn 246080 Detector Base O
217. 5 351650 355188 355196 355194 355187 355186 355190 351010 333137 355136 355124 355125 333139 355133 355132 355140 355131 355130 227006 249024 245925 356142 356152 356144 Product List Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 142 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone BSO DD N 148 Sounder 200 AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 137 Sounder 200 AP Red Multitone 100dB WSO PR N 145 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 141 Sounder 200AP White Multitone BSO PP N 147 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 oe cece eee cence eee eees 138 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WSO PP N 146 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 142 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone BSO DD I 148 Sounder 200 APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOURRP34 pusen 138 Sounder 200 APISM Red Multitone 100dB WSO PR I 146 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 141 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone BSO PP I 148 Sounder 200 APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 oo cece cee cece eens 139 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WSO PP I 146 Sounder 24V Red Multitone 100dB MSIR 211 Sounder 24V White Multitone 100dB MSIW 212 Sounder 700 RF Red FI700 RF WM SOUR 237 Sounder 700 RF White FI700 RF WM SOUW 237 Sounder 700 RE White Multitone FI700 RF WB SOUW238 Sounder 700ISM Red FI700 WM MT SOUR 96 Sounder 700ISM White FI70
218. 5 6kOhm typ 7mA end of line capacitor 47uF Line voltage typ 20V end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ 23V end of line capacitor 47uF Line current typ 3 7mA end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ OmA end of line capacitor 47uF Line termination 5 6kOhm or 47uF Line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient Temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 103 x 58 x 15 mm Weight 34g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 4 249096 MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 210215 Serial Interface Module SIMO06 1 The Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 extends the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 by one galva nically isolated RS232C interface for the connection of a serial protocol printer Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 15mA Interface RS232C galvanically isolated Data transfer lines RxD TxD Baudrate 1200 2400 4800 baud Type of connection D SUB connector 9 pin Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 88 x 35 x 17 mm Weight 32g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 210212 Front Foil Evacuation Circuit FFEV06 1 d The self adhesive plastic foil serves for the labelling of three
219. 5 White Clear 3a2000 8 m renner eee seen ens strobe XP95 White Oranse 55000 879 eisene seede eda bruen dex Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 246021 246035 246025 246036 246037 246034 246029 246030 246050 246051 246052 246053 246032 246033 Detector Base OS 4503 1 200 EE Detector Base 60 65 A30oxl 231 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 oo ccc ccc cc cee cee cen e eens een ne ce neneeeeneeeeeeeennees Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 oo cece cece eee erenneren neneeese eeen Detector Base XP95 Disc Relay A0 241 Detector Base PS Disc 45681 250 EE Conduit TS er een PTE TV Duct Detector Housing XP95 53546 022 ege de ENNER ENER EEN EE EEN IER REENEN ENEE NR Ee ees Duct Detector Pipe 0 75m A3341 170 Met Detector Pape TS E E EE Duct Detector Ferlens Ste Detector Heater 60 65 Mel Detector Heater PS DSEMHIS cccccctcdeeesdveues cevdaresedeessaces E ge e dh sande gg 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 22 23 24 25 26 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 249028 249039 359020 359021 359022 359023 Address Module Conventional 60 65 Nool 198 Address Cards 100pcs7 XP95 Dise 38331 771 sassanidene eee 199 H mrd VETO 2 20 04 ceeen couse ren 199 Lid for Sounder Red 43081 203 199 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 43681 3211 200 Housing IP67 tor Strobe XP95 29600 318 NEE gg dE EE Ee der H 200 Detector Mounting Accessories 249044 24908 1 249635 249640 Detector Mounting Bracket MMWI I ee
220. 5450 5 c005 545055054944909 004090404040 seas Rdae eee eened sEaweA 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BOL DI seres eee ee 2 Fire Detection Control Panel JC Helsemer ee RER Eaei er endene SE 2 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO6 2 INT tege d SC dee oe Sede Canes d Ae EEN ENEE AS 2 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 D1 oo ccc ccc ccc cece c ico verner vener eneren 2 Zone Extension Board BC06 ZEB2 1 0 cc ccc ccc cee nee nese beeen roere erenneren reen 3 Serial niertface Module rech Gages 3 Front Foil Evacuation Circuit FFEVOO 1 Zeta VE EHNEN 3 eege Geer ee De EE GE 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 210102 210100 210103 210122 210120 210110 210111 210112 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 INT1 2 0 cc ccc cece ce nee nese nee e ene ee ees 5 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 D1 0 cc ccc cece cee nee eee e een e ened 6 Fire Detection Control Panel BCOlG WS0 Zeie Eeer Se See 6 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 0 0c ccc cece cece ee eee eee 6 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 D1 oo ccc ccc ccc cee neces seen ees 7 Detector Zone Extension BCO016 MGE8 1 oo cc ccc ccc cc cece ene ene e eens seen seed 7 Fire Brigade Interface FWIQ16 1 Luvessorserpriennerder keepere EE EE EEN EE egen dE Ee 7 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 ancicdds vee Ser ch Se SE Ah E EE eee ranerne derav 8 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214999T 214008 214000 214610 214092 214006 214015 21
221. 58 1 or RL58 2 two Control Zone Modules SLM1 2 two Siren Connection Modules SZ58 3 8 isolator modules or further componentries The module carrier is included in the basic version of the Control Panels BC600 8x and BC600 16x and can also be installed in the Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 Specifications Dimensions W x H 200 x 132 mm Material zinc coated sheet steel 1mm Net weight 190g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 49 211160 Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 E ammm ad 50 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 211161 Battery Bracket BK600 1 The Battery Bracket BK600 1 is designed for the installation of 2 stand by batteries 12V max 45Ah or one stand by battery 12V max 65Ah in the Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 476 x 10 x 128 mm Material zinc coated sheet steel 1mm Weight 490g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 49 211160 Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 5 Chapter 5 Extinguishing System Controls 51 Extinguishing System Controls 218990T 218024 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Description The Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 is an extended Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 with electrical control
222. 58 3 IP65 serves for the remote display of the alarm activation of a fire detector if the status LED on the detector is not visible false floors false ceilings etc or if the indicator is placed at a remote site Depending on the connection the remote indicator can display the activation of a single detector or several detectors can be combined for a common display Thanks to the sealed housing with protection class IP65 the remote indicator is also suitable for outdoor use or for harsh environmental conditions Connection of up to 3 indicators to one detector supply through the detector line or loop voltage typ SmA active 30 C to 70 C IP65 4 10 mm 105 x 105 x 66 mm without cable glands light grey transparent 290g 252010 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 The LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 allows for the design of a display for the optical signalling of events of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BC016 and of an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 via parameterisable LED pair indicators The tableau housing consists of a wall mount case made of powder coated steel sheet which accommodates up to three LED Display Fields LAB48 x and the Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 The front side of the case is sealed with a light grey plastic foil which has six windows integrated for la belling of LED indicator pairs Besides LED display fields further optional componentries e g relay mo dule
223. 6 Pipe Fitting T Junction Joint 45 T STUCK 45 270 FI700 RF M1IN BOXMINI ooann 234 ee e 244234 Plastic Clip for Red Foil Low temp KC AREDF TK 274 249267 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF MIIN 235 245083 Plexi Glass Cover for FI700 MCP CI700 1 208 249285 Monitor Module Micro 1xIn 700 FI700 MMCIIN 94 S n 212038 Plexiglas Cover 19 6HU ADPLEX19 6H 39 212031 Mounting Kit 19 3HU EW8C E 005 37 249090 Position Switch 500 Pressed Idle EDS500 1 GR 136 214029 Mounting Bracket BwWilel 00 cee eee 34 Ss i 249098 Position Switch 500 Pressed Alarm EDS500 1 GA 136 244025 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 250 211131 Power Supply Nool 48 244629 Mounting Base TC 255 237700 Power Supply For FSK Heating NT700 1 281 244630 Mounting Clip 3040 LGK 2 cece eee ee 255 237705 Power Supply For Heating 12V NT700 2 281 249119 Mounting Chassis Multi Modules CH 6 162 317020 Power Supply Module NTM2402 1 302 249141 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector 7127 247 317021 Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 303 249151 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector MW 800 24 248 n 317030 Power Supply Housing NTGZA TI 303 250606 Mounting Frame 19 6HU RAHMEN 294 i a 317031 Power Supply Front Panel NTG24 1CE 304 250608 Mounting Frame
224. 6 and Series BCO16 For installation in the control pa nel the module is mounted on the mounting bracket of the control panel by using the provided printed circuit board spacers made of PVC 10 30VDC 20mA 0 C to 50 C 72 x 65 x 25 mm 100g VdS G200079 Art No 250900 250902 Name Type Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 250717 250902 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 y r Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 293 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D1 The Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D provides the fire brigade on site quickly with precise information It contains the Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 according to DIN 14661 for the ope ration of the fire detection control panel by the fire brigade and the Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 according to DIN 14662 for information retrieval Both devices are accommodated in a powder coated steel sheet case coloured in red Other colours are possible on request A lock for half cylinders is mounted in the case of the Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D The Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D1 can be combined with the Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 D1 DOM CL1 lock or FPKPHZR900 1 D1 lock for half cylinders to a compact unit Features Integrated Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 Integrated Fire Bri
225. 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 246032 246033 249028 Detector Heater 60 65 MH60 1 The mounting base MH60 1 with included heating is used for the application of an Apollo Series 65 optical smoke detector in extremely moist areas e g loading ramps cable ducts A detector base with area heater and an installation box with connection terminals and a remote indicator are mounted together on a mounting plate Features J Lem Connection terminals for all incoming and outgoing cables Detector base pre wired on the terminals Additional remote indicator on the installation box Specifications Operating voltage max 48VAC Power consumption 12W Dimensions Lx W x H 310 x 175 x 120 mm Weight 1 3kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 171 240027 Ionisation Smoke Detector 65 55000 217 171 241026 Optical Smoke Detector 65 55000 317 305 249014 PSU For Detector Heater MH TR1 Detector Heater XP95 Disc MH95 1 The mounting base MH95 1 with included heating is used for the application of an Apollo Series XP95 or Discovery optical smoke detector in extremely moist areas e g loading ramps cable ducts A detector base with area heater and an installation box with connection terminals and a re mote indicator are mounted together on a mounting plate Features Connection terminals for all incoming and outgoing cables Detector base pre wired on the terminals Additional remote indicator on the installation box
226. 6mm Temperature resistance up to 100 C unlimited up to 150 C 350 hours up to 175 C 25 hours Cross references Page Art No Name Type 255 244638 Interconnector LWM ZV22 11800 103 253 244637 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv LWM 1 255 244629 Mounting Base TC358 255 244630 Mounting Clip 3040 LGK 255 244639 Termination Connector LWM AV22 11800 102 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 The black Alarmline sensing cable with nylon coating consists of four copper wires each of them being coated with a colour coded material with a negative temperature coefficient The wires are twisted and isolated with an outer layer made of temperature resistant and fire retardant plastic On one side of the cable the four wires are connected to an evaluation unit or a junction box On the other side they are con nected with each other and are hermetically sealed thereby creating two loops Both loops are permanent ly monitored An interruption or a short circuit in one of the two loops causes a fault message in the eva luation unit The black sensing cable with nylon coating has a high resistance against chemical and biological agents Therefore it is applied in areas where acidic alkaline or solvent fumes can occur In addition the cable is UV resistant and therefore suitable for outdoor application Features Length of sensing cable up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Resistant against chem
227. 700 245780 STOPP TASTER Gasl sehanlage Os 245080 Manual Call Point Blue 700 STOPP HM 5 72 18 02 The Manual Call Point HM 5 72 18 02 operates as electrical emergency hold device for gas extinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The detector is activa ted by breaking the glass pane and pressing the button The LED indicates the activated condition of the detector in red The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed The manual call point is accommodated in a blue aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B EN 54 17 and EN 12094 3 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Function marking STOPP TASTER Gasloschanlage replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Push button non latching Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Plen
228. 700 2 The cover is prepared for installing strobes in various colours The mounting material is included in the delivery 410 x 30 x 320 mm approx 3 6kg Art No Name Type 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265813 Top Cover Contact DK700 2 Top Cover Contact DK700 2 The top cover contact is used for monitoring the idle position of the cover plate of a key depot column The delivery scope includes a flexible cable in a tube a steel plate and the mounting material Art No Name Type 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265817 Top Cover DA1 700 2 265819 Top Cover for Strobe DA2 700 2 om i 284 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 265809 265816 265660 265662 ae Bn o gt wc Cover Plate ADP700 2 The cover plate is made of 3mm V2A stainless steel and is used for covering the cut out for unblocking elements in the Key Depot Column SDS700 2 if no unblocking element is installed Cross references Page Art No Name Type 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 Distribution Box for SDS700 2 VT700 2 By means of the Distribution Box VT700 2 the FSK700 2 or FSK700 2SX and further components such as an unblocking element or a strobe can be cabled in compliance with the relevant standards if the Key Depot Column SDS700 2 is only connected via one cable and the column is not filled with concrete The article consists of a VdS Class C distribution box P2002K which has been mounted in an IP66 housing a
229. 71 Pipe Fitting Faucet MUFFE Pipe adapter made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm for the connection of sensor pipes of smoke as piration systems Pipe Fitting End KAPPE Pipe end cap made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Clamp RKL25 2 The pipe clamp that is made of grey PVC is used for fixation of rigid sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Clamp RKL25 1 The pipe clamp that is made of light grey plastic is used for fixation of rigid sensor pipes of smoke aspira tion systems Non Return Spring Valve RVFED 25 The check valve is a safety device to protect the sensor pipe network and reduction foils during cleaning The pressure is kept constant in the entire pipe network during the blow out process by the check valve thereby ensuring that all aspiration holes are cleaned equally The check valve is installed at the end of the sensor pipe network Ceiling Lead Through Set DDF KOMPL The ceiling duct enables a barely noticeable integration of aspiration holes in areas with inserted ceilings and in special applications when air has to be sampled from closed rooms e g 19 cabinets The ceiling duct consists of an aspiration element including knurled nut for easy installation and a duct reducer The Tube Fitting T90 and the required reduction foil have to be ordered separately A 2 meter long flexible as piration tube can be installed per ceiling duct Sensing Hose
230. 8 1 or RL58 2 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 etc as well as stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 7Ah En closed with the control panel is a documentation in English language The integrated extinguishing module provides inputs and outputs for the actuation and monitoring of the devices of an extinguishing system Inputs for activation devices for manual activation of the extinguishing system for emergency hold devices for delaying the flooding process or for emergency abort devices for aborting the flooding process Input for fault detectors e g monitoring the pressure of the extinguishing agent Inputs for a disable device for displaying the mechanical blocking of the extinguishing agent s pipe network for a flooding switch for displaying the flow of the exinguishing agent and for switching in to the manual only mode Outputs for signalling devices eg sirens warning signs to display the activated condition and the re leased condition Extinguishing output for the line monitored connection of the activation device for the extinguishing agent e g solenoid valve 8 open collector outputs which output the conditions of the extinguishing module for further control tasks that may be required The system specific parameterisation of the control panel can be directly accomplished via the keypad of the integrated display and operating field without the requirement of any additional support During com missioning of t
231. 8 1 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN 45681 300 The addressable loop sounder is installed in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor sur face mounting The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery The sounder is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop If several soun ders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning to ne In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integrated microphone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The unit contains a dual isolator 186 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 355139 Features Tone A DIN tone DIN 33 404 1200 500Hz over Is Tone B continuous tone 870Hz Low power consumption Sound level adjustable via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 200u A quiescent typ 5mA sounder on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class P21 Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weig
232. 8 355221 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 139 355222 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 144 356142 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 145 356144 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 145 356143 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW The base SDBW serves for mounting of sounders detector base sounders and strobes Series WMS and IBS Due to the design of the base cable entry is possible from the back or from the side D The base contains an integrated spring contact for through connection of the loop if the signalling device w has been removed Features Cable entry possible from the back or from the side in case of surface mount installation Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Through connection of loop line via spring contact Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions x D 107 x 61 mm Additional depth of signalling devices 43mm Colour white Weight 110g 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 E ana Bas E 168 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 359045 359046 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 138 355228 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 141 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 139 355229 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 141 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 1
233. 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB The license for extinguishing control panel is required for the administration of up to 8 flooding zones at the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 This license allows you to manage up to 8 flooding zones on one control panel or sectional control panel Setup of the required parameters 1s accomplished using PARSOFT The functions are specifically adapted to the requirements of EN 12094 1 If the system size or country specific regulations require redundant operation of the extinguishing control panels additional licenses are required for the redundant control panels Each sectional control panel that is used for extinguishing control in the network requires a license Note the Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 can only be operated on a central processing board ZTB216 2 with at least hardware version V4 as well as on a loop gateway board BCB216 3LG with at least hardware version V3 The type of the board is printed on a label The version number is the last di git of the PCB version that is printed in the left bottom corner of the PCB e g PN5233S4 for V4 52 Chapter5 Extinguishing System Controls 210223 Furthermore a firmware version PL149 Vx 20 or newer and a PARSOFT version V1 20 or newer are required for the operation and the setup of the extinguishing control panel respectively Specifications Approvals VdS G206046 as pure extinguishing control panel VdS G206089 as combined fire dete
234. 9018 Weight 2 8kg Protection class IP20 Approval VdS G201035 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 244171 Smoke Aspiration System VLF250 The smoke aspiration system aspirates air from the monitored room via the connected sensor pipe net work and directs the air to a highly sensitive laser smoke detector If the smoke concentration exceeds the response threshold an alarm is activated which is optically indicated on the device and can be transmit ted to a fire detection control panel Thanks to the high response sensitivity of the laser smoke detector the system can be used for early fire detection in room and equipment monitoring By means of its integrated AUTO learn function the smoke aspiration system analyses the environmental conditions and uses them to distinguish between alarm situations and noise variables Via the integrated serial interface general events the alarms and the system parameters can be read out and set Program ming can be carried out either by means of the display and operating unit of the device or through the op tional parameter setup software In the smoke aspiration system 4 response thresholds for the conditions info alarm pre alarm fire 1 and fire 2 can be parameterised If the threshold pre alarm or fire 1 is reached this will be signalled by the light emitting diodes on the device and in addition by dry
235. 9112 249095 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 135 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 161 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 161 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 161 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 162 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 Monitor Module 1xAnalog In 200 M510E 4 20 The Monitor Module M510E 4 20 allows the connection of any industrial sensors with a 4 20mA inter face e g gas detectors flame detectors to a fire detection system The sensors can be connected in 2 or 3 wire technology The Monitor Module M510E 4 20 is integrated into an ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and occupies one address in the number range of detector addresses An external power supply is required for powering the sensor circuit In order to protect the sensor and the module the power supply for the sensor as well as the analogue input are provided with current limiting The module is designed for mounting in a Surface Mounting Box SMB500 the cover for the surface mounting box is included with the module Features Monitoring of sensor connection line for wire breakage Decadic rotary switches for setting the physical address in the range 01 to 99 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption on the loop max 700uA normal communication External power supply 12 28VDC Current consu
236. 95 mm Weight 150g Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 The protective cage is used to protect a detector against mechanical impacts e g ball shots and unautho rised removal Specifications Material steel wire ST37 Dimensions x H Steel cage 145 x 142 mm Protected device max 115 x 130 mm Colour white Weight 132g om Bag 202 Chapter 23 Manual Call Points conventional 23 Manual Call Points conventional 245302 245356 FEUERWEHR Manual Call Point Red Conv HFM 3 11 02 The universal manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a red aluminium die cast housing and is designed for application in addressable conventional technology Features 99906060 6606 o Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Individual detector addressing by connecting an optional address module Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimension
237. 95 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 246030 Backplate Apo 45681 233 The supplement base is needed in addition to the detector bases Series 65 Orbis XP95 and Discovery when they are surface mounted as well as to protect the mounting area against dust or dirt Specifications Dimensions x H 112 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 40g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 195 246037 Detector Base XP95 Disc Relay 45681 242 226 246027 Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 246050 246051 246052 246053 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 197 Duct Detector Housing XP95 53546 022 The Duct Detector 53546 022 monitors ventilation ducts with a depth of between 300 and 3000mm The detector housing contains a base which accommodates an Optical Smoke Detector 55000 620 Series XP or 58000 600 Series Discovery The detector is connected to the fire de tection control panel via the ADM loop and communicates by means of the Apollo Discovery protocol The status LED of the smoke detector can be seen through the transparent cover of the housing Thanks to the test port in the case cover the detector can easily be tested with test gas An air inlet pipe for ducts with a depth of up to 540mm as well as t
238. 99T Detector Series 200AP Overview 241110 Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM ND22051EI 085 241049 Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM Ivory ND22051EHIV 241111 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP ND22051E cece cece eee es 241047 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ivory ND22051EF IV 05 241050 Optical Laser Smoke Detector 200 7391 241116 Optical Thermal Detector 200APISM DV22051TEI 05 241117 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP DV22051TE 0 cee eee eee 241048 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP Ivory DV22051TE IV 241118 Multicriteria Detector PTIR 200APISM 22051TLEI 8 241119 Miulticriteria Detector PTIR 200AP 22051TLE 085 241053 Multicriteria Detector PTIR 200AP Ivory 22051TLE IV 241120 Miulticriteria Detector COPTIR 200AP 2251CTLE W 241051 Multicriteria Detector COPTIR 200 Ivory 2251CTLE IV 242110 Thermal RoR Detector 200APISM AIR S520S51REI 008 242111 Thermal RoR Detector 200AP AIR 52051RE 2 cece 242090 Thermal RoR Detector 200AP AI1R Ivory 52051RE IV 242112 Thermal Max Detector 200APISM AIS 52051EI 0 e eee eee 242113 Thermal Max Detector 200AP AIS 52051E ccc cee ees om kamp Vill 242091 Thermal Max Detector 200AP A1S Ivory 52051E IV oo ccc ence ence nnn e nnn en nn enes 122 242114 Thermal
239. 9V block battery GP 1604G Duracell 4 MN1604 typ 1 5 years min 30 days approx 85dB A 3m distance 0 C to 55 C 10 85 no condensation 110 x 35 mm white 125g incl battery VdS G211031 0786 CPD 21036 Art No 246169 Name Type Surface Mounting Box FH20 AP 1 Optical Battery Smoke Detector 9 230V FH20 0 9 230 The optical smoke detector for battery and mains operation is suitable for use in single family homes and apartments especially in living rooms and bedrooms as well as in corridors The mounting base and a bat Up to 38 detectors of the same type can be networked with each other In the event of an alarm the acou stical signalling devices of all detectors are activated together In this way the affected area is alarmed se lectively and a timely escape from the endangered area is made possible Test button for checking the battery Red status LED for the indication of activation and for the periodical function check Green status LED indicates mains supply Protection against mounting the detector without battery 9V block battery 100 240VAC 50 60Hz GP 1604G Duracell 4 MN1604 typ 5 years mains voltage constantly available min 30 days approx 85dB A 3m distance 0 C to 55 C 10 85 no condensation 110 x 35 mm white 125g incl battery VdS G211031 0786 CPD 21036 Art No 246169 Name Type Surface Mounting Box FH20 AP 1 Surface Mounting Box FH20 AP 1 The i
240. A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 24 mm Colour white Weight 100g om i 196 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY Cross references Page Art No Name Type 196 246030 Backplate Apo 4568 1 233 196 246029 Conduit Box Apo 4568 1 204 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 246034 Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 250 The Detector Base 45681 250 in flush mounting design is used to accommodate automatic fire de PER tectors Series XP95 and Discovery and is designed in particular for mounting on inserted ceilings i FA made of mineral fibre The base is delivered with a cover plate and a code card for the setting of the detector address Specifications Dimensions x H 150 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246029 Conduit Box Apo 45681 204 The supplement base is needed in addition to the detector bases Series 65 Orbis XP95 and Discovery when they are surface mounted using cable conduits or thick cables The supplement base is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H 100 x 30 mm Colour white e Weight 60g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 200 195 246037 Detector Base XP95 Disc Relay 4568 1 242 226 246027 Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 1
241. AC RL58 2 The Relay Module RL58 2 is used for the switching of consumer loads with increased power demand via four dry changeover contacts which can be triggered separately The componentry can be installed in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 Series BC016 and Series BCO6 Features Four independent relays with one dry changeover contact each Galvanically isolated changeover contacts on terminals Separate LED display for each relay Connection of trigger inputs via terminals or flat cable Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 22mA per activated circuit Control current typ 1 2mA per input Switching power per contact 3A 30VDC or 5A 230VAC Contact life unloaded approx 20 million switching cycles at 230VAC 3A approx 400 000 switching cycles Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 98 x 74 x 28 mm Weight 120g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 INT 1 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210
242. Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 245015 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 207 206 206 207 207 supplied through loop voltage 180uA quiescent 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm yellow RAL 1021 400g VdS G206127 0786 CPD 20255 Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249636 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Red XP95 Flexi 55100 908 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Disco very protocol The detector is activated by pressing in the plastic pane two coloured LED indicates the activation in red and the fault condition in yellow The detector is accommodated in a red plastic housing and can be mounted either on a 60mm flush mount installation box or on the wall using the provided surface mount case Features oe HK Dual isolator Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D with surface mount case on flush mount installation box Colour Wei
243. BCnet216 via multimode optical fibres An optical fibre cable with at least 2 free multimode fibres is nee ded for the connection If required only specific sections of the high security network GSSnet can be inter connected in this way Each sectional control panel requires one gateway each for in and output The ends of multimode fibres have to be fitted with an ST connector not provided for optical fibres Features Small dimensions To be mounted on a DIN rail Status LED indicators to display voltage supply signal strength and data transfer All parameters to be set via a DIL switch 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 223033 223045 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Length of optical fibre Type of fibre Optical budget Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Cross references Page 16 Chapter 6 Interfaces 63 18 30VDC typ 200mA max 4km with 62 5 125um multimode fibre max 3km with 50 125um multimode fibre 50 125um or 62 5 125um 850nm 8dB 10 C to 55 C 61 x 115 x 113 mm 500g Art No Name Type 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description Gateway Singlemode Fibre BCnet216 LWL SM 2 The gateway LWL SM 2 interconnects sectional control panels of the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 via singlemode optical fibres An optical fibre cable with at least 2 free singlemode fibres is nee
244. BPL610 1 with a Central Processing Board ZTB600 1 and 8 free mounting positions as well as a Module Carrier BGT600 1 In addition the unit of fers the following specific features Ifan optional Backplane BPL608 1 is installed 8 additional mounting positions for function modules are available As a result the control panel housing can be equipped with a maximum of 16 function modules e g Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 Loop Interface LIF601 1 Fire Brigade Interface FWI600 1 The integrated display and operating field consists of a 1 4 VGA graphics display the LED displays as well as a membrane keypad The door of the housing is provided with 4 mounting spaces for optional expansions such as a LED button field a front panel printer or a fire brigade control unit At the bottom of the cabinet there is space for stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 4S Ah Further features and functions are listed in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power unit max 2 3A Output current of siren outputs max 1A per output Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 480 x 660 x 190 mm Colour of housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight without battery approx 11 3kg Approvals VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 49 211151 Backplane BPL608 1 45 211112 Conventi
245. Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 356143 356144 355250 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 145 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 The addressable Strobe WMSTR WR P34 is identical with the Strobe WMSTR WR P33 it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WMSTR WR P33 Current consumption from loop typ 450uA strobe off max 4 0mA strobe active Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spes DBSPW 5 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 The addressable strobe WMSTR WA P34 is identical with the Strobe WMSTR WR P33 it has however an orange cap and includes an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the lo op line Specifications for further specifications see WMSTR WR P33 Current consumption from loop typ 450uA strobe off max 4 0mA strobe active Colour orange Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base
246. Buyer Delivery The period allowed for delivery shall commence at the latest of the following dates a the date of order confirmation by Seller b the date of fulfillment by Buyer of all the conditions technical commercial and other for which he is responsible c the date of receipt by Seller of a deposit or security due before delivery of the goods in question Buyer shall obtain whatever licences or approvals may be required from authorities or third parties for the construction of plant and equipment If the granting of such licen ces or approvals is delayed for any reason the delivery period shall be extended accordingly Seller may carry out and charge Buyer for partial or advance deliveries If delivery on call is agreed upon the commodity shall be deemed called off at the latest one year af ter the order was placed In case of unforeseeable circumstances or circumstances beyond the parties control such as all cases of force majeure which impede compliance with the agreed period of delivery the latter shall be extended in any case for the duration of such circumstan ces these include in particular armed conflicts official interventions and prohibitions delays in transport or customs clearance damages in transit energy shortage and raw materials scarcity labor disputes and default on performance by a major component supplier who is difficult to replace The aforesaid circumstances shall be deemed to prevail irrespe
247. CR 123 approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 100dB A Im distance 1Hz 10 C to 55 C IP21 108 x 108 x 95 mm red 235g without batteries Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 oo ep 240 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 355196 355194 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Clear FI700 RF WM SOUW STRC The radio sounder strobe FI700 RF WM SOUW STRC is identical with the radio sounder strobe FI700 RF WM SOUR STRR except that it is accommodated in a white housing with colourless cap Cross references Page Art No Name Type 242 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Multitone FI700 RF WB SOUW STRC The radio sounder strobe FI700 RF WB SOUW STRC communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternative ly the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the sounder strobe Normally the device is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the sounder strobe The tone is set by means of a DIL switch The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The radio sounder strobe is particularly suitable for applications where cab
248. Cards 100pcs XP95 Disc 38531 771 The address card is used for setting the physical address in the detector base of an automatic fire detector Series XP95 or Discovery or a loop strobe 100 pieces of unprogrammed address card are included in the packing unit Note an address card is included in each detector base Features No electronics contained Easy programming Easy to replace Specifications Address range 01 to 126 Dimensions Lx W x H 55 x 20 x 4 mm Colour white Weight per card 2g Lid for Sounder White 45681 292 The white cover lid serves for the protection of an addressable detector base sounder Series XP95 if no detector is inserted Specifications Dimensions x H 100 x 9 mm Weight 20g Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 188 355134 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert 45681 330 189 355135 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 45681 332 190 355136 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 45681 334 184 355133 Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 45681 277 185 355132 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN 45681 300 185 355131 Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop 45681 290 Lid for Sounder Red 45681 293 The red cover lid serves for the protection of an addressable detector base sounder Series XP95 if no de tector is inserted Specifications Dimensions x H 100 x 9 mm Weight 20g Colour red Cross references Page Art No Name Type 188 355134 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert 45681 330
249. Cnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 78 252013 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 32 214030 LED Display Field LAB48 2 32 214032 LED Display Field LAB48 3 32 214036 LED Display Field LAB48 4 76 252010 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 76 252011 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 The LED Connection Module LAM48 1 is connected to the Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 and in dicates events from a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BCO16 and from an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 via 48 LED indicators or relay outputs The LED con nection module is therefore ideal for the design of synoptic remote tableaus Each of the 48 outputs can be used for actuation of one light emitting diode or of one relay output of a Re lay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 The signals are available at a pin strip hea
250. Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ The addressable module M210E CZ is used for the integration of conventional detectors into an ADM lo op with System Sensor 200 protocol The address is set in a straightforward manner by means of two deca dic rotary switches located on the module itself The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deactiva ted by choosing the appropriate terminals The module can be powered alternatively through the loop or by an external supply with 24VDC The conventional zone module provides a reset output for resetting spe cial detectors Attention Due to the capacitive line termination the conventional zone module must not be used for con necting intrinsically safe devices Features Status LED Monitoring of detector connecting line for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal Specifications Operating voltage 15 to 30VDC Current consumption on loop typ 500u A quiescent external voltage supply typ 1 5mA quiescent loop supplied Line termination typ 47uF Capacitance line incl detectors max 2 2uF Current consumption of detectors max 3mA Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 93 x 94 x 23 mm Weight 110g Approvals VdS G205144 0832 CPD 0799 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 161 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200
251. Cynder Tor SEG leren TEE RE EE 286 Key tor Fire Brigade Key Deposit SS2AMLI02 cic totes cons piled Shee se GE Ge Ee a uS eiir 286 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 33 34 35 36 37 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 XV Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 250025 250026 250008 250740 250741 250707 250900 250901 250717 250902 250606 250608 268007 250709 250713 Fire Brigade Control Unit Pir VTS EE 287 Alam Delay Control Unit IBF FSI ge geesde erer ren dive ed TETEE TREOES See E 288 Fire Brigade Control VALPER EE 289 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF90U L DI sassanidene deep keepere ve 289 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2 D1 bebe ege dee heade ee sd neppe pene d EN 290 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 ccaunctcuracusedicurasusrasdareddulessabeebadetsaseceeteddabensus 291 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 EE EE ENEE EE EE EEN 291 Redundant Transmission Adapter ADEATOOO 2701 292 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTROOQO V DL tege Aere Seeerei Eeer eg 293 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel POURQG0 2 D1 eebe EE EE Ee 293 Mountings Frame 19 GHU RAHMEN EE 294 Mounting Frame 19 6HU RAHMEN FBF 0 0 0 ccc ccc ne een e enn e eee e enn e nents 294 Fire Brigade Map BOX E Well co cc AARTE eee esses AE EE 295 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 a ce eesds KEEN NEEN NENT NS eee ende 295 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKPHZR900 1 D1 oo ccc enn e nent een tenn ene rren 295 Fire Controls 217001 260002 261003 26
252. D I Features A maximum of 144 detector zones for the connection of manual call points automatic detectors con ventional zone modules control modules and signalling devices ADM loop wiring is realised as ring branch or any given combination of sectional rings and branches using unschielded cables Two isolator modules at the beginning and the end of every ADM loop are integrated on the componentry Connection of 318 physical address points 159 detectors and 159 modules per ADM loop using Sy stem Sensor 200 protocol Note For the administration of 318 address points version V1 06 or higher of the firmware PL148 is required Connection of 126 physical address points detectors or modules per ADM loop using Apollo Disco very protocol Every physical address is assigned an organisational address individual detector identification Free assignment of detector zones or individual detectors for the activation of transmitting devices actuations or alarming devices Maintenance prognosis for every single connected smoke detector Full function of all loop elements in case of wire breakage on the ADM loop line At short circuit on the loop line only the loop elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function In addition to the main processor an independent CMOS processor per ADM loop is installed to ensu re the alarming capability even at syste
253. Detection Control Panel BC06 1 but includes a 4 digit non resettable alarm counter in the display and operating field according to EN 54 2 Enclosed with the control panel is a documentati on in English language Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 D1 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT I but the manual comes in German language 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 1 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 3 210210 Zone Extension Board BC06 ZEB2 1 The Zone Extension Board ZEB2 1 extends the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 by 2 detector zones in conventional technology Features 2 detector lines in conventional technology that can be individually configured as detector zone for ma nual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification and fault detectors with or without self resetting property By means of the optional MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 alarms from automatic detectors and manual call points which are both connected to the same detector line can be distinguished The type of line terminator end of line resistor or end of line capacitor can be selected separately for both zones of the Zone Extension Board ZEB2 1 via parameterisation at the control panel Monitoring of detector lines for wire breakage short circuit and earth fault Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 14mA end of line resistor
254. E DIN 161 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 161 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 162 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR The addressable module M210E CZR is used for the integration of conventional detectors into an ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The address is set in a straightforward manner by means of two de cadic rotary switches located on the module itself The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deacti vated by choosing the appropriate terminals The module can be powered alternatively through the loop or by an external supply with 24VDC The conventional zone module provides a reset output for resetting special detectors Due to the ohmic line termination the conventional zone module can also be used for connecting intrinsi cally safe devices Features Status LED Monitoring of detector connecting line for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal Specifications Operating voltage 15 to 30VDC Current consumption on loop typ 500uA quiescent external voltage supply typ 6 7mA quiescent loop supplied Current consumption of detectors max 3mA Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 93 x 94 x 23 mm Weight 110g Approvals LPCB 199v 08 0832 CPD 1390 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 24
255. E SAM 1039 01 0100 214025 219009 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 6 Interfaces 57 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 The Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 allows for the extension of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 or Series BC016 with a galvanically isolated RS232 interface for the connection of devices with serial data transfer e g a protocol printer a parameter setup PC Specifications Current consumption at 24V Interface Signal lines Connection type Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 21 24 21 18 6 22 5 11 14 typ 10mA RS232C galvanically isolated up to 57 6 kbaud RxD TxD CTS DTR D SUB plug 9 pole 5 C to 50 C 70 x 45 x 20 mm 50g Art No Name Type 214034 BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT I 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E The Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E allows for the extension of a Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3EPS or BCM216 3E with a galvanically isolated RS232 interface for the co
256. ED Connection Module LAM48 1 For each LED indicator a black plastic LED clip is provided to guarantee a time saving installation of LEDs No soldering required 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 259010 259012 259013 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 79 Specifications Operating voltage supply via LED Connection Module LAM48 1 Length of LED cable 2m LED 5mm Drilling for LED clip 6 3 6 5mm Thickness of front panel max 2mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 78 252013 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 LED Assembled Red 10pcs LED RT 10 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the packing unit of LED Assembled Green 10pcs Pre assembled lines though are equipped with bright red LED indicators Cross references Page Art No Name Type 78 252013 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 LED Assembled Yellow 10pcs LED GE 10 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the packing unit of LED Assembled Green 10pcs Pre assembled lines though are equipped with bright yellow LED indicators Cross references Page Art No Name Type 78 252013 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 Cord 2 Wire for LED Connection 10pcs LED LEITUNG 10 The two pin connection cable connects light emitting diodes or relays to the LED Connection Module LAM48 1 The cable is required if non assembled LEDs are used or if more than two Relay Modules RL58 1 or RL58 2 which can b
257. Ed 228 RF Expander Conventional 700 FI700 RF CWE 0 ccc ccc ce ene nen ent nent e nnn ee nn eens 229 Optical Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF O 0 nc cence nen n ne nee n een rnrn 229 Optical Thermal Detector 700 RF Compl FI700 RF OT 00 ccc cee ence nen ene enn ennns 230 Thermal Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF T aenanaananvamvnvanvr van rn cence enn ene e eens eennseenaee 231 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 2 25 00 0 ccc cece cece cee cece eee EEN E 232 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF Flexi FI700 RF MCP 0 ccc ccc vrir nn cece cece eee e eee e eee 232 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF HFM 3 73 02 0 ccc ccc cc ccc cece cece eee n eee eeeeeene eee 233 Manual Call Point Blue 700 RF Hausalarm HM 5 73 02 02 1 0 ccc cece cece cece cece cence venn 233 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF MIIN BOX MINI 2 0 0 0 000 ccc ccc cece cece eect eee ee eens 234 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF MIUIN 0 ccc ccc ccc ccc ence e eee eee seen ee 235 Control Module IxRel 700 RF FI700 RF MIREL oo ccc ccc ccc eee ence eee e eee eee eees 236 Control Module IxRel Batt 700 RF FI700 RF MIREL BATT 0 ccc cece ee eee ees 236 sounder 700 RF Red FI700 CMS HEI eer ae SNE ANE dree Ai 237 Sounder 700 RF White FI700 RF WM SOUW ccc ccc eee nee eee e nese tees eee eeees 237 Sounder IP66 700 RF Red FI700 RF WM66 SOUR 2 0 occ ccc cc cece cece cece eee ee ee ene rrenen 238 Sounder 700 RF White M
258. Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry changeover contact Specifications Contact rating 1A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 36 mm Colour cream Weight 110g 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 B524IEFT 1 The Detector Base B524IEFT 1 with integrated dual isolator is used to accommodate automatic fire detec tors Series 500 200 Advanced and 200 The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting If a short circuit appears between two isolator modules the defective area is separated from the ADM loop and operation of all other connected detectors and modules is guaranteed For optimum availability the detector zones on the ADM loop should be separated from each other by isolator modules Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Current consumption max 100u quiescent Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 to 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 26 mm Colour cream Weight 70g Approval VdS G200100 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 8 emm Bas E 156 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 Cross references Page Ar
259. G L017 01 129 245045 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 ISM Glas WCP5A RP08SG L017 01 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 The replacement plastic pane is needed for the Manual Call Points FI700 MCP MCP5A RPOxFF and 55100 908 if the original pane has been broken upon activation Furthermore the flexi element can be inserted instead of the glass pane in the Manual Call Points MCP5A RPOxFG and Series WCP5A Cross references Page Art No Name Type 127 245042 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCPSA RPO7FF 128 245043 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCP5A RPO8FF 88 245080 Manual Call Point Red 700 Flexi FI700 MCP 232 245082 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF Flexi FI700 RF MCP 180 245015 Manual Call Point Red XP95 Flexi 55100 908 89 245081 Manual Call Point IP67 Red 700 FI700 MCP67 210 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 355112 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4R D The multitone sounder EMA1224B4 RD is integrated in a red plastic housing and is suitable for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is designed for installation on a base for sounders and strobes Series EMA which is not included in the delivery Thanks to a built in serial diode the sounder can be connected directly to a line monitored output with ne gative monitoring voltage Features 3 different tones continuous tone 800Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN 33404 tone Wide operating voltage range Low power consumpt
260. In addition alarms and faults are signalled by the integrated The fields TRANSMITTING DEVICE and ALARMING DEVICE are structured in the same way as the corresponding fields of the fire detection control panel They serve for the remote indication and operation By means of the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT filters can be set in order to limit the indication of events With that certain types of events e g technical messages faults can be suppressed or number ranges for the read out can be determined In this way area tableaus for floors or buildings can be imple The Remote Tableau SG70 1 is actuated via the INFO bus of the control panel The remote tableau can be connected to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 without any additional devi ces For the connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 a Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required Features 4 line LC display for the indication of events as clear text LED displays for important operating conditions Integrated buzzer with silence function Multilingual operation menu USB interface for parameterisation and firmware update LED and LCD test function 2 auxiliary inputs and reserve button with parameterisable function Lettering of the display and operating elements by means of labelling strips Sheet steel housing for wall mounting Optionally key switch for enabling the menu control can be installed afterwards 99060600 FH e
261. Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 30 5mm ITA 2 D1 0 cence ene cence ene ene enn e eens 279 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 35 5mm ITA 3 D1 oo cence ene nen n tenn aner enn e eens 279 Inner Door For FSK700 2 2SX DBUS ITB 2 D1 oo cence ent n ene e ene e ene nren 280 Inner Door For FSK700 2 DBUS ITF 2 D1 oo occ nee ene een tent ent een enes 280 Mounting Bracket Profile Half Cylinder PHZAW700 281 oo ccc ence nent e nen eey 280 MN MTT UN 4102255525062 46 heed RAN 280 Protective Cover for FCK 02 2SA WSD FSK deve Eug eege Nee Ee debe Ee 281 Power Supply For FSk Heating N ZEIEN 281 Power Supply For Meatme TV NLD EE 281 Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D1 iss d s d i g re gd Seege gees e Ube Redes saka sekkene ee decke 281 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 l Beete d de d NES NNN ee Kleed Ae 282 Reinforcement Iron Case MEK EE 283 Heavy Duty Anchor SUAJO0 ge dues Bee e bowie EE deed 283 Top Cover Re 283 Top Covertor STN DN re 283 TPM ben 283 Cover Plats Ee ee e eege 284 Distribution Box for SDS700 2 VI EE 284 Unblocking Element POJAS WEE 284 Unblockine Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 genge ENNER ENNEN doe vadere ker Kandal yaad dened eves 284 Mounting Kit for FSE PHZ900 1 MOSET EFSRIPHZOUO TI cece n teen en eey 285 Protective Cover for PSE PHZ900 1 SABDO002 eegne 285 Mounting Kat tor FSE PZ MOSE VI 1002 EEN 285 Mounting Kit for FSE Type 2 and FSE A MOSEL 285 Fire Brigade Key Bos PASBAAP EE 286 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB UP gegen ee EE dE ee Nee ee dE 286
262. MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 The yellow powder coated protective cover made of V2A stainless steel is used to protect a yellow ma nual call point Series HM which is installed in an open area Features Top side and lateral rain protection Mechanical protection Cable entry from back side or alternatively bottom side through the cable gland of the manual call point Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 130 x 145 x 55 mm Colour yellow RAL 1021 Weight 250g Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 The accessory kit is used for increasing the protection class of manual call points Series HFM and Series HM according to EN 54 11 B to IP54 The kit includes gasket elements a cable gland M20x1 and a mounting instruction 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249644 219006 O 249601 249013 249608 249609 249024 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 24 Accessories Manual Call Points 207 Flush Mounting Box for MCP HFM HM UP1 The Flush Mounting Box HFM HM UPI is used for recessed mounting of the Manual Call Points Series HFM and Series HM in walls The mounting kit consists of the flush mounting box made of galvanised sheet steel and a very stylish trim frame made of V2A stainless steel After installation the manual call point protrudes by 7mm thus allowing a door aperture angle of up to 180 Secifications Dimensions Flush mount box W x H x D 137 x 137 x 34 mm Trim frame W x H x D 160 x 160
263. MEA244 1 E it is however de signed to be mounted on a DIN rail Specifications for further specifications see MEA244 1 E Dimensions Lx W x H 196 x 97 x 56 mm Weight 310g Position Switch 500 Pressed Idle EDS500 1 GR The addressable module EDS500 1 GR allows for the monitoring of the position of slides valves and si milar mechanical appliances of an extinguishing system The System Sensor 200 protocol is used for the bi directional communication on the ADM loop The module is located in a plastic housing and is espe cially durable and fail safe due to the use of opto electronic components Features Normal condition when actuating element is being pressed Status LED Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 99 by means of button in combination with LED Mounting terminals according to DIN 912 M5 Cable gland M16 x 1 5 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 300uA quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 59 x 32 x 63 mm Colour red black Protection class IP65 Weight 90g Position Switch 500 Pressed Alarm EDS500 1 GA The addressable module EDS500 1 GA allows for the monitoring of the position of slides valves and si milar mechanical appliances of an extinguishing system The System Sensor 200 protocol is used for the bi directional communication on the ADM loop The module is located in a plastic housing and is espe cially d
264. Miulti wire terminal with secure screw fitting 4 Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 110 x 16 mm Colour white Weight 36g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 102 246083 Surface Mounting Kit FI700 FC600 SM 246081 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD The Detector Base FI700 BD is designed to accommodate intelligent fire detectors Series FI700 for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The deep base is suitable for indoor surface mounting and can be used in installations with thick cables Features Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection of detector Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 110 x 27 mm Colour white Weight 46g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 102 249273 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base FI700 FC600 CA 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246082 Detector Base 700 Relay FI700 BREL The Detector Base FI700 BREL is designed to accommodate intelligent fire detectors Series FI700 for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The integrated relay output is activated
265. Module Box 500 UMB500 1 0 cece cece cece cece cee ceceueueeeeueeeeuteeeuteeeuteuctneetenees 137 249003 Isolator Mods 500 00190112 EE 137 355220 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 0 cc ccc cece eee eee revene 137 355228 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 oo ccc ccc cece eee eee nerne 138 355221 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 oo ccc cee eee teenies 138 355229 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P34 0 ren 139 355222 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 0 ccc ccc cece cence een eens 139 355223 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 0c ccc ccc cece renere 140 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 oo occ ccc cece eect renere 140 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 oo ccc ccc ccc cece cence ence een rann 141 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 oo ccc ccc ccc cece nenen eee n eee 141 355224 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 oo ccc cen tenn e ene een ee eens 142 355225 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 2 2 ccc cence nee nnn eee nen ees 142 355234 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton IBSST PR P33 occ ccc cee cee eee ee 142 355235 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 2 0 0 ccc cece eet ee ee nes 143 355241 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 2 0 0 0c cc cece eee eee teeee nes 143 355226 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Re
266. N VI 00 B Luse eee 246081 Detector Base 00 FIOO BD cctscdectudectvcescudecncteuncesnteeercseas 246082 Detector Base 700 Relay FI700 BREL 0 cc ccc cece eee ee 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO oononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 249270 Module Box 30mm 700 FI700 MB 2 cece cece eens 249271 Module Box 52mm 700 FI700 MBD 0 cee cece cece ees 244050 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH 0 eee 244051 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6m FI700 DDH TV 0 6 00 00s 244052 Duct Detector Pipe 700 0 6 1 5m FI700 DDH TV 1 5 08 244053 Duct Detector Pipe 700 1 5 2 8m FI700 DDH TV 2 8 5 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 0 0 cnn ees Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2331 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM cc cece cece eee eens 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 AIR 5351E wo ccc ccc ees 242042 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S A3 242041 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E oo 0 cee een 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 0 ccc cee es 241046 Optical Thermal Detector 1000 ECO1002 0 eee 242047 Thermal Max Detector 1000 BS ECO1004T 0 00 0 000 008 242045 Thermal RoR Detector 1000 AIR ECO1005 00 00 cece 242046 Thermal Max Detector 1000 A2S ECO1005T 0 0 ee Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 2419
267. PA58 3 Thermal Max Detector 65 CS 55000 137 The Thermal Max Detector 55000 137 reacts to a maximum temperature of 90 C according to EN 54 5 d Features Class CS The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is sui table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Page 198 194 75 Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection supplied through detector line voltage typ 45u A quiescent typ 90 C max 80 C continuous operation 20 C to 90 C no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 80g VdS G200062 0832 CPD 0012 Art No Name Type 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 246021 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 200 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 ga p E 174 Chapter 19 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 1 9 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 241023 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 55000 620 The Optical Smoke Detector 55000 620 operates with
268. PCB 166c 32 0832 CPD 0583 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 213 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 215 359003 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR 215 359004 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 216 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS 351650 Sounder Strobe 24V Red MS5SRR The Sounder Strobe MS5RR consists of a strobe and a sounder which are installed in a red pla stic housing and mounted together on a common housing frame The strobe has a red cap The sounder strobe is suitable for outdoor and indoor surface mounting Features Very high flash energy 32 different tones selectable Adjustable sound level Specifications Operating voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 300mA Flash frequency 1Hz Sound level max 100dB A at Im distance Ambient temperature 25 C to 40 C Protection class IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 183 x 90 x 81 mm Colour housing flame red RAL 3000 Weight 510g Approvals VdS G28702 sounder VdS G28714 strobe 0086 CPD 96705 356003 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RS5A The Strobe EMA24RSSA is accommodated in a red plastic housing with orange cap and is designed for indoor and outdoor mounting The unit is installed on a base for sounders and strobes Series EMA which is not included in the delivery Features Very high flash energy Suitable for surface mounting Long service life Spe
269. Page Art No Name Type 248 249151 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector MW 800 24 om kamp 248 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 249151 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector MW 800 24 The stainless steel mounting bracket MW 800 24 is used for mounting of a Flame Detector 800 24 VST K N as well as for the stepless horizontal and vertical adjustment to the monitoring area Specifications Adjustment range vertical 70 Adjustment range horizontal 60 Dimensions W x H x D 150 x 200 x 117 mm Weight 1 3kg 244022 Beam Smoke Detector Conv 6500R The Beam Smoke Detector 6500R is used for the surveillance of open areas with a range of 5m to 70m with accessories up to 100m It consists of a combined transmitter receiver unit which is integrated into a plastic housing The detector is designed for application in conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting A pulsed infrared beam emitted from the transmitter receiver unit is reflected by a re flector mirror Alarm evaluation is achieved by detection of a reduced intensity of the light beam Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms The response sensitivity of the detector can be set to 6 different levels Four levels show a fixed alarm threshold 2 other l
270. R The detector is designed for use in addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor moun ting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the preset temperature class according to EN 54 5 can be changed the function of the status LED in normal condition can be set and parameters such as the pro duction date can be read out For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel An LED indicator visible from all angles displays the activated condition of the detector The detector is accommodated in a white housing Several base versions are available for mounting the detector Features 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242073 Chapter 10 Conventional Detector Series FC650 81 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Easy function testing using a magnet Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity supplied through detector line voltage typ 90u quiescent typ 57 C maximum heat component max 45 C 30 C to 70 C continuous operation max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 106 x 46 mm Colour whit
271. RC 00 cece 98 Sounder Strobe IP66 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM66 SOUR STRR 1 0 0 0 0 cece ee eee 100 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR 212 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM Red Multi 100dB 55000 293 190 Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 45681 334 190 Sounder XP95 Red Alert 100dB 55000 278 187 Sounder XP95 Red Slow Whoop 100dB 55000 276 187 Sounder XP95ISM Red Multitone 100dB 55000 001 186 Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 45681 277 184 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN 45681 300 185 Sounder XP95ISM White Multitone 100dB 55000 002 187 Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop 45681 290 185 Sounder XP95RI White Alert 45681 276 188 Spare Paper for DPU414 1 Roll MM112 402 N 70 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH 207 Spring button Call Point Blue Conv Haus SM 5 52 02 02204 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 00 144 Strobe 200AP Red WST PR N 0 eee eee eee eee es 150 Strobe 200 APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 145 320 Product List 356143 356153 356001 356003 356004 356650 356051 356050 356022 356023 356020 249066 249066 249066 244026 245012 245019 246083 246161 246166 246169 249004 249108 249111 249117 249118 249053 214130 214232 222007 244639 249036 249059 242015 242023 242024 242025 242026 242027 242028 242036 242037 242038 242040 242041 242042 242045 242046 242047 242072 242073 242080 242081 242090 242091
272. S G207054 0832 CPD 0518 Art No Name Type 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Multicriteria Detector COPTIR 200 Ivory 2251CTLE IV The design of the Multicriteria Detector 2251CTLE IV is identical with that of the Multicriteria Detector 2251CTLE W but the 2251CTLE IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Cross references Page 154 155 75 Art No Name Type 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 B524IEFT 1 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal RoR Detector 200APISM A1R 52051REI The Thermal RoR Detector 52051REI reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The de tector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in th
273. Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 308 249220 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 Replacement CO Capsule TC3 001 The replacement capsule is put into a detector tester 2000 for generating carbon monoxide Cross references Page Art No Name Type 308 249221 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 Test Module 100 200 MOD400R The measuring adapter MOD400R is used to read out measured values from optical or ionisation smoke detectors Series 100 and 400 The test module transforms the measured value into a DC voltage signal which is measured by a multimeter Thereby the sensitivity of a detector can be assessed during mainten ance A sufficient sensitivity is one of the most important criteria for avoiding false alarms Features Terminals for multimeter Easy readout of measured values without an alarm activation of the detector Battery lifespan approx one year Specifications Operating voltage 9VDC block battery Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 114 x 79 x 31 mm Connection 4mm sockets Colour black Weight 238g Smoke Detector Test Set SOLO808 The Smoke Detector Test Set SOLO808 is an ideal initial equipment for checking the functiona lity of automatic smoke detectors The set includes the Detector Test Tool SOLO330 and a Tele scopic Pole SOLO108 By means of the two part telescopic pole which can be set to lengths of between 1 2m and 2 2m detectors can be tested up to a room height of approx 3 5m
274. Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WSO PR N The addressable multitone sounder is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is mounted on a standard detector base B501 AP The sounder is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Low power consumption 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Base adaptors for protection classes IP44 and IP65 available 9 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 1 4mA low sound level max 2 3mA medium sound level max 4 8mA high
275. T1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Dutch language Approval VdS G201017 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SK1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovak language Approval EVPU 03323 101 1 2002 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 HR1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Croatian language BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 RUS1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Russian language with cyrillic characters Approval B 01832 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SLO1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovenian language Approval 02012 C 709P3 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 I1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1
276. TIOOORREL 231 153 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO1000BRELI12L 00 c ccc cnn cen n eee nn eens 153 Detector Base 1000 Relay EEOTI000BRELI2NE e Seege Kee SNE AE Deeg ENEE ease bated 154 Detector Base 500 200UAP Ae e revers e Onrar intin 154 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory BSOLAP IV 2 0 een een nee e ene eee e nent e nn nees 154 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE W 0 ccc cnn enn ee nn eee n tennant ene n eens 155 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE oo enn e nee nee e nen e nee e nent e ne eees 155 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 B524IEFT 1 geeschter See site Greg Zeeche tae bovncitelddecsseestadecevees 155 Detector Base 300 200 Meater BS2Z4HTREW EE 156 Detector Base 500 200 Heater HEET Nee w iee DAN Miete 156 Zonal Display Unit 500 S300ZDU eg Eege ENEE dE Eeer 156 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU ccc nnn nee n ene nee e nen nteti rta 157 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 2 0 0 eee cen orans ene een e eee eeeeney 157 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 BCOT000RTU rd geg eriee eege ege Ee eee SE 158 Battery For ECOL000RTUOV VITGA svensker karse eve areas 158 peso dd SOS AEG EE 159 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP evenunenaanvenvaneranenerevrenrerrenenanenraneenneneen 159 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV 20 ccc cence nee n nent nen n een en nes 159 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP 159 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV 2 0 0 ene cent e nee e ene en ences 160 Conduit Adapte
277. U Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Lei pecifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 70uA sounder off max 11mA sounder on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions W x H x D 108 x 108 x 95 mm Colour red Weight 255g Approvals VdS G209211 Cross references Page 106 0832 CPD 1064 Art No Name Type 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355183 355189 355184 te sk As E TR a A2 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 ia _ i rull S z PE st 3 SE ge a ii ww WWW bh Se cht r Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 97 Sounder 700ISM White FI700 WM MT SOUW The loop sounder FI700 WM MT SOUW is identical with the loop sounder FI700 WM MT SOUR except the FI700 WM MT SOUW has a white housing Sounder IP66 700ISM Red FI700 WM66 SOUR The loop sounder FI700 WM66 SOUR is activated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate one of three tones If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the fire detection control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The integrated dual i
278. W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 207 206 206 207 207 245777 line Features Reverse polarity protection Latching push button Plenty of room for cabling 9 9 9 gt 90 6 6 6 HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 207 206 206 207 207 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 supplied through loop voltage typ 120uA normal communication 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm blue RAL 5015 400g Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Yellow 700 Handaus s HM 1 72 17 02 The Manual Call Point HM 1 72 17 02 operates as electrical activation device for gas and water spray ex tinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The detec tor is activated by breaking the glass pane and pressing the button The LED indicates the activated condi tion of the detector in red The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the de
279. X300 The desktop printer is used as protocol equipment and is connected to a Serial Interface SIF601 1 of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 to a serial interface module of a Fire Detection Control Panel Se ries BC216 or Series BCO16 or to a Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BCO06 Depending on the control panel the logging includes the location of the activated detectors detector zone number date and time and any change in the operating condition of the fire detection control panel at the beginning and the end of the event The events are printed as plain text with 80 characters per line In combination with Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BCO16 the entire event memory and the parameterised system configuration can also be printed If used in analogue techno logy the current measured values of the detectors the measured values of the previous 6 months as well as a maintenance recommendation for every single detector can be printed once or periodically as well Note Replacement ribbon cartridges are available in specialised stores Features Low noise 9 dot matrix printer with 80 characters per line Use of continuous paper High printing speed Specification Mains voltage 230VAC 10 15 50Hz Nominal current 0 5A Power consumption approx 30W Ambient temperature 5 C to 35 C Relative humidity 5 to 85 no condensation Dimensions W
280. a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Low power consumption 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available 138 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355228 i 355221 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 2 5mA low sound level max 4 4mA medium sound level max 7 1mA high sound level Sound level typ 82dB A Im distance low sound level typ 90dB A 1m distance medium sound level typ 96dB A Im distance high sound level max 100dB A Im distance high sound level Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 96 no condensation Protection class IP24 IP65 depending on the base Dimensions x D 115 x 68 mm incl Base LPBW Colour red Weight 204g Approvals VdS G206072 0832 CPD 0416 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base Sounder
281. a the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Ex pander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are ac commodated in the detector base Normally the detector is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the detector The two coloured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The detector is integrated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting The base and both bat teries are included in the delivery Features Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Mechanical theft protection in the base Easy function testing by means of magnet Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Dimensions x D Colour Weight Approvals lithium battery CR123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 58 C
282. able fixation of an aspiration hole reduction foil in deep freezing areas to 244234 the sensor pipe network of a smoke aspiration system 244128 Adhesive Tangit 0 12kg KLEB RAS 01 Glue for the connection of individual components of a sensor pipe network One packing unit contains 0 125kg which is sufficient for gluing approx 50 junctions 244129 Adhesive Tangit 0 25kg KLEB RAS 02 Glue for the connection of individual components of a sensor pipe network One packing unit contains 0 25kg which is sufficient for gluing approx 100 junctions 244130 Adhesive Tangit 0 5kg KLEB RAS 05 Glue for the connection of individual components of a sensor pipe network One packing unit contains 0 5kg which is sufficient for gluing approx 200 junctions Adhesive Tangit 1kg KLEB RAS Glue for the connection of individual components of a sensor pipe network One packing unit contains 244126 Ikg which is sufficient for approx 400 junctions Cleaner Tangit 0 12L REIN RAS 01 Cleaning liquid for removal of dirt residual fat etc which is used before gluing individual components of 244131 the sensor pipe network One packing unit contains 0 125 litre 244127 Cleaner Tangit 1L REIN RAS Cleaning liquid for removal of dirt residual fat etc which is used before gluing individual components of the sensor pipe network One packing unit contains litre er kum 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 31 Chapter 31 Labels 275 Labels 249211
283. able for indoor surface mounting and for cable diameters up to 8mm Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 or 200 Advanced protocol Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated Label plate can be broken off 9 Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 22 mm Colour white Weight 39 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 160 249120 Conduit Adapter for Detector Base BA1AP 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 159 246167 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP 159 246161 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP 160 246160 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV The Detector Base B501AP IV is designed to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 500 200 Advanced and 200 The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting and for cable diameters up to 8mm Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 or 200 Advanced protocol Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated Label plate can be broken off gt Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 22 mm Col
284. ach siren circuit with direct response to a conventional detector zo ne an input on the central processing board or an input on the fire brigade interface Activation via external switches or open collector outputs of the control panel connection either with terminals or flat cable Monitoring of the supply voltage of siren circuits Monitoring of signalling device lines by negative monitoring voltage thereby the activation of si gnalling devices is avoided by the monitoring quiescent current Specifications Supply voltage 21 30VDC Sirens supply voltage 21 30VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 15mA all siren outputs quiescent Load current per siren circuit max 500mA Output voltage sirens quiescent typ 1 2VDC Output voltage sirens activated external supply voltage minus typ 1V End of line resistor 5 6kOhm Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 98 x 74 x 18 mm Weight 60g 01 EX11399E SAM 8 eme 1039 01 0100 kamp 222007 222004 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 7 Additional Modules for Fire Detection Control Panels 67 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT I 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacua
285. ade of powder coated steel sheet and has an integrated security lock Specifications Lock DOM CL1 Dimensions W x H x D 500 x 360 x 95 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 6 1kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 293 250717 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D1 293 250902 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKPHZR900 1 D1 The fire brigade map box is used for the storage of approx 100 fire brigade alarm plans in DIN A4 and A3 format fire brigade maps and building specific technical data The box is made of powder coated steel sheet and has an integrated lock for half cylinders Specifications Lock bolt lock for half cylinder Dimensions W x H x D 500 x 360 x 95 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 6 1kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 293 250717 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D1 293 250902 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 296 Chapter 34 Fire Controls 34 Fire Controls 217001 Smoke Switch RS24 7 In normal condition the Smoke Switch RS24 provides the holding current for the fire controls that is nee ded to keep the fire doors etc open In the event of a fire the Smoke Switch RS24 recognises the alarm of a fire detector connected to the detector line and disconnects the supply of the connected fire controls the fire doors close and thereby prevent the spreading of fire and smoke AUCHSCHALTER ge Features Conventional detector lin
286. afety demands and is VdS certified The Global Security System network GSSnet allows for the communication of overall 127 GSSnet mem bers which together provide the possibility to connect 254 ADM loops using Labor Strauss 700 protocol System Sensor 200 or Apollo Discovery protocol or 2032 detector zones in addressable conventional technology 9700 actuations ep fire controls or extinguishing system controls 99 transmitting devices e g to the fire brigade 999 alarming devices e g zones of acoustic or optical signalling devices The applied network technology warrants top failure safety in case of a fault of the network line and exceeds the redundancy requirements of the European Standard EN 54 2 01 EX11399E SAM E aan 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 17 The following designs of control panels can be used as sectional control panels within a Network Fire De tection Control Panel BCnet216 BCnet sectional control panel in standard wall mount cabinet BC216 2 with display and operating field or BC216 3 without display and operating field each of which can be expanded with a BCnet Sectional Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG BCnet sectional control panel in compact 19 slide in technology BC216 1CE with additionally instal led Network Interface Module NIF5 1M with display and operating field or BC216 3CE without dis play and operating field and BCnet Cont
287. age typ 70uA normal communication typ 6mA alarm condition 20 C to 65 C no icing 5 95 no condensation IP67 119 x 128 x 62 mm flame red RAL 3000 approx 250g LPCB pending Art No Name Type 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 245083 Plexi Glass Cover for FI700 MCP CI700 1 90 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 1 2 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 249250 Monitor Module 1xIn 700 FI700 M1IN The Monitor Module FI700 MI1IN is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides a line monitored input for the connection of contact detectors With that manual call points sprinkler system contacts or supervising contacts can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with 2 loop technology The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line xg Features Two coloured status LED for the indication of the alarm condition the fault condition and optionally the loop polling Input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Installation in module box Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 120A normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA Ambi
288. aim and the debtor thereof to Seller and to make all information and material required for his debt collection available and to notify the assignment to the third party debtor If the goods are attached or otherwise levied upon Buyer shall draw attention to Sellers title and immediately inform Seller of the attachment or levy Warranty and acceptance of obligation to repair defects Once the agreed terms of payment have been complied with Seller shall subject to the conditions hereunder remedy any defect existing at the time of acceptance of the article in question whether due to faulty design material or manufacture that impairs the functioning of said article From particulars appearing in catalogues folders pro motional literature as well as written or oral statements which have not been included in the agreement no warranty obligations may be deduced Unless special warranty periods operate for individual items the warranty period shall be 12 months These conditions shall also apply to any goods supplied or services ren dered in respect of goods supplied that are firmly attached to buildings or the ground The warranty period begins at the point of passage of risk acc to paragraph 6 324 General Terms Of Delivery 8 3 For improved or exchanged parts the warranty period shall start again but shall end in any case 6 months after the original warranty period has expired 8 4 If delivery or the performance of services is delayed fo
289. al i o display and operating field with BC216 1GE BC216 xE 19 slide in unit design 478mm S r 4 8mm SHU i 206mm SHU 355mm depth 40mm ABP216 1E TT depth 233mm BCM216 3xx RACK216 1E Control Panel Modules max 7 pcs per RACK216 1E 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 is a modularly designed compact control panel for small and medium size fire detection systems Depending on the boards inserted you can connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors as well as actuation elements and alarming devices to a maximum of 2 ADM loops or to a maximum of 16 detector lines in addressable conventional technology or to a Z combination of both Thanks to its wide range of possible logic combinations for alarming and transmit e ting devices as well as for actuations the control panel can realise even extensive and complex alarming mE and control tasks in the fire alarm technology It was tested according to the Construction Products Di i rective CPD for compliance with the European Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 including all options for E the highest safety demands and is VdS certified If required the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 can be expanded to become an Extinguishing Con trol Panel LC216 1 This panel can contr
290. alise a wide range of specific tasks common optical smoke detectors cannot cope with Depending on the detection task the individual re sponse sensitivity of the detector is set in 9 steps between 0 03 m and 3 3 m via the fire detection control panel An optional pre alarm can be activated 2 sensitivity levels before reaching the alarm level The detector is ideal for early fire detection in sensitive areas in smoke aspiration systems as well as when combined with extinguishing systems Thanks to the special characteristics of the sensing chamber the detector is very insensitive to contamination and therefore it is also suitable for areas with increased dust formation Intelligent evaluation algorithms compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing sy stem Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms Features 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 99 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Functionality check by means of test activation with magnet HK gt Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 330u quiescent Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Relative humidity 10 to 93 no condensation Air velocity max 20m s Dimensions x H 103 x 42 mm Colour cream Weight 159g A
291. als Cross references Page 161 161 161 162 Monitor Module 1xSurv in 200 M210E The addressable module M210E is used for the line monitored integration of a contact detector e g ma nual call point sprinkler system contact supervising contact into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The integrated dual isolator can be activated or deactivated Monitoring of terminal connecting line for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal supplied through loop voltage approx 510u quiescent 20 C to 60 C 93 x 94 x 23 mm cream 110g VdS G202140 0786 CPD 20342 Art No 249110 249109 249108 249118 Name Type Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB Surface Mounting Box M200SMB Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 131 249101 Features 7 Specifications H Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 249102 priate terminals Features Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Contact rating Ambient temperature Dimensions L x W x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 01 EX11399E SAM
292. amming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 ooo o o Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 120uA normal communication Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 400g Approval VdS G210012 0786 CPD 20932 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 245774 Manual Call Point Blue 700 HAUSAL HM 5 72 02 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a blue alumin
293. and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Hungarian language Approval EMILABS 85 2000 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Dutch language Approval VdS G201017 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SK1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovak language Approval EVPU 03323 101 1 2002 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 HR1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Croatian language Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 RUS1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Russian language with cyrillic characters Approval B 01832 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 SLO1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elemen
294. anel There is also the possibility of activating 2 different pre alarms The alarm can be reset at the fire detection control panel The air flow in the sensor pipe network is continuously monitored The operational safety of the smoke aspiration system depends to a large extent on the permanent air supply of the detector Therefore a failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes or a pipe burst are immediately identified and transmitted to the control panel as fault message The sensitivity and the delay time of the air flow monitoring can be selected with two switches in 4 steps each The smoke aspiration system housing is provided including the entire evaluation and detection unit However the sensor pipe network is not provided ei D t F t 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 268 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems Features Applicable in addressable conventional technology with the optional Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 Individual detector identification through connection of an optional Address Module NG58 1 Connection to an ADM loop is possible via optional modules Specifications Sensitivity 0 025 to 0 2 m adjustable in 4 steps Maximum pipe length 360m Max number of aspiration holes 72 Supply voltage 14 30VDC Current consumption at 24V approx 400mA quiescent 450mA active Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C standard version Dimensions W x H x D 366 x 240 x 132 mm Colour white RAL
295. anel BC016 1 S1 12 214092 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 S1 15 214391 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S S1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 250008 FEWERWEHR BEGIENFELD 250740 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 289 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF58 2 The operating panel FBF58 2 is designed according to Variant B of NORM F 3031 It provides an op tical indication of the most important operating conditions of the fire detection control panel via light emitting diodes and an additional text display as well as easy and uniform operation of a fire detection sy stem by the fire brigade personnel The fire brigade control unit is controlled via the INFO bus of the control panel Connection to a Fire De tection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 can be achieved without additional modules For connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BCO16 a Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required Features 2 line LC display for clear information Scroll buttons for the display Green LED for operation Red LED for alarm Yellow LED for fault disablement 2 LEDs for FDCPs with extinguishing system Button for silencing the siren silencing the FDCP testing the lamps and resetting the FDCP Metal case with glass door
296. anel Series BC600 Series BC216 Series BCO16 or an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Features 48 double LEDs left hand side red right hand side yellow freely parameterisable according to indivi dual events Display of activation as well as deactivation or fault condition of the parameterised event Designation labels allow for individual marking of every double LED Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 2mA without active LED 0 25mA per LED Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 176 x 120 x 15 mm Weight 60g om Bas E 32 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214030 214032 214036 214031 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT 1 27 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 76 252010 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 76 252011 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE 77 252012 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 LED Display Field LAB48 2 The LED Display Field LAB48 2 is identical with the LED Display Field LAB48 1 it contains 48 freely parameterisable double LEDs yellow yellow Features 48 double LEDs left and right hand side yellow freely parameterisable according to individual events LED Display Field LAB48 3 The LED Di
297. anel printer or a fire brigade control unit At the bottom of the cabinet there is space for stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 45Ah Further features and functions are listed in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power unit max 4 2A Output current of siren outputs max 1A per output Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 480 x 660 x 190 mm Colour of housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight without battery approx 11 7kg Approvals VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 49 211151 Backplane BPL608 1 45 211112 Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 47 211117 LED Display Field LAF648 1 46 211110 Loop Interface LIF601 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 The Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 supports 8 detector lines in addressable conventional tech nology in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 The detector lines can be parameterised indivi dually as Detector lines for fire alarm for the connection of manual call points as well as automatic detectors with or without alarm verification Detector lines for technical messages for
298. apter for Detector Base BA1AP The conduit adapter facilitates surface cabling of a Detector Base Series B501AP when using cable con duits with an outer diameter of 20mm Prior to installation the conduit adapter is attached to the detector base Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP BS501AP Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP The white Wet Base Shroud WB 1 AP is used for mounting the detector bases BSO1AP B524HTR W or B524RTE W in damp locations The wet base shroud is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H 105 x 70 mm Colour white Weight 100g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 156 246164 Detector Base 500 200 Heater BS24HTR W 155 246163 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE W 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP IV The cream coloured Wet Base Shroud WB 1AP IV is used for mounting the detector bases B501 AP IV B524HTR or B524RTE as well as B401RM in damp locations The wet base shroud is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H 105 x 70 mm Colour cream Weight 100g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 156 246018 Detector Base 500 200 Heater BS24HTR 155 246016 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 155 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 BS24IEFT 1 01 EX11399E SAM
299. ar 55000 878 192 356023 Strobe XP95 White Orange 55000 879 191 356020 Strobe XP95 White Red 55000 877 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 22 Chapter 22 Detector Mounting Accessories 201 Detector Mounting Accessories 249044 249081 249635 249640 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 N Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 The metal bracket is made of galvanised steel sheet and serves for the lateral mounting of an automatic fi re detector for example in inserted floors elevator shafts or shelves The bracket is provided with two M4 threaded holes for easy mounting of a detector base Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 120 x 120 x 40 mm Weight 300g Detector Mounting Bracket MMW2 1 The metal bracket is made of galvanised steel sheet and serves for the lateral mounting of an automa tic fire detector in elevator shafts or in shelves As a result of its size the detector mounting bracket improves the inflow of smoke to the detector The detector mounting bracket corresponds to TRVB 123 The bracket is provided with two M4 threaded holes for easy mounting of a detector base Specifications Dimensions L x W x H 300 x 300 x 40 mm Weight 1 55kg Trapeze Bracket TBH800 1 The trapezoid steel bracket is used for mounting a detector base on a trapezoid ceiling The bracket is sui table for mounting of various detector series in conventional or ADM loop technology Specifications Dimensions L x W x H 35 x 95 x
300. are required for the operation and the setup of the interface respectively Cross references Page Art No Name Type 9 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 BCnet LBC Gateway 19 6HU BCNET LBC GW The BCnet LBC Gateway allows for the integration of an LBC Fire Detection Control Panel or the main control panel of an LBC Control Panel Compound into the Global Security System network GSSnet of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 The LBC Fire Detection Control Panel is connected to the RS232C interface of the BCnet LBC Gateway which deals with the conversion between the LBC data protocol and the GSSnet data protocol Therewith the detec tor zones actuations alarming devices and transmitting devices connected to the LBC Fire De tection Control Panel can be displayed and operated by the superior Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 the same way as those from the BCnet216 This way up to 9700 detector zones as well as 9700 actuations can be combined in a conjoint fire detection control panel The BCnet LBC Gateway already includes the basic license for the integration of the LBC1000 main con trol panel If further sub control panels exist in the LBC Fire Detection Control Panel the additionally re quired LBC Sub Unit Licenses LBC UZ have to be ordered separately 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 218021 219010 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 6 Interfaces 65 The LBC t
301. arking other devices of the fire detection system e g distribution boxes An A4 size sheet contains 20 adhesive labels Specifications Dimensions 45mm Marking area W x H 40 x 20 mm Les nb 276 Chapter 31 Labels 249011 Detector Label Complete BME BEZ KOMPL BEE The single label is used for marking an automatic fire detector with detector zone and detector number The inscribable adhesive label is sticked onto the enclosed sturdy white plastic card Direct marking of the plastic card is also an option Specifications Dimensions card W x H 85 x 95 mm Dimensions label W x H 85 x 55 mm Marking area W x H 80 x 40 mm 249040 Detector Label Large BME GR The single inscribable adhesive label is used for marking fire detectors not directly visible e g in inser ted ceilings inserted floors or for marking other devices of the fire detection system e g distribution boxes Specifications Dimensions 70mm Marking area W x H 60 x 30 mm 249042 Detector Label Small BME KL The single inscribable adhesive label is used for marking fire detectors not directly visible e g in inser C ted ceilings inserted floors or for marking other devices of the fire detection system e g distribution boxes Specifications Dimensions 45mm Marking area W x H 40 x 20 mm 249041 Label BMZ BME BMZ The standardised adhesive label with white background red border and black inscription Brandmel derzentrale
302. arm each detector can be assigned an address either by adding d an Address Module NG58 1 to the mounting base or by programming the detector with an optional Pro gramming and Test Unit S300RPTU If the detector is addressed using an NG58 1 the detector address as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel If the detector address has been set by means of an S300RPTU the detector number is displayed on an additional Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU one of which must be integrated in every detector line Features Individual detector addressing via Address Module NG58 1 or Programming and Test Unit SS3OORPTU Functionality check by means of test activation with Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU or Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Detector status detector address as well as date of latest maintenance can be scanned via Programming and Test Unit S3OORPTU Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 80uA quiescent Alarm temperature 58 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 43 mm Colour cream Weight 75g Approvals VdS G202014 0832 CPD 0062 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 151 246008 Dete
303. as in intrinsically safe areas Features Alarm LED on detector housing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Quiescent current 0 Permissible alarm current max 40mA Alarm resistance 400 Ohm Alarm temperature typ 72 C Ambient temperature 40 C to 65 C Protection class IP67 Ignition protection Non sparking device Ex classification Ex II 3GD EEx nA II T5 T100 C Dimensions x H 100 x 75 mm Colour light grey Weight 215g Approval 0845 CPD 0232 1193 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 222 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 The safety barrier with galvanic separation is used for the build up of an intrinsically safe circuit for a the connection of fire detectors in hazardous areas Due to the galvanic separation the earth fault mo nitoring of the fire detection control panel can remain active The relevant regulations for installations 5ICHERHEITSBARRIERE in hazardous areas must be observed E558 2 S we EEx st Features Connection of automatic detectors Limitation of the possible short circuit current of the idle voltage and of the energy stored in the intrinsically safe circuit Plastic surface mount case a Specifications D Ignition protection intrinsically safe Ex classification EEx ia IC Operating voltage supplied through detector lin
304. at is con nected to the operation control system Note the ZLT interface can only be operated on a central processing board ZTB216 2 with at least hard ware version V4 The type of the board is printed on a label The version number is the last digit of the PCB version that is printed in the left bottom corner of the PCB e g PN5233S4 for V4 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 9 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 ESPA 4 4 4 Interface Licence ESPA SS The ESPA interface license is required for the communication of Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 with pager systems DECT systems visual call systems etc which provide an ESPA 4 4 4 inter face for the transmission of display texts You can define the text length as well as the type of the messa ges alarms technical messages etc for up to 2 receiver groups at the fire detection control panel The ESPA interface license is required in the sectional control panel that is connected to the respective system Note the ESPA interface can only be operated on a central processing board ZTB216 2 with at least hardware version V4 as well as on a loop gateway board BCB216 3LG with at least hardware version V3 The type of the board is printed on a label The version number is the last digit of the PCB version that is printed in the left bottom corner of the PCB e g PN5233S4 for V4 Furthermore a firmware ver sion PL149 Vx 20 or newer and a PARSOFT version V1 20 or newer
305. ater spray ex tinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol An inte grated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit The manual call point is accommodated in a yel low aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B EN 54 17 and Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking HANDAUSL SUNG Gasl schanlage replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 1 to 159 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point supplied through loop voltage typ 110uA quiescent 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm yellow RAL 1021 400g VdS G206129 0786 CPD 20253 Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249636 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH om nb 126 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Se
306. ative humidity Dimensions x H intrinsically safe EEx ia IIB T5 typ 100u quiescent 60 C maximum heat component 10 C to 43 C continuous operation 10 to 93 no condensation 104 x 54 mm Colour cream Weight 80g Approvals BASEEFA03ATEX0155X VdS G296050 0832 CPD 0283 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 151 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 222 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 Optical Smoke Detector Conv Ex SLR E IS The Optical Smoke Detector SLR E IS for hazardous areas operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for applications using conventional tech nology and is suitable for indoor mounting The detector SLR E IS must always be connected via a safety barrier approved for the respective detector Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with coun try specific regulations Features Output for external remote indicator Insect screen Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature intrinsically safe EEx ia IIC T5 typ 50uA quiescent 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity Dimensions x H incl base Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 221 222 10 to 95 no condensation 100 x 46 mm cream 115g BAS0IATEX1281 LPCB 164g 02 0832 CPD 0113 Art No 246090 228003 Name Type
307. attery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions Lx W x H Colour Weight without batteries Approval Cross references Page 242 242 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 lithium battery CR 123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 30 C to 55 C IP42 87 x 87 x 30 mm white 70g LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 amm gt 236 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 249263 249292 Control Module 1xRel 700 RF FI700 RF M1REL The radio control module FI700 RF M1REL provides a dry relay output for the actuation of external de vices With that ancillary devices can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with radio trans mission without monitoring the line The module communicates with a fire detection control panel in lo op technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system The two coloured status LED indicates the activated condition and the fault condition of the module The radio module is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossibl
308. bases BS501AP IV B524HTR or B524RTE as well as B401RM when they are surface mounted using cable conduits or thick cables The supplement base is prepared for the use of PG screw connections Specifications Dimensions x H 103 x 34 mm Colour cream Weight 90g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 156 246018 Detector Base 500 200 Heater BS24HTR 155 246016 Detector Base 500 200 Relay BS24RTE 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501 AP IV 155 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 BS24IEFT 1 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP The white mounting accessory is needed as supplement to detector bases B501AP when they are flush mounted in false ceilings Specifications Dimensions x H 144 x 40 mm Colour white Weight 90g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 160 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 246168 249120 246160 246165 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV The cream coloured mounting accessory is needed as supplement to the detector bases B501AP IV and B401RM when they are flush mounted in false ceilings Specifications Dimensions x H 144 x 40 mm Colour cream Weight 90g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 155 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 BS24IEFT 1 Conduit Ad
309. battery the secondary battery powers the sounder The tone is set by me ans of a DIL switch The radio sounder is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The sounder is built into a white plastic housing The integrated base can accommodate an automatic radio detector Series FI700 RF The 2 batteries are included with the sounder Features Selectable tone eg Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 800 1000Hz continuous tone 970Hz interrupted tone 970Hz Long battery life of 5 years Adjustable sound level During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sound level Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 242 355188 Features Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 239 2 lithium batteries CR123 approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 91dB A Im distance 10 C to 55 C IP21 116 x 51 mm white 150g without batteries Art No 249215 Name Type Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Sounder Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM SOUR STRR The radio sounder strobe FI700 RF WM SOUR STRR com
310. blue RAL 5015 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G206128 0786 CPD 20256 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Yellow XP95 Handausl HM 1 32 17 02 The Manual Call Point HM 1 32 17 02 is used as electrical activation device for gas and water spray ex tinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol An integra ted dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit The manual call point is accommodated in a yellow aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B EN 54 17 and EN 12094 3 FeRobust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Inscription field HANDAUSL SUNG Gasl schanlage exchangeable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 9 9 9 6 6 69 6 6 180 Chapter 19
311. blue RAL 5015 Weight 430g without batteries Approval LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH 249262 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF M1IN BOX MINI The radio monitor module FI700 RF M1IN BOX MINI provides a line monitored input for the con nection of contact detectors With that manual call points sprinkler system contacts or supervising contacts can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with radio transmission The module communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the housing of the module Normally the module is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the modu le The two coloured status LED indicates the alarm condition and the fault condition of the module The radio module is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The module is integrated in a compact white housing which is
312. cal Smoke Detector FI700 O operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for use on ADM loops with Labor Strauss 700 protocol In the pa em rameter settings of the control panel one of 4 sensitivity levels can be selected thereby adapting the de t i tector optimally to the respective application Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system As a result the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms The two coloured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated condition of the detector in red and the test condition in green An output for the connection of a remote indicator is available The inte grated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows for the reading out of parameters such as the level of contamina tion of the optical chamber the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of con nection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed The detector is accommodated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting Several base types are available
313. cece cece eee e eee ee enes 149 355265 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi BSS PR I oo ccc ccc cece eee ee eee n eee e nes 149 145 EX11399E SAM I m 1139 01 0100 17 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 355256 355257 356152 356153 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton BSS DR N oo ncn nen tenet eee srne nen 150 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi Bap DRI nce nen ene nent en nnes 150 TD NERVENE 150 Strobe 200APISM Red WSIPRI arr erenneren errre rrnrrrenn 150 Accessories for Series 300 ECO01000 200AP 500 246008 246019 246100 246101 246102 246140 246141 246142 246143 246039 246038 246163 246016 246013 246164 246018 246113 246111 246112 246150 249212 249214 246161 246166 246167 246168 249120 246160 246165 249108 249111 249109 249110 249117 249118 249119 249004 249027 249020 244061 244060 244062 244063 244064 244065 244066 359040 359041 359042 359043 359044 359045 359046 359050 359049 359051 359052 359053 359054 Detector Base 100 ZER 100 BYOIRM Ls urene dekke austen 151 Detector Base 400300 100 B40UDGRM dees AA Ee e 151 Detector Base 300 Relay Latching B324RL 2 0 ene en nee nee ene e ene ee ene eens 152 Detector Base 300 Relay Latchine B3 12RD 2x5 scsi od cusses seat AN SEN E ge REENEN 152 Detector Base 300 Relay RENE EERSTEN EENS NEE EE EE EE EE 152 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 cc nunen rnnr ene e nee nee tenn eens 152 Detector Base 1000 Relay Latching ECO
314. central processing board can be found on a la bel The version number is the last digit of the PCB version which is printed in the left bottom corner of the printed circuit board e g PN5233S4 for V4 For operation of the gateway a firmware version PL149 Vx 20 or higher is required for parameterisation a PARSOFT version V1 20 or higher is necessary Features 4000 IEC data points free to define Transmission of events from the control panel Configurable functions for the operation of the control panel RS232C interface for data transfer to control panel RS232C interface for data transfer to IEC870 5 101 control centre Ethernet interface for data transfer to IEC870 5 104 control centre 9 9 6 6 6 e 62 Chapter 6 Interfaces 223030 eons i D S fe TETTE ror Petree 223032 Individual setting of all IEC parameters using the setup program Separate status LED indicators for each interface To be mounted on a DIN rail Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W xD Protection class Weight Cross references Page 57 306 57 64 20 30VDC typ 125mA 5 C to 50 C 168 x 118 x 54 mm IP30 820g Art No Name Type 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 218022 ZLT Interface Licence ZLT SS Long Distance Modem BCnet216 MOD 1 The Long Distance Mod
315. characters per line In combination with Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BCO16 the entire event memory and the parameterised system configuration can also be printed If used in analogue techno logy the current measured values of the detectors the measured values of the previous 6 months as well as a maintenance recommendation for every single detector can be printed once or periodically as well The protocol printer is supplied through the AC Adapter PW4007 E1 not included in the delivery Features Thermal printer with 80 characters per line Power LED On line OFF line switching with separate LED display Paper feed button Space for optional stand by battery Specifications Power supply external AC Adapter PW4007 E I Ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C Relative humidity 30 to 80 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 160 x 170 x 66 5 mm Weight 580g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 69 227004 AC Adapter for DPU414 PW4007 EC E 70 227005 Battery For DPU414 BT4005 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 37 227009 Kit 19 3HU for Printer DPU414 DPU2 1E 70 227007 Printer Cable for DPU414 1 8m 9POL D SUB VERL 3 210215 Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 70 227006 Spare Paper for DPU414 1 Roll MM112 402 N 227004 AC Adapter for DPU414 PW4007 EC E The power unit serves for the powe
316. cifications Operating voltage 19 to 29VDC Current consumption at 24V 200mA Flash energy 5J Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP44 IP66 depending on the base Dimensions W x H x D 124 x 92 x 60 mm with base ELPBR Colour housing flame red RAL 3000 Weight 165g without base Cross references Page Art No Name Type 215 359003 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR 215 359004 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 216 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 356004 356001 356650 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RS5R The Strobe EMA24RSSR is accommodated in a red plastic housing with red cap and is designed for in door and outdoor mounting The unit is installed on a base for sounders and strobes Series EMA which is not included in the delivery Features Very high flash energy Suitable for surface mounting Long service life Specifications Operating voltage 19 to 29VDC Current consumption at 24V 200mA Flash energy 5J Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP44 IP66 depending on the base Dimensions W x H x D 124 x 92 x 60 mm with base ELPBR Colour housing flame red RAL 3000 Weight 165g without base Cross references Page Art No Name Type 215 359003 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR 215 359004 Base S
317. ck search filter displays the latest 500 events in chronological order Display of activation fault disablement delay operation call fire brigade and confirmation for the transmitting device to the fire brigade 1 2 3 Monitored output for the connection of external signalling devices with display of activation fault or disablement 3 Dry contact outputs for summary alarm and summary fault 16 open collector outputs which can be freely parameterised as transmitting devices alarming devices actuations or other output functions 3 and or combinations for the activation of actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices depen ding on messages from detector zones or single detectors respectively Collective reset of all current alarms via Panel reset button 1 2 3 Hierarchized authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured via numeric codes 1 2 3 Alarm delay with dead man s handle controlled by internal timer which can be set up separately for each day of the week Start and end date of Daylight Saving Time according to EU directive or freely parameterisable One man maintenance function 1 2 3 Non resettable electronic event counter One freely usable serial interface 3 Integrated INFO bus for the connection of a fire brigade control unit and an intelligent remote indicati on unit 3 Connection of a serial protocol printer via optional data interface 3 6 6 6M
318. cking and packaging loading disassembly take back and proper recycling and disposal of waste electrical and electronic equipment for commercial purposes as defined by the Or dinance Regulating the Handling of Waste Electrical Equipment Buyer shall be liable for any and all charges taxes or other duties levied in respect of delivery If the terms of delivery include transport to a destination designated by Buyer transport costs as well as the cost of any transport insurance desired by Buyer shall be borne by the lat ter Delivery does not however include unloading and subsequent handling Packa ging materials will be taken back only by express agreement Seller reserves the right to modify prices if the order placed is not in accordance with the offer submitted Prices are based on costs obtaining at the time of the first quotation In the event that the costs have increased by the time of delivery Seller shall have the right to adjust prices accordingly In carrying out repair orders Seller shall provide all services deemed expedient and shall charge Buyer for the same on the basis of the work input and or expenditures re quired The same holds for any services or additional services the expediency of which becomes apparent only as the repair order is executed In such an event special notifi cation of Buyer shall not be required Expenses for estimates of costs of repair and maintenance or for expert valuations shall be invoiced to
319. consumption ext supply 80 500mA at 24V depending on tube length and ventilator speed Pipe length max 100m Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Humidity max 95 non condensing Protection class IP50 optionally IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 258 x 194 x 145 mm Weight 1 67kg Approval VdS G206067 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR 1000 111 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 212 244282 Replacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 272 244283 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A The Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A is used for monitoring one or two independent areas The housing is prepared for connection of one pipe network by knocking out the second aspiration hole the housing is upgraded to a two channel smoke aspiration system Depending on whether the housing is used as one channel or two channel smoke aspiration system it is equipped with one or two detector modules and the appropriate front foil Air from the monitored room is sampled via the connected sensor pipe network and directed to the detec tor module not provided which analyses the air samples If the smoke concentration exceeds the per missible value an alarm is activated which is optically displayed on the system and further transmitted to a fire detection control panel The alarm can be reset at the control panel Thanks to the high response sensi
320. control panels which are composed of fire detection control modules Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 The labels of display and operating elements are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E D1 The Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E D1 in the version for Germany is used as display and operating unit in BCnet sectional control panels which are composed of fire detection control modules Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 The labels of display and operating elements are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 The labels of display and operating elements are in Dutch language Approval VdS G201017 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 The Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 supports 8 detector zones in addressable conventional techno logy in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 Features 8 detector lines in addressable conventional technology that can be individually configured as detector zone for fire alarm for the connection of manual call points as well as automatic detectors with or witho
321. cream Weight 1 8kg Approval VdS G205033 EN 54 12 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 250 244025 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 250 244024 Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK 250 244026 Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK 250 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 244021 Beam Smoke Detector Test 200 6500S The Beam Smoke Detector 6500S is identical with the detector 6500 it includes however an integrated test unit For easy functional testing the detector can be remotely activated by the fire detection control panel during maintenance This test simulates a light obscuration by means of an integrated test filter The test unit requires its own external power supply it cannot be supplied by the loop Specifications for further specifications see 6500 Operating voltage test filter Current consumption test filter Cross references Page 250 250 250 244024 Specifications Material Dimensions W x H x D Dimensions W x H Cross references Page 250 244025 Features Cross references Page 250 244026 Specifications Material Dimensions W x H x D Cross references Page 250 15 to 32VDC max 500mA Art No 244025 244024 244026 Name Type Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK The reflector mirror is needed for extending the surveillance range of a Beam Smoke Detector Series 6500 from 70 to
322. crs sates RENFEREN SEERE ESI EE eead DECENTE 19 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BOO ise geed eee 19 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC7io2CTI ssis ukidai n enn en anita 19 E m kap IV 214062 214058 214066 214079 214081 214085 214087 214089 214095 214005 214034 214108 214100 214611 214112 214158 214164 214109 214105 214997T 214204 214205 214234 214208 214200 214201 214209 214020 214021 214037 214038 214022 214023 214024 214030 214032 214036 214031 214003 214130 214232 214028 214128 214029 214230 212034 212030 212029 212033 212039 214129 212031 227009 214601 212027 212025 212028 212036 212037 212038 212032 BCn f Control Panel with Operat BIG HL seers dhs Aere eta ews Siwy ren Aert ue uge 20 Benet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 NE1 vec ccc xedesectet ad Ed deres eee ees 20 PC pet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SK geet Age AEN ere 20 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 HR1 oo ccc cent annen ene e ene e ene eeas 20 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 RUS1 2 nrun rnrn nnno nee nee en ne eenns 20 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 SLO1 2 0 cc enn nee n nnn nent ene eenas 20 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BLG enee nee ees dea eee e ee ee 20 BC net Control Panel with Operat BIG PLN e ons reet bes Serge e regen se Eege Eed ee 20 Benet Control Panel with Operat e Oe KEE 21 Benet Control Panel No Operation BEZI tie dere eden 21 BCnet Control Panel Exte
323. ction and extinguishing control panel 0786 CPD 20267 FT 14 423 06 Osterreich Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT 1 The combined Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT is a compact control panel for small fire de tection and extinguishing systems with one flooding zone The control panel fulfils all mandatory functions and the most important options of EN 12094 1 It was tested according to the Construction Products Di rective CPD for compliance with the European Standards EN 54 2 EN 54 4 and EN 12094 1 and is VdS certified The control panel is integrated in a wall mount cabinet The cabinet consists of a powder coated steel sheet base and a removable plastic cabinet cover In the basic version the control panel contains 4 conven tional detector zones for the connection of fire fault and condition detectors 2 freely parameterisable in puts two independently monitored siren outputs as well as 2 relay outputs Furthermore the wall mount cabinet can accommodate an optional componentry Relay Module RL5
324. ctivated by choosing the appro Separate status LED for each input and output Terminal connection lines of input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal supplied through loop voltage approx 660u A quiescent 2A 30VDC or 0 5A 125VAC 20 C to 60 C 93 x 94 x 23 mm cream 110g VdS G202139 0786 CPD 20343 Art No Name Type 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 gu CZ 132 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 249115 249103 ie SD V E r Tie by a E nes z mg 3 D 249105 EE Monitor Module 10xSurv in 200 IM 10 The addressable module IM 10 with 10 independent inputs serves for the line monitored integration of contact detectors e g manual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Features Status LED for every input Monitoring of terminal connection lines for wire breakage and short circuit 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 99 Mounting in a surface mounting box Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Curr
325. ctivation disablement and fault condition Displays can be labelled individually with labelling strips which are inserted into the front foil Event memory for the last 50 events in chronological order to be output via the serial interface 2 dry contact outputs These outputs are pre set in the factory settings according to EN 54 standards summary alarm and summary fault 8 open collector outputs that automatically signal the activated condition of each zone and one sum mary output each for fault condition and disabled condition of the zones Button Panel reset for common reset of all current events 3 authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured by numeric codes A mounting position for a Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 for connection of a serial protocol printer Control panel case provides space for accommodating stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 7Ah 9 9 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Output current siren outputs Output 1 max 1A Output 2 max 0 5A the sum of the output currents of the two siren outputs must not exceed 1A Current consumption at 24V without optional modules typ 70mA end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ 55mA end of line capacitor 47uF Line voltage typ 20V end of line resistor 5 6kOhm typ 23V end of line capacitor 47uF Line current typ 3 7mA end of line resistor
326. ctive of whether they affect Seller or his subcontractor s 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 5 5 6 2 7 2 7 3 7 4 T 7 7 7 8 If a contractual penalty for default of delivery was agreed upon by contracting parties when the contract was concluded it shall be executed as follows and any deviations concerning individual items shall not affect the remaining provisions Where delay in performance can be shown to have occurred solely through the fault of Seller Buyer may claim for each completed week of delay an indemnity of at most one half of one per cent a total of no more than 5 however of the value of that part of the goods to be delivered which cannot be used on account of Seller s failure to deliver an essential part thereof provided the Buyer has suffered a damage to the aforesaid ex tent Assertion of rights of damages exceeding this extent is precluded Passage of risk and Place of performance Unless otherwise agreed the delivery of goods is considered sold EXW in accordance with INCOTERMS 2010 For services the place of performance shall be the place indicated in the written order confirmation secondary to that at which the service is actually rendered bei Seller The risk in respect of such services or any part thereof shall pass to Buyer at the time the services have been rendered Payment Unless otherwise agreed one third of the purchase price shall fall due at the time of receipt by Buyer o
327. ctor Base 400 300 100 B401RM 151 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 157 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 157 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 156 246113 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU 242042 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S 5351TE The Thermal Max Detector 5351TE reacts to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class A2S The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is sui table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m Each detector can be assigned an address for rapid localisation in case of an alarm either by installation of an Address Module NG58 1 in the detector base or by programming of the detector with the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU In case the detector is addressed by the NG58 1 the detector address and an as signed detector text are displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel If the detector address has been set by means of an S300RPTU the detector number is displayed on an additional Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU one of which must be integrated in every detector line Features Individual detector identification with the Address Module NG58 1 or the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU Function testing possible by test activation via the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU or the Re mote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Detector co
328. ctor is designed for applications using conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a room height of 7 5m The detector HT 51157 must always be connected via a safety barrier that has been approved for this detector Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country specific regulations If the detector experiences a fault the multicoloured status LED on the detector will flash in yellow for mg me e approx 4 minutes after enablement of the detector line Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ignition protection intrinsically safe Ex classification II 1G Ex ia HC Current consumption at 24V typ 85uA quiescent Alarm temperature 57 C Operating temperature max 50 C Ambient temperature Class T5 40 C to 40 C no icing Class T4 40 C to 60 C no icing Relative humidity 0 to 98 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 70g Approvals Baseefa06ATEX0007X VdS G207026 0832 CPD 0475 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 219 246043 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 222 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 246043 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 8 The Detector Base MB 50018 for hazardous areas is designed to accommodate a Series Orbis IS intrinsi m J oe cally safe automatic fire detector and is suitable for indoor surface m
329. ctors as well as heatable detectors and reflectors are available The prism reflector is not included in the delivery Features Detection of clear and dark smoke Maintenance work and checking can be carried out from the ground Sealed detector housing with high protection class Automatic initial alignment and readjustment Selectable sensitivity setting Status displays for power alarm fault 9 9 6 252 Chapter 28 Special Detectors Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions W x H x D Detection unit Operating unit Protection class Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 259 252 252 252 244615 10 2 30VDC 3 5mA normal operation 17mA in the quick setup mode 10 C to 55 C max 95 no condensation 155 x 180 x 137 mm 120 x 185 x 62 mm IP65 with suitable cable entries white 1 7kg VdS G206056 0786 CPD 20241 Art No Name Type 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 244616 Reflector 40 80m REFL3090010 M 244615 Reflector 5 40m REFL3040040 244617 Reflector 80 100m REFL3090011 M Reflector 5 40m REFL3040040 The prism reflector REFL3040040 consists of a plastic prism tile of 100 x 100mm by means of which the Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight 244616 Beam Smoke Detector FIREBEAM PLUS can monitor open areas with a range of 5m to 40m 100 x 100 x 5 mm 0 2kg Reflector 40 80m REFL3090010 M The pr
330. ctors that do not store energy e g Thermal Max Detectors SWM 1IKL or Limitation of the possible short circuit current of the idle voltage and of the electrical energy stored in the intrinsically safe circuit Plastic surface mount case for DIN rail mounting intrinsically safe EEx ia IIC T5 supplied through detector line voltage 20 C to 55 C 13 x 115 x 110 mm green 125g BAS 01 ATEX 7005 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ex 22051EISE IV The Optical Smoke Detector 22051EISE IV operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the princi mounting try specific regulations ple of scattered light The detector is designed for use in hazardous areas and is suitable for indoor The detector is integrated into an ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol via the Safety Barrier Y72221 and the Protocol Interface IST200 Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with coun By means of intelligent evaluation algorithms in the respective LST fire detection control panels the influ ence of contamination on the optical measurement system is compensated for With that the response sen sitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time a further effective step to avoid false alarms Features Insect screen gt Specifications Operating voltage Ignition protection Ex classification Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval
331. d Reaching the FIRE threshold activates a fire alarm If the smoke aspirati on system is connected to an ADM loop the relay FIRE has to be activated by the control panel through parameterisation of the relevant control module In this case the relays ACTION and FIRE can be used for general control tasks If the smoke aspiration system is connected in conventional technology via the relay contacts the relay ACTION can activate a technical message for the indication of a pre warning The fire alarm is activated via the relay FIRE which in this case is auto activated by the smoke aspiration system The continuous air flow which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration system housing is per manently monitored The system identifies the failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes and pipe burst as fault Disturbance of air flow or fault of power supply is signalled via the loop address of the control module whereas fault of the laser smoke detector is transmitted via the detector address Every fault condition also causes the deactivation of the relay FAULT This relay serves for transmission of fault messages when connected in conventional technology The conditions for operation summary fault detector fault ventilator fault ALERT ACTION and FIRE are signalled via LEDs The velocity of air flow or alternatively the smoke density can be indicated via a 10 step LED display The Smoke Aspiration System A211E LSR can
332. d Multiton IDSST DRPii cence tenn een e eens 144 355227 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 0 ccc ccc nce ene en ene eens 144 356142 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 oo ccc cece cece cece eee e cence eee eee e eee essen eeeneeeeeees 144 356143 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 o oo ccc ccc cece cece eee cee ence nese eee venna uuunnuee 145 356144 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 0 c eee cee e vene eee ee eeneeneeeeeees 145 355250 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WSO PR N 2 0 occ eee eee eee e eee e ee eee eee eeenes 145 355258 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WSO PP N aeouuuuuuvunnnvunnnnnnnrannrr cence eee eee arven 146 355251 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WSO PRI ccc cece c eee ene eens 146 355259 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WSO PP I 0 0 0 ccc eee cece e eee n eee nes 146 355252 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WSS PR N 2 0 0 0 coco ccc ccc cece cece eee e eee e eee eeenes 146 355253 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WSas PRI vev r ravner rever versene 147 355262 Sounder 200AP White Multitone BSO PP N oo ccc ccc ce nee beeen eee e tenn eens 147 355263 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone BSO PP I 2 0 cc ccc ccc cece ene verre narrer evnene 148 355254 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone BSCO DDN een ne een ne annen renr n nee nn ees 148 355255 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone BSO DD I 6 cn raven cence nent ee venn 148 355264 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton BSS PR N oo
333. d Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 140 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 137 355220 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 138 355221 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 139 355222 Sounder Strobe 200AP Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P33 144 356142 Strobe 200AP Red WMSTR WR P33 145 356144 Strobe 200APISM Amber WMSTR WA P34 145 356143 Strobe 200APISM Red WMSTR WR P34 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR amp The base WDBR with protection class IP65 serves for the indoor and outdoor wall mounting of sounders and strobes Series WMS Due to the design of the base cable entry is possible from the back or the side The base contains an integrated spring contact for through connection of the loop if the signalling device has been removed Features Cable entry possible from the back or the side in case of surface mount installation Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Through connection of loop line via spring contact Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions x D 107 x 61 mm Additional depth of signalling devices 43mm Colour red Weight 112g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 140 355223 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 140 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 137 355220 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 13
334. d as spring but ton detector and is used if especially quick alarming of the helping forces is required The glass plate keeps the button in the idle position When the glass is smashed the button springs to the working positi on The two independent switches with change over contact allow the connection to a danger detection The detector is integrated in a robust aluminium die cast housing The protective frame that is integrated into the door ensures a high degree of protection against sabotage when opening the door If necessary the spring button detector can be equipped with a safety lock Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Two switches with change over contact Non latching push button Easy to replace glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Optionally with safety lock no 18 Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point max 2A at 25VAC or 2A at 60VDC 25 C to 70 C IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm blue RAL 5015 400g Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Blue Conv Stopp HM 5 11 18 02 The Manual Call Point HM 5 11
335. d detector bases are available in white or cream only without integrated isolator Thanks to the attractive design effective fire protection can harmonise with modern and timeless architecture The detectors are accommodated in the Detector Base B501 AP A Detector Base B501 can be used but in the case of detectors with integrated isolator the isolator does not work Colour white Colour cream With Isolator Without Isolator Without Isolator Type of Detector Part No Type Part No Type Part No Type Optical Smoke 241047 ND22051E IV Detector Optical Thermal DV22051TEI 241117 DV22051TE 241048 DV22051TE IV Detector Rate of Rise Heat Maximum Heat Maximum Heat Pre E 52051 HTEI E 52051HTE 52051HTE IV ee janie 22051 TLEI me 22051TLE um 22051 TLE IV 4 Criteria Detector Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM ND22051 EI The Optical Smoke Detector ND22051EI operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The new design of the sensing chamber ensures optimum smoke detection and at the same time makes it more difficult for dust and insects to reach the chamber The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of intelligent evaluation algorithms in the respective LST fire detection control panels the influ ence of contamination on the
336. d in a wall mount cabinet made of powder coated steel sheet and is equipped with a Loop Interface LIF64 1 by default In addition the control panel is prepared for accommodation of one Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 one Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 one LED Dis play Field LAB48 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and further optional componentries as well as of stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 22Ah The mounting position for function module 2 is non functional The labelling of operating and display elements display texts and text printouts come in English language Additional features and functions of the contol panel can be found in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 and the Loop Interface LIF64 1 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 115mA incl LIF64 1 without detectors modules Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 420 x 520 x 120 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 2 The functions specifications and cross references correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 However the control panel comes with a Loop Interface LIF128 1 as standard equip ment The features and functions of
337. d printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE D1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE D1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in 19 slide in technology in the version for Germany for small and medium size fire detection systems Functi ons specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BC216 1CE correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Swedish language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Dutch language A User Manual in English is included in the delivery Approval VdS G201017 24 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214164 214109
338. d processing Features Alarm LED on detector housing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables Specifications Operating voltage Quiescent current Permissible alarm current Alarm resistance Alarm temperature Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval 242153 tection control panel Features supplied through detector line voltage 0 max 40mA 400 Ohm typ 87 C 40 C to 80 C IP67 100 x 75 mm light grey 215g 0845 CPD 0232 1194 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX ES 6298 The maximum heat detector 6298 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The detector can be connected to an ADM loop by using a conventional zone module The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and 1s suitable for application in moist areas e g loading ramps production areas food processing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 243010 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Operating voltage Quiescent current Permissible alarm current Alar
339. d voltage at external and internal supply of the signalling devices Separately fused outputs Monitoring of the signalling device lines through negative monitoring voltage thereby the interfering activation of the signalling devices by the quiescent monitoring current is prevented eo Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31VDC External supply voltage 20 to 36VDC Current consumption at 24V 10mA quiescent Load current per output max 500mA externally supplied Output voltage siren circuit idle 1 1VDC Output voltage siren circuit active approx equal to supply voltage End of line resistor 5 6kOhm Quiescent monitoring current 0 2mA Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 95 x 75 x 15 mm Weight 50g 223026 Siren Connection Module 8Z58 3 The Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 is designed with four siren circuits for activation of remote si gnalling devices eg sirens strobes to expand control panels Series BC600 Series BC216 BC016 and BC06 All four siren circuits have separately actuatable individually fused and monitored outputs In addition each circuit contains a separate fault detection output Monitored signalling devices may either be supplied by the control panel or at higher current demand by an external power supply Features 4 individually fused and monitored siren circuits Display of active and fault state of each circuit Separate fault detection output for e
340. ded for the connection If required only specific sections of the high security network GSSnet can be interconnected in this way Each sectional control panel requires one gateway each for in and output The ends of singlemode fibres have to be fitted with an ST connector not provided for optical fibres Features Status LED indicators to display voltage supply signal strength and data transfer Small dimensions To be mounted on a DIN rail Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Length of optical fibre Type of fibre Optical budget Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Cross references Page 16 All parameters to be set via a DIL switch 18 30VDC typ 200mA max 15km 9 125um 1300nm 17dB 10 C to 55 C 61 x 115 x 113 mm 500g Art No Name Type 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description Data Logger Event Memory DLOG 1 The Data Logger DLOG 1 is used for storing all of the event data which is output via the serial interface of a fire detection control panel on an SD memory card For this the data logger is connected with the se rial interface of the fire detection control panel and the necessary parameterisation of the interface is car ried out at the control panel The data storage is started automatically when the supply voltage is applied To read out the event data the memory card is removed from the data logger and inserted into the
341. der which is prepared for the connection of pre assembled LED cables The first 16 outputs are available in addition at two ten pin connectors each for the connection of one Relay Module RL58 1 or one RL58 2 via a flat cable If more than 16 relay outputs are required further actuation inputs of additional relay modules can be connected to the LED connection module via suitable connection cables This componentry is prepared for mounting in the LST standard grid and comes with the required mounting material Specifications Operating voltage 15 31VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 3mA quiescent max 80mA lamp test 48 LEDs connected Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 135 x 75 x 15 mm Weight 62 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 79 259013 Cord 2 Wire for LED Connection 10pcs LED LEITUNG 10 78 259011 LED Assembled Green 10pcs LED GN 10 79 259010 LED Assembled Red 10pcs LED RT 10 79 259012 LED Assembled Yellow 10pcs LED GE 10 77 252012 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 LED Assembled Green 10pcs LED GN 10 The assembled light emitting diodes are used for simple and quick wiring and mounting of green LED in dicators on a synoptic remote tableau The packing unit contains 10 LEDs with an assembled connection cable Features On one end each cable has attached a bright green 5mm LED indicator and on the other end a 2 pin connector which fits the 2 54mm grid of the pin strip header on the L
342. der Strobe WSS PR N it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WSS PR N Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder and strobe off max 4 9mA low sound level max 5 8mA medium sound level max 8 3mA high sound level Approval VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sounder 200AP White Multitone BSO PP N The addressable sounder is accommodated in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor sur face mounting The integrated base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series 200 The unit is mounted on a standard detector base B501AP The sounder is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level 148 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355263 355
343. ders detector base sounders and strobes Series WMS and IBS Due to the design the base is covered by the signalling device and therefore cannot be seen nor is the height of devices increased A mounting plate is available for surface cabling of the base The base contains an integrated spring contact for through connection of the loop if the signalling device has been removed Features Cable entry from back side Mechanical theft protection Specifications Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 169 169 140 140 142 137 138 141 142 138 139 141 144 139 142 144 143 143 144 145 145 Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Through connection of loop line via spring contact 25 C to 70 C IP24 107 x 21 mm white 48g Art No Name Type 359049 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 5pcs DBSPD 5 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 5pcs DBSPW 5 355223 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P34 355240 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 355224 Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 355220 Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 355228 Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WMSOU WW P33 355232 Sounder 200AP White Multitone IBSOU PW P33 355225 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 355221 Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P34 355229 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone 100dB WMSOU
344. des you with an overview of the most important characteristics of the individual control panels sectional control panels or control modules respectively of Series BC216 Type Display and Sectional Control BCnet Sectional LED display operating field Panel in the Control Panel field available GSSnet Extension applicable applicable em f eneen x f x wewe 0 a S wees x lt T emma S emeng emeng Jf The Global Security System network GSSnet allows for the communication of overall 127 GSSnet mem bers 1 e BCnet sectional control panels control modules etc which together provide the possibility to connect 254 ADM loops using Labor Strauss 700 protocol System Sensor 200 or Apollo Discovery protocol or 2032 detector zones in addressable conventional technology 9700 actuations ep fire controls or extinguishing system controls 99 transmitting devices e g to the fire brigade 999 alarming devices eg zones of acoustic or optical signalling devices 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 10 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 The following figure shows the available variants of panel housings BC216 x compact wall mount design display and operating field with BC216 1 BC216 15 and BC216 2 I I I ol SS CO I l el l 520mm depth 120mm BC216 xCE compact 19 design 478mm depth 95mm depth 181mm 7 EE o A A i
345. devices 99 alarming devices 128 actuations and 199 sectors Easy control panel operation thanks to freely parameterisable sectors INFO field with a 4 line by 20 character backlit text display providing information about all current events in English Info button for additional information on the current events Event memory with quick search filter displays the latest 500 events in chronological order Display of activation fault disablement alarm delay call fire brigade and confirmation of the trans mitting device to the fire brigade Monitored output for the connection of external signalling devices with display of activation fault or disablement Dry contact outputs for summary alarm and summary fault 16 open collector outputs which can be freely parameterised as transmitting devices alarming devices actuations or other output functions and or combinations for the activation of actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices depen ding on messages from detector zones or single detectors respectively Collective reset of all current alarms via Panel reset button Hierarchized authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured via numeric codes Alarm delay with dead man s handle controlled by internal timer which can be set separately for each day of the week Start and end date of Daylight Saving Time according to EU directive or freely parameterisable One man test condition Non resettable electronic alarm cou
346. dicator Insect screen Functionality check by means of test activation with Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU 9 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 80uA quiescent Alarm temperature 58 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 40 5 mm Colour white Weight 75g Approvals VdS G201067 0832 CPD 0065 112 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 242047 242045 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU Thermal Max Detector 1000 BS ECO1004T The Thermal Max Detector ECO1004T reacts to a maximum temperature of 78 C according to EN 54 5 Class BS The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is sui table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Features Output for external remote indicator Functionality check by means
347. different sound levels selectable Address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 70uA sounder off typ SmA sounder on Sound level 88dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x D 116 x 26 mm Colour white Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Sounder Strobe 700ISM White Clear Multi FI700 FB MT SOUW STRC The Sounder Strobe FI700 FB MT SOUW STRC is activated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The sounder is integrated in a white plastic housing with colourless cap and is de signed for indoor ceiling mounting A Detector Base Series FI700 can be attached onto the sounder Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the control panel can activate one of two tones The tone type combination is set by means of a DIL switch If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line
348. documentation are in German language Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BC016 1 correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the operating field By means of this lock the fire briga de personnel can directly access authorization level 2 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Swedish language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 The design of the Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 is identical with the Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 but includes additional 10 buttons in the display and operating field for the direct control 1 e activation and deactivation of a maximum of 8 evacuation circuits With that different country specific requirements e g NEN 2575 can be fulfilled The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in English language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in English language 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 2 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 7 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 D1 The design of the Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC0
349. dry rooms and is delivered complete with counter plate and mounting accessories Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 12V Current consumption at 24V Adhesive force Working temperature Dimensions L x W x D Weight Cross references Page 296 12 24VDC 500mA 250mA approx 3000N 300kg 20 C to 60 C 268 x 48 x 25 mm 2kg Art No Name Type 260002 Control Device for Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 35 Chapter 35 Power Supply Devices 301 Power Supply Devices 317100 317101 317102 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Power Supply 24V 1A Stabilized NG1 1S The electronically controlled compact power supply unit serves for the supply of external devices with in creased current consumption The power supply unit provides constant output voltage and is therefore not suitable for loading stand by batteries The power supply unit is integrated in a plastic housing for DIN rail mounting with a 45mm standard front Features Switched mode power supply unit current limited and short circuit proof Stabilised output voltage Light emitting diode for indicating operation and fault Integrated mains fuse Specifications Operating voltage 100 to 240VAC 48 to 63Hz Output voltage 24VDC 3 Nominal output current 1A Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 90 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 53 3 horizontal pitch units x 9
350. dule is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the module The two coloured status LED indicates the activated condition and the fault condition of the module The radio module is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The module is integrated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting Both batteries are in cluded in the delivery Features Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Specifications Power supply 2 lithium batteries CR123 Battery lifespan approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m free air Contact rating relay output max 2A at 30VDC Output current voltage output max 40mA at 12V max 20mA at 24V Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions Lx W x D 135 x 95 x 57 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 210g without batteries 01 EX11399E SAM yo 1039 01 0100 kamp 355181 355195 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 237 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 242 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Sounder 700 RF Red FI700
351. dules FW TP 2 Front Foil FW TT 1 Front Foil FW TP 4 Front Foil FW TP 5 G Gateway Multimode Fibre BCnet2 16 LWL MM 2 Gateway Singlemode Fibre BCnet2 16 LWL SM 2 Gateway IEC870 5 101 104 BC216 IEC870 BC216 GW Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs G21140 H Heavy Duty Anchor SLA700 2 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 Housing IP67 for Strobe XP95 29600 318 I Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 35 5mm ITA 3 D1 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 30 5mm ITA 2 D1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 2SX DBUS ITB 2 D1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 DBUS ITF 2 D1 Interconnector LWM ZV22 11800 103 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E Ionisation Smoke Detector 65 55000 217 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 B524IEFT 1 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 4568 1 321 Isolator Module 500 200 ISM1 2 Isolator Module XP95 Disc ISM1 3 Isolator Module Board XP95 43781 552 K Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM Key Switch Set Complete SCH70 1 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 Key for Fire Brigade Key Deposit 882 AML102 Kit 19 3HU for Printer DPU414 DPU2 1E L Label BMZ BME BMZ Label Loschsteuerzentrale BME LSZ LBC Sub Unit Licence LBC UZ LED Display Field LAF648 1 LED Display Field LAB48 1 LED Display Field LAB48 2 LED Display Field LAB48 3 LED Display Field LAB48 4 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE LED Connection Module LAM48 1 LED Assembled Red 1Opcs LED RT 10 LED Assembled Green 10pcs LED GN 10 LED Assembled Yellow 10pcs LED GE 10 Lid For Detector Base Sou
352. e BCM216 3LG integrates 2 loop interfaces Specifications See individual description of the BCnet sectional control panel and fire detection control module PfBST VdS Approvals VKF EMILABS ANPI EZU EVP ABA UNIIPO F EL CNBOP FT 14 147 3 99 Austria G201017 0786 CPD 20866 13400 2007 85 2000 BFS DE 1096 2003 03 20 7 105034 00 00 03323 101 1 2002 S 059 01 B 01832 02012 C 709P3 2238 2006 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 The BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 with its modular design and integrated display and operating field is suitable for use in a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Fire fault and status detectors as well as control elements and alarming devices can be connected to up to 2 ADM loops in analogue technology or to a maximum of 16 detector zones in addressable conventional technology or to a combination thereof depending on the optional modules used The sectional control panel is installed in a wall mount case made of powder coated steel sheet which is prepared for accommodating 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 one Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 one Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 one LED Display Field LAB48 x a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and further optional mo dules as well as stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 22Ah A summary of the extensive functions and features is
353. e Weight 80g Approvals VdS G210151 LPCB 928d 02 0832 CPD 1456 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 101 246071 Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD 101 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal MAX Detector 650 BS FC650 TMAX 78 The Thermal Max Detector FC650 TMAX 78 reacts to a maximum temperature of 78 C according to EN 54 5 Class BS The detector is designed for use in addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the preset temperature class according to EN 54 5 can be changed the function of the status LED in normal condition can be set and parameters such as the pro duction date can be read out For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Ad dress Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel An LED indicator visible from all angles displays the activated condition of the detector The detector is accommodated in a white housing Several base versions are available for mounting the detector Features Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Easy function testing using a magnet Specifications Operating voltage Cur
354. e 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 160 x 65 x 35 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S 211110 Loop Interface LIF601 1 The Loop Interface LIF601 1 supports one ADM loop with bi directional communication in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 The protocol for the loop communication is set through the parameterisation of the control panel and it determines the maximum number of detectors and modules that can be con nected to the loop 240 physical address points detectors or modules with Labor Strauss 700 protocol 318 physical address points 159 detectors and 159 modules with System Sensor 200 protocol 126 physical address points detectors or modules with Apollo Discovery protocol The loop allows connection of manual call points automatic detectors input and output modules RF gate ways and signalling devices in loop technology Usually the loop is wired as ring with unshielded 2 wire cables if necessary branch lines can also be connected to the ring without additional devices Each loop can be divided into a maximum of 200 detector zones Thanks to the high maximum output current of 500mA a larg
355. e Access Module FZP2 1 is designed for the transmission of configuration data of Fire Detecti on Control Panels Series BC016 or BC216 via an analogue telephone line Remote access of control pa nels with Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT can be established in this way The serial interface of the module is connected to the Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 of the control pa nel via the provided cable The telephone connection between the module and the telephone network lo cal loop or extension line is established via the provided telephone cable with RJ11 connectors on both sides The device key of the module and the corresponding telephone number of the telephone extension where the remote access module is connected have to be entered in PARSOFT the first time a connection is established These parameters are stored in the parameter file The device key is placed on a label on the bottom side of the module Parameterisation and maintenance can be accomplished without limitations with PARSOFT once control panel and PC are connected There is no difference between local or remote access of the control panel Features Remote parameterisation and maintenance via analogue telephone line Status LED indicators for supply voltage and data transfer Includes pre assembled serial data cable for SIM216 1 length approx 1 8m Includes pre assembled telephone cable length approx 2m Plug in power adapter provided 9 Specifications
356. e Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS The Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS is a BCnet sectional control panel in slide in unit design with a powerful power supply but without display and operating field It is mounted on a sheet steel carrier and designed for use in a Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E The module is prepared for 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 and an Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E By connecting a Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E to the Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS the BCnet sectional control panel can be operated directly The power supply unit of the fire detection control module meets all requirements of the European Stan dard EN 54 4 and is designed to supply additional fire detection control modules installed in the RACK216 1E to provide power supply for the connected external devices of the fire detection system and to charge an optional stand by battery If several BCM216 3EPS are used in a fire detection control panel they must be used independently from each other and with separate stand by batteries The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Co
357. e Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 2 0 ccc ccc ccc cece ee ee eee enced 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC7TIe ISINTI3 c eee e eee e eee ee ee eee 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S Al sisecsendddesakoiwesdusadinadidioddead nener NEE 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC7To IS Dl rer v vn arven a rv rn eee e ee eees 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC21G21 5 381 vassere ene eee 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BE216198 Bl sassanidene eee eee RES 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S CZ1 occ ccc cece eee ene e een e ened 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S H1 oo cc ccc ccc cence cece narrer eee ees 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S NL1 ow ccc ccc cece ene eee vnr e ened 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S 5K1 san reueg ee ee Eed ues 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S HRI oo cece cnet teen eee e cece anaes 16 Fire Detection Control Pane BC2 16 1 S SLOD gege ye frisere ee saew es RETER NAE E 16 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S PL1 wo ccc ccc cc cent eee e ence eee aaaas 16 Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 00 cen ee tenn rann ravnen 16 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 2 0 e nnn e nnn e nent e nn eees 18 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BIGZ Al sscvesccassceavbosatsewadietabiabented st tasacn eee heueeeneses 19 BC net Control Panel with Operat BIG DI ee s ier euer bees ed eier Aere e Ae dE 19 BC t Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 S1 wxccsceveccnerGa
358. e Type 163 249027 Detector Base 500 200 Heater MH500 1 198 246032 Detector Heater 60 65 MH60 1 198 246033 Detector Heater XP95 Disc MH95 1 229010 Voltage Stabilizer 24VDC STAB24 1 By using the Voltage Stabiliser STAB24 1 the voltage fluctuations of the output voltages that are condi tional upon the charging logic of the fire detection control panels are kept to a minimum which guarantees optimum operation of the supplied modules Features High efficiency Easy installation Small dimensions Specifications Supply voltage input 19 to 36VDC Supply voltage output 24VDC 2 Output power max 10W Efficiency approx 80 Output current Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 62 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 min 50mA max 410mA 5 C to 50 C max 95 no condensation 75 x 40 x 15 mm 50g Art No Name Type 223030 Long Distance Modem BCnet216 MOD 1 an p E 306 Chapter 36 Software 36 Software 218008 218041 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 The Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 allows for the creation download modification and upload of the site specific parameters of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 and Series BCO016 as well as an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 in a clear and time saving way In additi on you can use PARSOFT 2 to load a firmware update into the connected device or read the event
359. e adaptor BPW is prepared to support a standard detector base B501AP and serves for the surface mounting of sounders detector base sounders and strobes Series WS and BS Due to the design of the ba se adaptor cable entry is possible from the back or from the side Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Additional depth of signalling devices 55mm Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WPW The base adaptor WPW with protection class IP65 is prepared to support a standard detector base B501AP and serves for the indoor and outdoor wall mounting of sounders and strobes Series WS Due to the design of the base adaptor cable entry is possible from the back or from the side Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP65 Additional depth of signalling devices 55mm Colour white Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501 AP 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 18 Chapter 18 Conventional Detectors Series 65 171 Conventional Detectors Series 65 240027 lonisation Smoke Detector 65 55000 217 The Ionisation Smoke Detector 55000 217 is based on the ionisation principle and is designed for indoor applications using addressable conventional technology The detector consists of a sensing and reference f w LU chamber dual chambe
360. e detection control panel Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Display of activated condition via 2 LED indicators that are visible from all angles Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection HK HK 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 243100 l 245402 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 iC Chapter 19 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 177 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 500u A quiescent Alarm temperature typ 58 C with AIR typ 61 C with A2 and A2S typ 90 C with CR and CS Operating temperature max 50 C with AIR A2 and A2S max 80 C with CR and CS Ambient temperature 20 C to 80 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 105g Approvals VdS G299039 0832 CPD 0022 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 4568 1 321 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Carbon Monoxide Detector Disc 58000 300 The addressable CO detector contains a durable electro chemical carbon monoxide sensor and as a result the detector is very suitable for the detection of smouldering fires or as supplement to optical smoke detec
361. e detector Two batteries are accommodated in the manual call point Normally the detector is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the detector A two co loured LED indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The mounting box both batteries as well as the special key are included with the manual call point Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it 9 Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Plastic pane easy to reset Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 209 242 242 208 lithium battery CR123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 30 C to 55 C IP54 in connection with mounting box 87 x 87 x 58 mm with mounting box flame red RAL 3000 200g wi
362. e directly connected to the LED Connection Module via a flat cable are being actuated In this case the cable connects two additional actuation inputs of a further Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 One side of the cable has a connector assembled fitting to the pin strip header of the LED connection Mo dule LAM48 1 the other side has flying leads The packing unit contains 10 cables Specifications Length of cable 2m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 78 252013 LED Connection Module LAM48 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 80 Chapter 10 Conventional Detector Series FC650 10 Conventional Detector Series FC650 241072 242072 Optical Smoke Detector 650 FC650 0 The Optical Smoke Detector FC650 O operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be assigned an address by adding an Address Module NG58 1 to the mounting base The address of the detector in alarm condition as well as the as signed text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effec
363. e disablement or fault condition of the zones Designation labels allow for individual marking of every double LED The event memory stores the latest 200 events in chronological order Display of activation fault disablement alarm delay call fire brigade and confirmation of the trans mitting device to the fire brigade Monitored output for the connection of external signalling devices with display of activation fault or disablement 3 dry freely parameterisable contact outputs default setup includes two outputs preset for EN 54 re quirements summary alarm and summary fault 16 open collector outputs which can be freely parameterised as transmitting devices alarming devices actuations or other output functions and or combinations for actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices Collective reset of all current alarms via Panel reset button Hierarchized authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured via numeric codes Alarm delay with dead man s handle controlled by internal timer which can be set separately for each day of the week Start and end date of Daylight Saving Time according to EU directive or freely parameterisable Non resettable electronic event counter I mounting position for serial interface SIM216 1 RS232C interface for the connection of a PC with Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 1 or a serial protocol printer or SIM016 3 INFO bus interface for the connection of f
364. e notified in writing by registered mail 9 2 Irrespective of his other rights Seller shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract a if the execution of delivery or the inception or continuation of services to be rende red under the contract is made impossible for reasons within the responsibility of Buyer and if the delay is extended beyond a reasonable period of grace allowed b if doubts have arisen as to Buyer s creditworthiness and if same fails on Seller s re quest to make an advance payment or to provide adequate security prior to delivery or c if for reasons mentioned in 5 4 the period allowed for delivery is extended by more than half of the period originally agreed or by at least 6 months or d if Buyer does not or does not properly meet the obligations imposed as per para graph 13 9 3 For the reasons given above withdrawal from the contract shall also be possible in re spect of any outstanding part of the delivery or service contracted for 9 4 If bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against Buyer or an application for bankruptcy proceedings is not granted for insufficiency of assets Seller may withdraw from the contract without allowing a period of grace If this withdrawal is taken it shall take ef fect immediately upon the decision that the business will not be continued If the busi ness will be continued a withdrawal shall not take effect until 6 months after the insti tution of bankruptcy proceedings or after an
365. e of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Mechanical theft protection in the base Double dust trap and insect screen Easy function testing by means of magnet or test gas 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242081 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sensitivity smoke detection unit Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Dimensions x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 242 242 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 231 lithium battery CR123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 2 0 m 2 5 m 3 0 m 58 C Class AIR max 45 C 30 C to 55 C 110 x 65 mm with base white 130g without batteries with base LPCB 928m 0832 CPD 1070 Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 Thermal Detector 700 RF Complete FI700 RF T The radio linked Thermal Detector FI700 RF T reacts to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol vi
366. e or uneconomical The module is integrated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting The module must be powered by an external power supply Features High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Specifications Power supply 10 27VDC Current consumption at 24V max 50mA Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m free air Contact rating relay output max 3A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Dimensions Lx W x H 109 x 37 x 29 mm Colour white Weight 50g Approval LPCB pending according to EN 54 25 Control Module 1xRel Batt 700 RF FI700 RF M1REL BATT The battery operated radio control module FI700 RF M 1REL BATT provides a dry relay output as well as a non monitored voltage output 12 24VDC 40 20mA for the actuation of external devices With that ancillary devices can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with radio transmission without monitoring the line The module communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop tech nology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W or via the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the housing of the module Normally the mo
367. e range 01 to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Easy function testing by means of magnet supplied through loop voltage max 2404 normal communication 58 C maximum temperature max 50 C 30 C to 80 C 10 93 no condensation 102 x 49 mm white 88g VdS G209018 0786 CPD 20655 Art No Name Type 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 01 EX11399E SAM E sn 1039 01 0100 a Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 121 242111 Thermal RoR Detector 200AP A1R 52051RE The design of the Thermal RoR Detector 52051RE is identical with that of the Thermal RoR Detector 52051REI but the 52051RE is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loop Specifications for further specifications see 5205 I REI Current consumption max 190u normal communication Colour white Approvals VdS G209024 0786 CPD 20661 242090 Thermal RoR Detector 200AP A1R Ivory 52051RE IV The design of the Thermal RoR Detector 52051 RE IV is identical with that of the Thermal RoR Detector 52051RE but the 52051RE IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see 5205 I REI Current consumption max 1904 normal communication Colour cream Approvals VdS G209024 0786 CPD 2066 1 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 2421
368. e used as actuation output Features Switch for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 720u A quiescent Contact load 30VDC 1A resistive or inductive load Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions L x W x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 240g Approval VdS G201032 Conventional Zone Module XP95 55000 845 The addressable module 55000 845 with integrated dual isolator is used for the integration of conventio nal detectors into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol Features Switch for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 4mA quiescent Detector current max ImA Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions L x W x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 230g Approval VdS G201094 om Bas E 184 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 249029 249070 EK i 355133 Isolator Module XP95 Disc ISM1 3 The Isolator Module ISM1 3 is used for the connection to an ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol If a short circuit appears between two isolator modules the defective area is separated from the ADM loop and operation of the detectors and modules outside this area is ensured For optimum availability the de tection zones on the ADM
369. e voltage Quiescent current approx 5mA Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 160 x 90 mm Colour light grey similar to RAL 7035 Weight 515g Approval BASEEFA98ATEX7343 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 217 241063 Optical Thermal Detector Orbis IS OH 53027 220 241090 Optical Smoke Detector Conv Ex SLR E IS 217 241062 Optical Smoke Detector Orbis IS OP 52027 243 242150 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 222 242151 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS 6296 219 242038 Thermal Max Detector Orbis A1S IS HT 51157 220 242015 Thermal RoR Detector 400 Ex 5451EIS 218 242037 Thermal RoR Detector Orbis A1R IS HT 51145 01 EX11399E SAM om 1039 01 0100 mo 228008 Zener Barrier Z978 223 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas The Zener Barrier Z978 is used for the build up of an intrinsically safe circuit for the connection of fire areas must be observed Features manual call points Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Operating voltage Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval 241101 detectors in hazardous areas The zener barrier must be connected to the equipotential busbar of the intrin sically safe area Since the zener barrier does not have a galvanic separation the earth fault monitoring of the fire detection control panel must be deactivated The relevant regulations for installations in hazardous Connection of up to 32 dete
370. e with monitored quiescent current for automatic detectors or manual call Ba points High output power for fire controls a gt Dry contact for site specific functions Activation and reset button integrated in the device Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 15 50Hz Connection power 40VA Output voltage 24VDC Output power max 18W in continuous operation Contact rating 30VDC 2A 60W Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 190 x 87 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 1 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 200 101 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 111 241046 Optical Thermal Detector 1000 ECO1002 108 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM 111 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 171 241026 Optical Smoke Detector 65 55000 317 80 241072 Optical Smoke Detector 650 FC650 O 260002 Control Device for Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 The electronic control device is used for triggering a magnetic lock clamp The magnetic lock clamp can be released by pushing the integrated button located behind a glass plate by means of the built in key switch or via a fire detection control panel Features Activation in conjunction with a fire detection control panel possible Two optical and one acoustic indicator si
371. each Galvanically isolated switch contacts on separate terminals Separate LED display for each relay Connection of trigger inputs via terminals or flat cable Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31 VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 22mA per activated circuit Control current typ 1 2mA per input Switching power per contact 1A 60V 30W Contact life unloaded approx 5 million switching cycles at 24VDC 1A approx 300 000 switching cycles Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 98 x 74 x 37 mm Weight 130g om Bas E 68 Chapter 7 Additional Modules for Fire Detection Control Panels 222010 229008 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT 1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 INT I 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S Relay Module 4 Fold 230V
372. eam Smoke Detector Test Conv 6500RS The Beam Smoke Detector 6500RS is identical with the detector 6500R it includes however an integrated test unit For easy functional testing the detector can be remotely activated by the fire detection control panel during maintenance This test simulates a light obscuration by means of an integrated test filter Specifications for further specifications see 6500R Operating voltage 15 to 32VDC Current consumption test filter max 500mA Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 250 244025 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 250 244024 Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK 250 244026 Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK Beam Smoke Detector 200 6500 The Beam Smoke Detector 6500 is used for the surveillance of open areas with a range of 5m to 70m with accessories up to 100m It consists of a combined transmitter receiver unit which is integrated into a plastic housing The detector is designed for application on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 pro tocol and is suitable for indoor mounting A pulsed infrared beam emitted from the transmitter receiver unit is reflected by a reflector mirror Alarm evaluation is achieved by detection of a reduced intensity of the light beam The Beam Smoke Detector 6500 is supplied via the ADM loop and does not need an exter nal power supp
373. eas e g loading ramps production areas food processing as well as in intrinsically safe areas Features Alarm LED on detector housing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Quiescent current 0 Permissible alarm current max 40mA Alarm resistance 400 Ohm Alarm temperature typ 57 C Ambient temperature 40 C to 50 C Protection class IP67 Ignition protection Non sparking device Ex classification Ex II 3GD EEx nA II T5 T100 C Dimensions x H 100 x 75 mm Colour light grey Weight 215g Approval 0845 CPD 0232 1192 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS 6296 The maximum heat detector 6296 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de tection control panel Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The activated condition of the detector is indicated by an integrated LED The detector can be connected to an ADM lo op by using a conventional zone module The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and 1s suitable for application in moist areas e g loading ramps production areas food processing
374. ection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 Fire Brigade I F Additional Board FWZ2 1 The Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 that is attached to the Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 allows for the connection of two independent line monitored transmitting devices for the direct intercon nection to a designated alarm respondent e g fire brigade Features Two independent line monitored outputs that functionally correspond to the relay outputs of the Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 3 different levels of monitoring current can be set Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 4mA both outputs not connected max 28mA both outputs connected Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 117 x 74 x 13 mm Weight 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 LED Display Field LAB48 1 The LED Display Field LAB48 1 contains 48 freely parameterisable double LEDs red yellow for the in dividual display of events of the detector zones actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices at Fi re Detection Control Panels Series BC216 and of events of the flooding zones and extinguishing systems at the Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 The double LEDs are arranged in two rows each with 24 pairs In addition the LED Display Field can be installed into an LED Display Tableau LAT288 that serves as a freely programmable display for the events of a Fire Detection Control P
375. ection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RP07FG The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is activated by breaking the glass pane The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology using System Sensor 200 protocol Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by breaking glass pane Glass pane easy to replace Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 gt Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 260uA quiescent Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity 0 95 no condensation Protection class IP24 Dimensions W x H x D 89 x 93 x 28 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 110g Approvals LPCB 166b 45 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 209 249213 Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs G21140 208 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 208 245019 Surface Mount Box MCPSA SR 208 245012 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245041 9 6 6 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 127 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RP08FG The manual call point according to EN 54 11
376. ector 52051E is identical with that of the Thermal Max Detector 52051EI but the 52051E is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loop Specifications for further specifications see 52051ET Current consumption max 190u normal communication Colour white Approvals VdS G209022 0786 CPD 20659 Thermal Max Detector 200AP A1S Ivory 52051E IV The design of the Thermal Max Detector 52051E IV is identical with that of the Thermal Max Detector 52051E but the 52051E IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see 52051ET Current consumption max 190u normal communication Colour cream Approvals VdS G209022 0786 CPD 20659 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal Max Detector 200APISM BS 52051HTEI The Thermal Max Detector 5205 1 HTEI reacts to a maximum temperature of 78 C according to EN 54 5 Class BS The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is sui table for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 159 by means
377. ed to the housing and is directed to the detector Evaluation of the characteristics of smoke and the de tection of alarm and fault depends on the applied detector The use of a sensitive detector is recommen ded such as a laser smoke detector to effectively detect a fire in an early stage The Smoke Aspiration System Housing A310E can be equipped with an optional second smoke detector if fire alarm systems require a double knock function The continuous air flow which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration system housing is permanently monitored The system identifies the failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes and pipe burst as fault The conditions for operation summary fault and ventilator fault are signalled via LEDs The velocity of air flow is indicated via a 10 step LED display Smoke detector detector base and sensor pipe network are not provided with the smoke aspiration sy stem housing Specifications Supply voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption ext supply 80 500mA at 24V depending on tube length and ventilator speed Pipe length max 100m Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Humidity max 95 non condensing Protection class IP50 optionally IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 258 x 194 x 145 mm Weight 1 67kg Approval VdS G206067 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 152 246140 Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 111 241045 Optical Smoke Detector 1000 ECO1003 272 244282 Rep
378. ed as display and operating unit Ae in BCnet sectional control panels which are composed of fire detection control modules It con tains all standard display and operating elements of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 can be equipped with an LED Display Field LAB48 x and is designed as 19 front pa nel of 6 rack units The labels of display and operating elements are in English language The Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 E INT1 is connected to a Fire Detection Con trol Module BCM216 3EPS or BCM216 3E with a special cable with a length of 1 5m Note The ABP216 1E INT1 must be installed in the same housing with the device that controls it the original connection cable must not be extended Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 35mA Connection cable 1 5m Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 40 mm Weight approx 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 28 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214200 214201 214209 214020 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E A1 The Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E A1 in the version for Austria is used as display and operating unit in BCnet sectional
379. ed via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Low power consumption Integrated detector base 9 9 6 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level detector mounted Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 170 154 168 355265 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the sounder strobe address from 01 to 159 Base adaptor for surface mounting available supply through the loop voltage typ 450u sounder and strobe off max 4 6mA low sound level max 5 2mA medium sound level max 7 8mA high sound level typ 92dB A 1m distance high sound level 1Hz 25 C to 70 C 10 93 no condensation 12
380. ee eee eee ee ens 212 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR aannnuuuuuununnannnnannnnannnnnnnnanenree eve eens ee ee ees 212 Sounder Strobe 24V Red MSSRR oo eee eee eee cee eee eee beset eee eee rren 213 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RSSA 213 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RSSR oo cc cece cence ee ee eee eee e eee eee e ease esses eaeeennees 214 Strobe 24V Red OSS MS2RA e eeng 214 Strobe 24V Red Red MS2RR 24V EE 214 Base Sounder amp Shobe IP41 Red ELPBR tg ENEE dE 215 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White ELPBW 0 0c ccc ccc ccc ce sa ptori ene eet Eet ee rias Eei 215 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc ce cece eee bees snes een e ened 215 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS oo ccc ccc cc cece cence ebb e eben nerne eee 216 Lid For Detector Base Sounder Red DBSLIDR 0 0 00 00 ccc cece cece eee e eens 216 Lid For Detector Base Sounder White DBSLIDW 0 0 e eee eee eee 216 Devices for Hazardous Areas 241062 241063 Optical Smoke Detector Orbis IS OP 52027 sssseraserskeneranekr NENNEN EERSTEN EE dE 217 Optical Thermal Detector Orbis IS OH 32021 217 er nn XII 27 28 242037 242038 246043 242015 241090 246090 242150 242151 228003 228008 241101 228006 228007 241024 242036 246027 228004 228005 245683 Thermal RoR Detector Orbis AIR IS HT 51145 oo cece cece eee cence eee e ee 218 Thermal Max Det ctor Orbis AISMS HT 51157 Es AE seede eee eee 219 Detect
381. eeeeeeeeas 69 AC Adapter for DPU414 PW UU RE E DE 69 Battery or DPA le BA Ge 70 Printer Cable for DPU414 1 8m 9POL D SUB VERL 22 0 ccc erverve ever vr ee ee anus 70 Spare Paper for DPU414 1 Roll MM112 402 N oo cece nnn runen nee net e nee ennees 70 Protocol Printer Dot Matrix LX300 NNN cc cece cece cc NENNEN EEN NNN NNN NN ENN EEN EEN ENNEN NEEN NEE ENEE 70 m fan VI 10 11 12 227010 Printer Cable for LX300 3m 25POL D SUB VERL 0 0 cece cece eee eee Display and Operating Devices 250039 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 INT1 0 cece 250030 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 Al 2 0 cece eee 250705 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 D1 oo cece ees 250052 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 S1 2 0 0 ccc cee nee 250036 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 B1l 1 cee eee 250033 Remote Display A Operation Panel ARBEZIoG UCI 250038 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 H1 1 cece eee 250035 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 NL1 0 cece ene es 250037 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SK1 2 cece ee 250046 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 RUS1 2 cece 250047 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SLOI1 2 eee eee eee 250048 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 I1 2 0 ccc cece eee 250049 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 PL1 cece eens 250050 R
382. eely parameterisable sectors and evacuation circuits Hierarchised authorisation levels for operation and parameterisation secured via numeric codes de finable user groups with individual rights management and user language Operation can be limited through freely definable sub sections Programmable timers for enabling the alarm delay of the transmitting device for activating actuations or for controlling sectors separately definable for every day of the week Start and end date of Daylight Saving time automatic or freely parameterisable USB interface for connection of the parameter setup PC or a USB stick for transferring the configurati on the event memory contents or the clear texts Integrated INFO bus for connection of a fire brigade control unit and of intelligent remote tableaus Connection of a protocol printer an operation control system an ESPA4 4 4 gateway or an SMS gate way via Serial Interface SIF601 1 Depending on the housing version up to 4 mounting spaces for optional expansions such as a LED but ton field a front panel printer or a fire brigade control unit Additional features and functions are listed in the description of the function modules e g the Loop Interface LIF601 1 and of further auxiliary modules The key below provides you with an overview of the possible control panel versions Series BC600 as well as their most important features Central processing board BC600 _ Case version Display Power
383. ees 249 Beam Smoke Decio 200 0300 EEE ENE Ee ses 249 Beam Smoke Detector Tes 000008 seernes EE Lene 250 Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK eg EEN EELER AEN eR Cee ER 250 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 0 nee ne een een narr ene e bent teen ees 250 145 EX11399E SAM I aum 1139 01 0100 29 30 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 244026 244610 244614 244615 244616 244617 244637 244628 244622 244624 244638 244639 244629 244630 244631 244632 244633 244634 241150 241151 246169 222013 GHG Mounting Box E geegent eee v ren 250 Beam Smoke Detector Conv D EE 251 Beam Smoke Det ctor Conv FIREBEAM PLUS sierersesscorrasusrodit tir Urda EE ee DN 251 Reflector 5 40m REFL3040040 orsunrnanarnanarnrnarn ene een nent ene een ee narr navnene 252 Refl ctor 40 S0m REFL3090010M sis TEE Ee dere dead Meanie ee 252 Reflector 80 100m REFL3090011 M ec ne nnn enn rann nen rann runner ruan ees 252 Linear Heat Detector Un Conv LYME egener Ae SEN Ae tee een 253 pensing L able TEE RE LR LEE 253 Sensing Cable Blace Nylon SRUSOQOOU DEE 254 Sensine Cabl Stainless Steel SK11800015 dea eres Vie e eg 254 Interconnector WM ZNZ2IISO0 I0 runna rnn ranun r r ennrrrrrr nren nrenno 255 Termination Connector LWM AV22 11800 102 2 0 ccc ccc nee tenet eee n nee teen nee eenes 255 Min Base Ke aper i 255 Mo OR ET E EEN 255 Linear Heat Detector Unit Cony SKM 03 2c cce edcvedacacornwen deanwd ened Che b ores enart enerne 256 Linea
384. em BCnet216 MOD 1 allows you to extend the maximum distance between two sectional control panels of the Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 to up to 4km The sectional control panels are connected through a telephone cable with at least 2 free wire pairs Each sectional control panel requires a Long Distance Modem MOD 1 on both the incoming and outgoing side In this way you can also bridge only individual sections of the high security network if required The use of the long distance modem is furthermore recommended if no cabling with the minimum requirement of the Network Cable NWK2 1 can be provided by the customer Features Status LED for display of the data flow Automatic adaptation to the transfer rate of the GSSnet Easy DIN rail mounting Connection of the cables to terminals Specifications Supply voltage Current consumption at 24V Line length Number of wires required Cable diameter Line capacity Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions W x H x D Weight Cross references Page 16 305 21 6 to 26 4VDC typ 150mA max 4km 4 min 0 3mm max 42pF m 5 C to 50 C max 95 no condensation 75 x 129 x 169 mm 250g Art No Name Type 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 229010 Voltage Stabilizer 24VDC STAB24 1 Gateway Multimode Fibre BCnet216 LWL MM 2 The gateway LWL MM 2 interconnects sectional control panels of the Fire Detection Control Panel
385. em is compensated for With that the response sen sitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time a further effective step to avoid false alarms 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 241117 241048 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 117 Features Insect screen 9 6 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Easy function testing by means of magnet supplied through loop voltage max 270u normal communication 58 C maximum temperature max 45 C 30 C to 70 C 10 93 no condensation 102 x 49 mm white 99g VdS G209014 0786 CPD 2065 1 Art No Name Type 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP DV22051TE The design of the Optical Thermal Detector DV22051TE is identical with that of the Optical Thermal De tector DV22051TEI but the DV22051TE is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loop Specifications for further spec
386. embedded in a wall or the flush mounting frame is mounted into the column and the column is filled with con crete When the construction work has been finished the fire brigade key box can be inserted and screwed on Later on it can also be disassembled easily Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 275 x 245 x 160 mm Weight 3 3kg Approvals VdS G106058 VdS G199055 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265818 Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 The flush mounting frame is made of galvanised sheet steel and allows easy flush mounting of a Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 or FSK700 2SX In order to fulfil VdS 2350 an all side drilling protection is integrated as standard As a result an FSK700 2 2SX can even be installed into a Key Depot Co lumn SDS700 2 without concrete filling or on the outside of a building where the wall does not provi de sufficient protection against sabotage Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 275 x 245 x 160 Weight 3 5kg Approval VdS G106058 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 265752 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 30 5mm ITA 2 D1 The inner door for the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 or FSK700 2SX is made of 5mm stainless steel
387. emote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 HR1 0 cece cee eee 250020 Remote Table SU OL eege ENEE EE Ea ab 250021 Key Switch Set Complete SCHI I cence tenn cence eens 250013 Remote Display Alarm Fault SG48 2 2 0 ccc ccc cence een ee enn eens 251003 Remote 06 0 2 PASO OE SETE NE EE 251004 Remote Indicator PAS 3 IP6S g ee EE Ee euer 252010 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1 een EIERE ER EELER EENS EES SS 252011 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE kg ge Eege dE EE EA EAR 252012 Remote Tableau Drive Unit RIUZSS TI cece cece eens 252013 LED Connection Module LAMAN TI 259011 LED Assembled Green 10pcs LED GN 10 0 ccc cence neces 259010 LED Assembled Red l0p s LFD RT 10 negen die EE EE de reeset 259012 LED Assembled Yellow 10pcs LED GE 10 0 ccc ccc cece een eens 259013 Cord 2 Wire for LED Connection 10pcs LED LEITUNG 10 0 Conventional Detector Series FC650 241072 Optical Smoke Detector 650 FC650 0 2 0 ccc cence een een rrr 242072 Thermal RoR Detector 650 AIR FC650 TDIFEF 57 0 ccc cece neces 242073 Thermal MAX Detector 650 BS FC650 TMAX 78 ranananannrnnranrnnnenrnnen 249066 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL 00 cece cece Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 241080 Optical Smoke Detector 700 FI700 O 0 ccc ect e enn uara 241081 Optical Thermal Detector 700 FI700 OT 242080 Thermal Detector 700 FIOO T 2 eee ST cece 249
388. emote controlling of equipment by means of an SMS message The module is equipped with 4 inde pendent inputs for connecting alarm or fault contacts of a danger detection system When the input is acti vated through the dry contact an SMS message is sent to the telephone number that has been stored for the respective input In this way the receiver can be informed for example about a device fault or an alarm event An additional arming input can be used for the delayed enablement of the SMS transmission function Ar ming can also be achieved via SMS The two integrated relay outputs can be switched through SMS messages As a result the user can remote control any system functions or devices by means of a mobile phone The telephone numbers and as an option the clear texts that are to be sent are programmed for each mes sage input by means of a mobile phone and are stored on the SIM card After completing the program ming the SIM card is inserted into the GSM module A miniature antenna and a user manual are included with the module To operate the transmitter receiver module a SIM card which has been registered by a mobile network operator is needed Features Parameterisation via mobile phone Four message inputs condition indicated by LEDs Two actuation outputs dry change over contact LEDs indicate the conditions Armed GSM reception and SIM card read successfully Special functions such as Transmission of signal qua
389. en eens 28 Conventional Detector Interface OST d a iouapsawaeionaeaseneerwnentineetaedesuueoke edeceweeteosscouderes 28 Loop Mtemace EI E EE 29 Fon LUN ve 29 Loop Imtertice GIF IQ S Ni NM TARA enes 30 Fire Brigade Interiace FY EE 30 Fire Brigade I F Additional Board FWZ2 1 0 cc ee ene nen ee cede cence beeen eens 31 LED Display Field Leesberg eerste tegt et EES 31 LED Display Field EE 32 LPD Display T eld LABIS WEE 32 LED Display Feld EEN 32 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS 1 0 ccc cen een e nnn e nee n ene e nee eenenes 32 Auxiliary Housing For BC216 GEH216 4 2 ene enn e nnn e nent e nent e ne rrn 33 Terminal Sev CE NEST EE 33 Tomina loer EAR EE 33 Battery El seeren eect oe Ee NE 34 Battery bracket BDE MICE sprer seedet 34 Mono Bracket BW UO sauser perverse ENEE 34 Control Panel Back SM RINK TONE vere 35 Module C arnor EE RE 35 Dummy Cover 19 2HU AD8C 2H cc geld EE dE EE ENEE AE ae ee e ee 35 Dummy Cover 10 SHU ADSC 1 22 cccac2ectcceedataaaneeadataateeeetesaaareees jioni bader 36 Dummy Cover 19 6HU ADSC OH EE 36 Dummy Cover for 19 Rack 8HU AD8C 8H RACK 36 Decoration Foil For BC216 3CE FF210 3CE Eege rows aces dete tee dE ANE AE Dr Ee 36 MT MENSEN manera ee emer or E ee eee eee et 37 Kit 19 3HU for Printer DPU414 DPU2 1E egene d Zb deg de Age d bereede Sdt 37 Cover IP54 For BIG GEH IP54 BC 1 D1 geehrt deene a E rererere 37 EN VENN EE 38 Cabinet ISU GF IS IPSS SIT rea MHJ ences encodes sende 38 bn TUNGEN
390. ences Page 291 293 Green LED indicator for Operation Red LED indicator for Alarm Yellow LED indicator for Fault Yellow LED indicator for Disablement Buttons Display level Buzzer off Scroll forwards and Scroll backwards 4 line by 20 character backlit display 10 30VDC 30mA quiescent 90mA alarm 1200 baud can be changed with FatProgWin 0 C to 50 C 225 x 180 x 58 mm grey white RAL 9002 3 5kg VdS G205090 Art No Name Type 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 250901 Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 e The Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 allows for the redundant connection of the Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 and the Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 to Fire De tection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC21
391. ences Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 124 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 245796 245788 STOPP TASTER Gasl sehanlage Manual Call Point Blue 200AP Hausalarm HM 5 25 02 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a blue aluminium die cast housing The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology with System Sensor 200 protocol An integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 1 to 159 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 999 60606060 69600 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption ty
392. ens eene eee Module 1xIn 1xRel Out 230 XP95 55000 875 oo ccc ccc cece cece cence eee e cece nee eeebeeeees Control Module XP95 Aa000 83a1 eee e cece eee e nese eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Control Module XP95 Relay 55000049 eege hoer dee ee dene penere nere Conventional Zone Module XP95 55000 845 EEN ENEE NENNEN SNE EEN SE NEEN SN AEN ears Isolator Module XP95 Disce ISM1 3 2 ag ANER AA ENER ANERE EE bakes ERER ENER Aa Isolator Module Board XP95 43781 552 ANERE NEEN EA ENEE Eeteeadseceeseeaasaes Sounder XP95ISM White Alert 45681 277 2 0 ccc ce een nee e eee nee nese ene e eee ee ees Sounder XP95ISM White Slow Whoop Ae 200 Sounder XP95ISM White DIN A3a0oxt 200 Sounder XP95ISM Red Multitone 100dB 55000 001 0 ccc ccc cece cence eee eens Sounder XP95ISM White Multitone 100dB Aa000 001 ccc ccc cee eens sounder XPY gt Red Alert 00GB 55000 273 gciecccoscwiiecsavesdee dgscye een Serre verre Sense Sounder XP95 Red Slow Whoop 100dB 3300 2109 Sounder XP95RI White Alert Ae 276 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert Aaog 220 cee cece eect rv Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 45681 332 2 ccc ccc cece cence eee eee e eens Sounder Strobe XP95ISM White Clear DIN 45681 334 0 0 ccc ccc cece cece eee e eee teen ens Sounder Strobe XP95ISM Red Multi 100dB 55000 293 0 0 ccc ccc eee cece ee eee eee eens Sound Strobe IP66 XP95ISM Red Mul 100dB 55000 298 0 0 ccc cece cece e ee vane evnen Sobe XPOS White Red 33000 877 sanere TNT erre Strobe XP9
393. ensation Dimensions x H 106 x 46 mm Colour white Weight 90g Approvals VdS G209214 0832 CPD 1065 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 103 246080 Detector Base 700 FI700 B 103 246081 Detector Base 700 FI700 BD 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL The automatic detectors Series FC650 FI700 and FI700 RF optical smoke detectors optical thermal detectors and thermal detectors are available in 16 different design fi nishes You can choose from among Black Pink Briar Root Durmast Oak Alder Ash Cherry Carrara Marble Green Alps Green Marble Obirho Black Marble Aluminium Gold Carbon Fibre and Gold Fibre The appropriate detector base in the same design is included in delivery The desired design must be specified when ordering 86 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 245771 Manual Call Point Red 700 HFM 3 72 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a red aluminium die cast housing and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The detector is activated by brea king the glass pane and pressing the button The LED indicates the activated condition of the detector in red The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the progr
394. ensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting another effective measure for preventing false alarms The detector must always be connected via a Safety Barrier XP95 approved for the respective detector and a Protocol Interface XP95 Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country specific regulations Features 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Constant sensitivity Mechanical theft protection Insect screen 9 9 6 69 6 Specifications Operating voltage Ex classification Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 226 227 226 225 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas Permanent evaluation of environmental conditions Continuous transmission of the current measured value to the fire detection control panel Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment supplied through loop voltage EEx ia IIC T5 typ 340uA quiescent 20 C to 40 C no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 100g EECS ATEX 0073 LPCB 010q 0832 CPD 0313 Art No Name Type 246027 Detector Base XP95 Ex 45681 215 228005 Protocol Interface XP95 55000 855 228004 Safety Barrier XP95 29600 098 242036 Thermal Detector XP95 Ex 5500
395. ent consumption approx 3 5mA quiescent Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 172 x 147 x 25 mm Weight 170g Approval 0832 CPD 0927 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 162 249119 Mounting Chassis Multi Modules CH 6 162 249117 Surface Mounting Box Multi Modules M200SMB MM 162 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E The addressable module M201E is used for the activation of an external device via the bi directional com munication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The external device can be triggered by means of either a line monitored output or a dry contact The trigger mode is set via DIL switches The in tegrated dual isolator can be activated or deactivated by choosing the appropriate terminals Features Status LED 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Installation alternatively in module box or by means of mounting pedestal Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 510u quiescent Contact rating 2A 30V DC Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 93 x 94 x 23 mm Colour cream Weight 110g Approvals VdS G202141 0786 CPD 20341 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 161 249110 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 161 249109 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 161 249108 Surface Mounting Box M200SMB 162 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V
396. ent temperature 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Protection class IP42 in connection with module box Dimensions Lx W x H 87 x 87 x 32 mm Weight 80g Approval 0086 CPD 533485 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 104 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 M1OUT The Control Module FI700 M10QUT is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides a line monitored output for the actuation of external devices With that fire doors sirens or so lenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The connected load is powered by an external power supply The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Two coloured status LED indicates the activaton of the output and the fault condition Output monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Module address can be set in the range to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Installation in module box e Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 120A normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA External supply voltage max 30VDC Load current max 2A Monitoring current typ
397. ent to the monitoring area Specifications Adjustment range vertical 0 to 45 Adjustment range horizontal 45 Dimensions Lx W x H 82 x 98 x 90 mm Weight 650g Flame Detector Uv Conv 800 24 VST K N The Flame Detector 800 24 VST K N responds to the UV components of open flames and is therefore extremely well suitable for the detection of fires with low smoke development for example alcoholic fi res or gas flames The detector is insensitive to disturbance sources such as sunlight fluorescent lamps or electric arcs The detector complies with EN 54 10 Class 1 which means it is suitable for applications with a range of up to 25m The alarm and the fault condition are signalled via two dry relay contacts The functioning of the detector can be checked by means of an external test source of UV light Features Applicable in conventional technology Connection to an ADM loop via a conventional zone module Red status LED indicates activation Wall mounting by means of Mounting Bracket MW 800 24 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24VDC Contact rating of relay outputs 20 28VDC 26mA quiescent 46mA alarm max I at 30VDC Monitored angle 90 Range 25m Spectral sensitivity 200 280nm Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 200 x 105 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 0 8kg Approvals VdS G208143 0786 CPD 20515 Cross references
398. eplacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Yellow Conv Handausl HM 1 11 17 02 The Manual Call Point HM 1 11 17 02 is used as electrical activation device for gas and water spray ex tinguishing systems and is designed for application in addressable conventional technology The manual call point is accommodated in a yellow aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B and EN 12094 3 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Inscription field HANDAUSL SUNG Gasl schanlage exchangeable Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Individual detector addressing by connecting an optional address module Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 9 9 9 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour yellow RAL 1021 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G205018 0786 CPD 20251 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1
399. eposit is delivered without a lock It provides authorised access for the fire brigade or secu red access for service personnel e g technicians for elevator or heating On fire brigade access routes the key deposit is only allowed on demand by the fire brigade e g when the access to the fire brigade key box is secured by a barrier The door and the stored key are not monitored The door is opened and locked simply by means of the cylinder lock Features Key deposit made of powder coated steel sheet Easy to mount Specifications Colour pebble grey RAL 7032 Dimensions W x H x D 150 x 150 x 57 mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 286 265019 Cylinder for Steel Sheet Mounting LST 102 286 268012 Key for Fire Brigade Key Deposit 882AML102 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB UP The fire brigade key deposit FASB UP for flush mounting is used for storage of additional building keys The key deposit is delivered without a lock It provides authorised access for the fire brigade or secured access for service personnel e g technicians for elevator or heating On fire brigade access routes the key deposit is only allowed on demand by the fire brigade e g when the access to the fire brigade key box is secured by a barrier The door and the stored key are not monitored The door is opened and locked simply by means of the cylinder lock Features Key deposit made of powder coated steel sheet Easy to mount Specifications Colour
400. er number of loop elements with higher current demand such as sirens can be used on the loop In addition the Loop Interface LIF601 1 is equipped with 8 freely parameterisable open collector outputs for general control tasks Extensive measuring functions for obtaining electrical characteristics as well as analysis functions are in tegrated into the loop interface On the LC display of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 the resistances of the positive and negative loop line the present loop current the loop voltage at all terminals and the relative frequency of faulty queries on the loop can be indicated With that the quality of the loop cabling and of the data transmission can be evaluated in the course of commissioning or maintenance In this way for example lines that are too long or poor wiring can be detected easily Features Independent microprocessor to ensure the alarming capability of every detector even at system failure of the control panel Full function of all elements in the event of a single wire breakage on the ring shaped loop line On the componentry the start and the end of the loop are each provided with an isolator module In the event of a short circuit on the loop line only the loop elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in their function Alarm threshold tracing for every single smoke detector on the loop according to its ind
401. eries 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 The Detector Base 45681 200 is designed to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 65 in addressab VE gen Se le conventional technology and is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features VS 74 Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting NW pp p i Terminal for external remote indicator p Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 10 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 50g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 196 246030 Backplate Apo 4568 1 233 196 246029 Conduit Box Apo 4568 1 204 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246035 Detector Base 60 65 45681 251 The Detector Base 45681 251 in flush mounting design is used to accommodate automatic fire gt Say detectors Series 65 and is designed in particular for mounting on inserted ceilings made of mine E 7 ral fibre The base is delivered with a cover plate ay d e Specifications Dimensions x H 150 x 15 mm Colour white Weight 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 75 25100
402. eries XP95 and Discovery The sounder is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop If several soun ders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning to ne In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integrated microphone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The unit contains a dual isolator Features Tone A alternating tone 581Hz for 0 5s 870Hz for 0 5s Tone B interrupted tone 870Hz 1s ON Is OFF Low power consumption Sound level adjustable via DIL switch Simple address setting of inserted detector by code card in detector base 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355131 355132 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 185 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 200u A quiescent typ SmA sounder on Sound level 55 75dB A or 75 91dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weight 140g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 4568 1 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 4568 1 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311
403. es BC600 Series BC216 and Series BC016 on a remote site The standardised and clear design is user friendly and allows the fire bri gade a quick overview of all relevant information and an easy operation The Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 is directly connected to the INFO bus of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or BC216 A Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required for connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 The optional Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 has to be installed in the control panel to guarantee redundant data transfer The power is supplied by the control panel and is therefore backed up by stand by batteries Event text messages from the control panel are displayed by default Additional text messages can be programmed using the Fat ProgWin PC software The case is equipped with a lock for half cylinders The cylinder lock has to be in stalled in compliance with the local fire brigade 292 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices Features Metal case with glass door Lock for half cylinders 99960660 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Baudrate Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 250901 pseaeeaateue Ki eg eo egregnres Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Approval Cross refer
404. es Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NGS58 1 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 160 246168 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 159 246166 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV 160 246165 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP IV Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM The Detector Base B401DGRM is designed to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 400 300 and 100 in addressable conventional technology The deep base is suitable for indoor surface mounting and can also be used with thick cables Features Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Auxiliary contact for the through connection of the detector line when the detector is removed Terminal for external remote indicator Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG58 1 Mechanical theft protection can be activated 9 9 69 6 Specifications Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 26 mm Colour cream Weight 59g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 152 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 246100 246101 246102 246140 Detector Base 300 Relay Latching B324RL T
405. est Unit S3OORPTU Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 85uA quiescent Alarm temperature 58 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 45 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 43 mm Colour cream Weight 75g Approvals VdS G202018 0832 CPD 0060 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 151 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 157 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 158 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 157 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 156 246113 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 109 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 A1R 5351E The Thermal RoR Detector 5351E reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time Kf y o gt rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 58 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR wel ue ef The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for in A door mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m For quick localisation in the event of an al
406. esult the control panel can be equipped with a maximum of 16 function modules in one housing Altogether a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 can ad dress up to 54 function modules By means of a PC and the Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT the configuration parameters of the control panel are quickly and reliably created and transmitted to the control panel With the AUTO se tup function the control panel detects all connected control panel components and loop elements Using the AUTO addressing loop elements can be automatically addressed and their position on the loop can be determined by means of AUTO mapping Applications for tests according to the Construction Products Directive CPD for compliance with the Euro pean Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 as well as for the VdS certification of the control panel have been filed Most important features depending on the level of expansion Powerful microprocessor technology with diverse redundant processing logic Hot plug amp play unplug allows exchange of all control panel components during operation Easy cabling of the control panel by means of pluggable screw terminals on central processing board function modules or power unit Up to 3000 detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verifi cation technical messages fault detectors with or without self resetting as well as for confirmations from external devices Up to
407. etector is addressed using an NG58 1 the detector address as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel If the detector address has been set by means of an S300RPTU the detector number is displayed on an additional Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU one of which must be integrated in every detector line Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting another effective measure for preventing false alarms If the contamination of the sensing system is too heavy for further compensation or if the sensing system is defective the status LED on the detector will flash yellow The degree of contamination can be scanned by the maintenance engineer via the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU Furthermore the S300RPTU is used to adjust the response sensitivity to the local requirements Features Individual detector addressing via Address Module NG58 1 or Programming and Test Unit SJOO0RPTU Response sensitivity can be set to 3 levels low medium high Functionality check by means of test activation with Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU or Remote Test Unit ECO 1000RTU Detector status degree of contamination detector address response sensitivity as well as date of latest maintenance can be scanned and edited via Programming and T
408. etting the physical address from 1 to 159 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 125 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 245785 EN 12094 3 Features Latching push button 99 9 gt 0 6 69 6 6 FO HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Page 207 206 206 207 207 Page 207 206 206 207 207 supplied through loop voltage typ 110uA quiescent 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm blue RAL 5015 400g VdS G206130 0786 CPD 20254 Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Yellow 200 Handausl HM 1 25 17 02 The Manual Call Point HM 1 25 17 02 operates as electrical activation device for gas and w
409. evels provide an adaptation of the detector to changing ambient conditions by means of a variable alarm threshold The detector is delivered with a reflector which can be used for ranges from 5 to 70m A three part acces sory is available to extend the range of the detector from 70 to 100m Features Detection of clear and dark smoke Sender and receiver integrated in a single housing Sealed detector housing Receiver LED display for alarm and fault as well as display for preset values and commissioning support Adjustment screws for an easy alignment of the detector Test filter for optimal commissioning included in delivery Specifications Operating voltage 10 2 to 32VDC Current consumption at 24V 17mA quiescent 38 5mA active Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D Detection unit 190 x 254 x 84 mm Reflector 5 to 70m 200 x 230 x 10 mm Protection class IP54 Colour cream Weight 1 8kg Approval VdS G205034 EN 54 12 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 250 244025 Mounting Bracket Swivel 6500 MMK 250 244024 Reflector For 6500 75 100m BEAMLRK 250 244026 Surface Mounting Box 6500 SMK 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244023 244020 01 EX11399E SAM Chapter 28 Special Detectors 249 B
410. exts can be conveniently and efficiently imported from the It files of the LBC setup by using PARSOFT 2 So in the event of an alarm or fault the detector text of the LBC detectors is displayed on the display and operating field of the BCnet216 members The BCnet LBC Gateway is designed as BCnet sectional control panel in 19 slide in technology with a height of 6 rack units without display and operating field Black Box control panel The BCnet LBC Gateway allows for the installation of up to 2 Conventional Detector Interfaces GIF8 1 for the connection of optional redundant alarm lines to the LBC control panels or conventional detector li nes but no loop Interfaces LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 90mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 95 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 65 218021 LBC Sub Unit Licence LBC UZ LBC Sub Unit Licence LBC UZ The license for a sub control panel is required for the integrati
411. ey provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the physical address in the range 01 to 159 supplied through loop voltage 360u A quiescent 10 C to 55 C 0 95 no condensation IP67 93 x 98 x 71 mm red RAL 3000 240g LPCB 166e 03 Art No Name Type 249213 Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs G21140 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 130 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 16 200AP 500 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 249046 Features Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Colour Weight Approvals 249100 Output for an optional LED indicator 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 99 Monitor Module 500 200 M503ME The addressable compact module M503ME 1s used for the line monitored integration of contact detectors e g manual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts into the bi directional communi cation on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol supplied through loop voltage 300u A quiescent 10 C to 60 C 48 x 40 x 13 mm cream 33g VdS G296025 0832 CPD 093 1 by choosing the appropriate terminals Vi Hy Features Edy bleke P GK Status LED P pod gng e 4 z J 9 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Colour Weight Approv
412. f the SMS transmission function Ar ming can also be achieved via SMS The telephone numbers and as an option the clear texts that are to be sent are programmed for each mes sage input by means of a mobile phone and are stored on the SIM card After completing the program ming the SIM card is inserted into the GSM module A miniature antenna and a user manual are included with the module To operate the transmitter module a SIM card which has been registered by a mobile network operator is needed Features Parameterisation via mobile phone Four message inputs condition indicated by LEDs LEDs indicate the conditions Armed GSM reception and SIM card read successfully Special functions such as Transmission of signal quality can be activated optionally Setting of SMS language German English French Spanish 9 Specifications Operating voltage 11 35VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 65mA GSM modem 850 900 1800 1950MHz Antenna connection MMCX socket Ambient temperature 30 C to 60 C Relative humidity max 70 no condensation Protection class IP31 Dimensions Lx W x H 100 x 90 x 33 mm Weight 92g 01 EX11399E SAM om 1039 01 0100 kamp 223043 223060 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 6 Interfaces 61 SMS Transmitter Receiver Module GSM SCOUT AKTIV The SMS module GSM SCOUT AKTIV is used for the event triggered notification of a receiver as well as for r
413. f the order confirmation of Seller one third after half the delivery period has elapsed and the balance at the time of delivery Irrespective thereof the tur nover tax comprised in the amount of the invoice shall be paid within 30 days of the invoice date If bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against the assets of Buyer or if an application for bankruptcy proceedings is not granted for insufficiency of assets de liveries shall only be made against cash in advance In the case of part settlements the individual part payments shall fall due upon receipt of the respective invoices The same shall apply to amounts invoiced for additional de liveries or resulting from additional agreements beyond the scope of the original con tract irrespective of the terms of payment agreed upon for the principal delivery Payment shall be made without any discount free Seller s domicile in the agreed cur rency Drafts and checks shall be accepted on account of payment only with all inte rest fees and charges in connection therewith such as collection and discounting char ges to be borne by Buyer Buyer shall not be entitled to withhold or offset payment on the grounds of any war ranty claims or other counterclaims Payment shall be deemed to have been effected on the date at which the amount in question is at Seller s disposal If Buyer fails to meet the terms of payment or any other obligation arising from this or other legal transactions Seller
414. ferences Page Art No Name Type 262 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 263 244340 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL Front Foil 1 Detector Module FW TP 1 The self adhesive plastic foil is sticked onto the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A or TP 1 SL if the housing is used as one channel smoke aspiration system Cross references Page Art No Name Type 262 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 263 244340 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL Front Foil 2 Detector Modules FW TP 2 The self adhesive plastic foil is sticked onto the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A or TP 1 SL if the housing is used as two channel smoke aspiration system Cross references Page Art No Name Type 262 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 263 244340 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL Front Foil FW TP 4 The self adhesive plastic foil is sticked onto the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 or TP 4 SL if the housing is used as one channel smoke aspiration system Cross references Page Art No Name Type 263 244341 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 264 244342 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL Front Foil FW TP 5 The self adhesive plastic foil is sticked onto the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 or TP 4 SL if the housing is used as two channel smoke aspiration system Cross references Page Art No Name Type 263 244341 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 264 244342 Smoke Aspiration Syste
415. fespan is indicated with a fault message The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is suitable for in door mounting Please note that the detector must not be used in the thermal only mode if the room height exceeds 7 5m For operation of the detector a firmware version PL149 Vx 21 or higher is required for parameterisation a PARSOFT version V1 21 or higher is necessary Features Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Two LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the activated condition Mechanical theft protection in the base Function testing by means of magnet or detector test device Insect screen 9 9 6 6 6 2 120 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 241051 242110 Aer ms m Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Wavelength infrared sensor Measurement range CO sensor Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 supplied through loop voltage max 300u normal communication 58 C maximum temperature 800 1200nm 0 500ppm max 45 C 20 C to 55 C no condensation or icing 15 90 no condensation 102 x 60 mm white 130g Vd
416. filling or as hollow column without concrete filling For the different ways of mounting the key depot column the Reinforcement Iron Cage MEK700 2 or the mounting kit Heavy Duty Anchor SLA700 2 are available Features Allows installation of a standard flush mounting frame or a flush mounting frame with all side drilling protection which can accommodate the FSK700 2 2SX Easy installation of various unblocking elements Extensive mounting accessories Flexible armoured tube for different types of cables 9 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight Approval Cross references Page Surface made of polished stainless steel 400 x 1240 x 300 mm 45 6kg without installations VdS G106058 Art No Name Type 284 265809 Cover Plate ADP700 2 284 265816 Distribution Box for SDS700 2 VT700 2 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 279 265818 Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 279 265751 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D1 283 265811 Heavy Duty Anchor SLA700 2 285 265814 Mounting Kit for FSE PZ MOSET1 700 2 285 265815 Mounting Kit for FSE Type 2 and FSE A MOSET2 700 2 283 265812 Reinforcement Iron Cage MEK700 2 283 265813 Top Cover Contact DK700 2 283 265817 Top Cover DA1 700 2 283 265819 Top Cover for Strobe DA2 700 2 284 265660 Unblocking Element F0345 284 265662 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 01
417. for harsh environmental conditions Two batteries are included with the sounder Features Tone I alternating tone 650Hz for 250ms 990Hz for 250ms Tone 2 continuous tone 990Hz Tone 3 interrupted tone 990Hz 0 5s ON 0 5s OFF Long battery life of 5 years Adjustable sound level During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sound level Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 242 2 lithium batteries CR123 approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 100dB A Im distance 10 C to 55 C IP66 110 x 110 x 105 mm red 300g without batteries Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Sounder 700 RF White Multitone FI700 RF WB SOUW The radio sounder FI700 RF WB SOUW communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop techno logy Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conven tional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the sounder Normally the sounder is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main
418. form 365 x 125 x 68 mm Installed in square form 197 x 229 x 68 mm Weight without detector 730g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 151 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 165 244062 Duct Detector Pipe 0 3m DST 1 165 244063 Duct Detector Pipe 0 45m DST 1 5 165 244065 Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m DSTS5 165 244064 Duct Detector Pipe Im DST 165 244066 Duct Detector Pipe 3m DST 10 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E Duct Detector Housing 200 DNRE The Duct Detector DNRE monitors ventilation ducts or air conditioning channels A small amount of air is conducted into the detector housing via an air inlet pipe directed to an optical smoke de tector and is released into the ventilation duct again via the air escape pipe A detector base into which an Optical Laser Smoke Detector 7251 or an Optical Smoke Detector ND22051E or ND22051EI can be inserted is installed in the plastic housing Communication with the fire detection control panel is established via the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol The air inlet pipe is not provided with the duct detector and has to be selected according to the duct size see cross references The air escape pipe is enclosed with the detector housing Without using any tools both pipes can be snapped into place in the duct detector housing either from in side or from outside and can just as easily be removed In this way the inlet and ou
419. ftware WirelEx Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 9 69 6 6 e gt Specifications Power supply lithium battery CR 123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery Battery lifespan approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m free air Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 430g without batteries Approval LPCB pending according to EN 54 11 and EN 54 25 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM Manual Call Point Blue 700 RF Hausalarm HM 5 73 02 02 The Manual Radio Call Point HM 5 73 02 02 according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a blue alumi nium die cast housing and communicates with the fire detection control panel via an RF Interface Series FI700 RF Two batteries are accommodated in the manual call point Normally the detector is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the
420. gade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 Lock for half cylinders Specifications Operating voltage 10 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 50mA quiescent 150mA alarm Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 230 x 360 x 95 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 3 7kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 7 210111 Fire Brigade Interface FW1016 1 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 295 250709 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 295 250713 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKPHZR900 1 D1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 INT I 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 The Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 in redundant design according to DIN 14662 provi des the fire brigade on site quickly with the first precise information on the condition of t
421. gade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 278 Fire Brigade Map Box FWP 1 00 e eee 295 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB AP 286 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB UP 286 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT D1 53 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT D1 54 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT I 52 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT I 54 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT S1 54 Flame Detector IR2 16581 1 00 0 00 245 Flame Detector IR3 Ion 246 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 243012 243020 229008 245018 249644 265751 265818 210212 244184 244185 244305 244351 244352 223032 223033 223060 249213 265811 245024 359023 265748 265752 265753 265757 244638 214231 240027 246013 246036 249003 249029 249070 219006 250021 265810 268012 227009 249041 249243 218021 211117 214024 214030 214032 214036 252010 252011 252013 259010 259011 259012 359005 359006 359020 359021 359045 359046 249097 244631 244632 244637 249215 249218 223030 Flame Detector UVIR2 16591 Flame Detector Uv Conv 800 24 VST K N Flat Cable 1700mm 10 Pole FBK17 1 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 Flush Mounting Box for MCP HFM HM UP1 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D 1 Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 Front Foil Evacuation Circuit FFEV06 1 Front Foil 1 Detector Module FW TP 1 Front Foil 2 Detector Mo
422. gh detector line voltage 20 C to 60 C 20 x 107 5 x 110 mm green 100g BASOOATEX7087X Art No 241101 228007 Name Type Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ex 2205 1EISE IV Protocol Interface 200 IST200 228007 Protocol Interface 200 IST200 The protocol interface is always used together with the Safety Barrier 200 and allows for the bi directional e data exchange of analogue fire detectors in hazardous areas on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 as protocol x vn E Zu Features Sp Connection of up to 15 automatic detectors of type 22051 EISE Designed to be integrated into the Surface Mounting Box SMB500 MA Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Ambient temperature 0 C to 60 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 70 x 70 x 32 mm Weight 155g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 223 241101 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ex 22051EISE IV 224 228006 Safety Barrier 200 Y72221 163 249004 Surface Mounting Box SMB500 241024 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 Ex 55000 640 The Optical Smoke Detector 55000 640 for hazardous areas operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apol lo Discovery protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the respective LST fire detection control panels compensate for the im pact of contamination of the optical s
423. ght with surface mount case Approvals Cross references Page 209 208 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it Plastic pane easy to reset Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 7 digit DIL switch for setting the physical address in the range 01 to 126 supplied through loop voltage 100u quiescent 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing IP24 89 x 93 x 59 mm 89 x 93 x 28 mm red RAL 3000 160g LPCB 010w 01 0832 CPD 0796 Art No Name Type 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 20 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 181 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 249079 SN vee SAA i a H Bh 249072 lt 249076 Y 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Monitor Module XP95 Mini 55000 760 The addressable compact mini module 55000 760 is used for the line monitored connection of contact de tectors e g sprinkler system contacts supervising contacts to an ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol The module can be optionally used with an interrupt mode if prioritised reporting is needed for example for transmitting an alarm from a manual call point In addition to the conditions NORMAL FAULT and ALARM the module also processes the PRE ALARM condition As a
424. gnalise the operating status door CLOSED or OPEN Integrated electronic buzzer activates when emergency button is pushed Surface case suitable for wall mounting in dry rooms Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Buzzer sound level 100dB Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 170 x 60 mm Weight 730g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 300 261019 Magnetic Lock Clamp 2750N UTKEM30S1 1388 299 261018 Magnetic Lock Clamp LED 4900N 1392 01 EX11399E SAM 261003 261004 rs a seg H d 261005 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 34 Fire Controls 297 Magnetic Clamp 500N UTKFMO5F 1330 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate for wall mounting as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The connection box contains an interrupt button and is prepared for use of cable glands Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption 60mA Power consumption 1 44W Adhesive force SOON 50kg Working temperature 20 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D magnet 95 x 70 x 39 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm Weight magnet 375g armature plate 170g Approval 0407 CPD 056 Magnetic Clamp Reset 500N UTKFB05 1350 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet that is fitted into a surface wall mount housing as well as an armature plate as counterpart
425. gnosis by means of processor aided interpolation of data concerning the trend of contamination for every single smoke detector on the ADM loop This way it is possible to predict the next maintenance date with a high degree of probability which in turn results in major cost savings in maintenance during the lifetime of the fire detection system detector test checks the alarming capability of every ADM detector from the fire detection control panel Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 25mA without detectors modules Total loop current max 500mA at reduced line resistance Loop line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 132 x 74 x 23 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 Loop Interface LIF128 1 700 The functions specifications and cross references correspond with those of the Loop Interface LIF128 1 However the interface supports only the Labor Strauss 700 protocol 240 physical address points detec tors or modules can be processed on the loop Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1
426. h mount or surface mount cabling Features All side cable entry possible Additional terminal on base floor Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 90 x 22 mm Colour red Weight 40g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 210 355112 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4R D 212 351010 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR 213 356003 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RS5A 214 356004 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RS5R Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White ELPBW The base ELPBW for Series EMA sounders and strobes is used for surface mounting and for flush mount or surface mount cabling Features All side cable entry possible Additional terminal on base floor Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 90 x 22 mm Colour white Weight 40g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 210 355113 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4W D Base Sounder amp Strobe lP54 Red ESBR The base ESBR for Series EMA sounders and strobes is used for surface mounting and flush mount or surface mount cabling Features All side cable entry possible prepared for optional PG screw connections Additional terminal on base floor Suitable for indoor and outdoor mounting 216 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection c
427. h precedence governed by the Software Conditions issued by the Austrian Electrical and Electronics Industry Association assembly work by the Terms and Conditions for Assembly Work issued by the Austrian Power Current and Light Current Engineering Industry and or where applicable the Terms and Conditi ons for the Assembly of Electrical Equipment used in Medicine issued by the Austrian Electrical and Electronics Industry the current versions are available at www feei at Any departure from the terms and conditions mentioned in 1 1 above shall be valid on ly if expressly accepted in writing by Seller Submission of offers Seller s offers shall be deemed offers without engagement Tender documents and project documentation must not be duplicated nor made available to third parties without the permission of Seller They may be claimed back at any time and shall be returned to Seller immediately if the order is placed elsewhere Conclusion of contract The contract shall be deemed concluded upon written confirmation by Seller of an or der received or upon dispatch of a delivery Particulars appearing in catalog folders etc as well as any oral or written statements shall only be binding if Seller makes express reference to them in the confirmation of the order Subsequent amendments of or additions to the contract shall be subject to written confirmation Prices Prices shall be quoted ex works or ex Seller s warehouse without VAT pa
428. he Detector Base B324RL with integrated relay output is used to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 300 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The detector base is designed for the connection to control panels with a 24VDC operating voltage The relay output is activated by the alarm condition of the inserted detector and remains in the activated state as long as the alarm is not reset on the fire detection control panel Application must comply with the LST Connection of Detectors Features Miulti wire terminals with secure screw fitting Auxiliary contact for the through connection of the detector line when the detector is removed Relay output with dry changeover contact Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption lu quiescent 25mA active Contact rating 1A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 127 x 29 mm Colour cream Weight 96g Detector Base 300 Relay Latching B312RL The Detector Base B312RL with integrated relay output is used to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 300 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The detector base is designed for the connection to control panels with a 12VDC operating voltage and must therefore not be connected to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 BCO16 BC600 and BC216 The relay o
429. he air escape pipe are included in the delivery For deeper ducts longer air inlet pipes are available as accessories Specifications Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Air velocity 0 5m s to 20m s Dimensions W x H x D without inlet and outlet nozzles 370 x 118 x 65 mm overall 370 x 118 x 96 mm Air inlet pipe x L 18 x 360 mm Colour transparent mouse grey RAL 7005 Weight 940g including pipes Cross references Page Art No Name Type 197 246051 Duct Detector Pipe 0 75m 53541 170 197 246052 Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m 53541 171 197 246053 Duct Detector Pipe 3 0m 53541 172 175 241027 Optical Smoke Detector Disc 58000 600 174 241023 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 55000 620 Duct Detector Pipe 0 75m 53541 170 The air inlet pipe is used together with the Duct Detector 53546 022 to monitor ventilation ducts with a depth of between 0 15 and 0 75m Specifications Dimensions x L 18 x 762 mm Weight 330g Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m 53541 171 The air inlet pipe is used together with the Duct Detector 53546 022 to monitor ventilation ducts with a depth of between 0 75 and 1 5m Specifications Dimensions x L 18 x 1524 mm Weight 660g Duct Detector Pipe 3 0m 53541 172 The air inlet pipe is used together with the Duct Detector 53546 022 to monitor ventilation ducts with a depth of between 1 5 and 3m Specifications Dimensions x L 18 x 3048 mm Weight 1 3kg z em nb 198 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series
430. he description of the Fire Detection Control Panel Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power unit max 2 3A Output current of siren outputs max 1A per output Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 444 x 530 x 120 mm Colour of housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight without battery approx 8kg Approvals VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 45 211112 Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 47 211117 LED Display Field LAF648 1 46 211110 Loop Interface LIF601 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S The modularly constructed Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S comprises a wall mount cabinet with a display and operating field a Power Supply NT604 1 with an output current of 4 2A a Backplane BPL610 1 with a Central Processing Board ZTB600 1 and 8 free mounting positions as well as a Module Carrier BGT600 1 In addition the unit offers the following specific features The control panel housing can be equipped with up to 8 function modules e g Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 Loop Interface LIF601 1 Fire Brigade Interface FWI600 1 The integrated display and operating field consists of a 1 4 VGA graphics display the LED disp
431. he extinguishing control the functions of the extinguishing system the combinations of the detector zone s for activation of the extinguishing output and the delay times for the sequence of the floo ding process are parameterised depending on the used exinguishing agent gas water etc as well as ac cording to the country specific regulations The practical factory settings allow easy and time saving com missioning of the fire extinguishing control panel Essential features Parameterisable detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification fault detectors with or without self resetting With the help of the optional MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 alarms from automatic detectors and from manual call points which are both connected to the same detector line can be distinguished by the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC06 The type of line terminator end of line resistor or end of line capacitor can be selected via parameterisation 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 5 Extinguishing System Controls 53 Independent indication of activation fault and disablement of the alarming devices and joint operation by means of one button Summary LED indicators for information about all current events 4LED pairs are automatically assigned to parameterised zones and display the activation disablement and fault condition of the zones 12 light emitting diodes indicate the status messages
432. he fire detection system It includes the Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 according to DIN 14661 for the operation of the fire detection control panel by the fire brigade and the Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 according to DIN 14662 for information retrieval A redundant connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or BC016 can be established by means of the Redundant Transmission Adapter ADFAT900 2 D1 which has to be installed in the control panel Both devices are accommodated in a powder coated steel sheet case coloured in red Other colours are possible on request A lock for half cylinders is mounted in the case of Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 The Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 can be combined with the Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 D1 DOM CL1 lock or FPKPHZR900 1 D1 lock for half cylinders to a compact unit Features Integrated Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 Integrated Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 Lock for half cylinders 294 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices Specifications Operating voltage 10 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 50mA quiescent 150mA alarm Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 230 x 360 x 95 mm flame red RAL 3000 VdS G200079 VdS G205090 Colour Weight 3 7kg Approvals Cross references Page Amt No 24 214105 21 214005 18 214056 7 210111 30 214022 47 21
433. he shall transfer the full financial commit ment to his customer by agreement and furnish proof thereof to the Seller 10 2 The Buyer incorporated in Austria shall ensure that the Seller is provided with all in formation necessary to meet the Seller s obligations as manufacturer importer particu larly according to 11 and 24 of the Ordinance Regulating the Handling of Waste Electrical Equipment and the Waste Management Act 10 3 The Buyer incorporated in Austria is liable vis a vis the Seller for any damage and other financial disadvantages incurred by Seller due to Buyer s failure to meet or fully meet his financing commitment or any other obligations according to Article 10 The Buyer shall bear the burden of proof of performance of this obligation 11 Seller s liability 11 1 Outside the scope of the Product Liability Act Seller shall be liable only if the damage in question is proved to be due to intentional acts or acts of gross negligence within the limits of statutory provisions Seller s total liability in cases of gross negligence is limited to the net value of the order or EUR 500 000 depending on which amount is lower 11 2 For each incident of damage Seller shall be liable for 25 of the net value of the or der or EUR 125 000 depending on which amount is lower 11 3 Seller shall not be liable for damage due to acts of ordinary negligence nor for conse quential damages or damages for pure economic loss indirect damages
434. ht 140g Approval VdS G207009 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 199 359021 Lid for Sounder Red 45681 293 199 359020 Lid for Sounder White 45681 292 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 Sounder XP95ISM Red Multitone 100dB 55000 001 The addressable multitone sounder 55000 001 is accommodated in a red plastic housing and thanks to its dust and water protected design with protection class IP65 it is suitable for harsh environmental conditi ons The unit is actuated and supplied via the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop in the event of a short circuit on the loop line A short circuit on the loop is indicated by a yellow status LED If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the control panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B 1s set via a DIL switch with selection out of 3 combinations Features 3 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 900Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Selectable sound level 92 or 100dB Easy address setting via DIL switch Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop max 310u quiescent max
435. ial Interface Module SIM016 3 288 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 250026 i na LG and arver par b rr LARMLAGRING BRANDLARM Alarm Delay Control Unit IBF70 1 S1 The Swedish version of the Alarm Delay Control Unit IBF70 1 is designed for the indication of the Alarms and the most important operating conditions of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or Series BC016 by means of light emitting diodes and an additional text display as well as for operating the alarm delay procedure of the transmitting device at a site that is remote from the fire detection control panel The operating elements are labelled in Swedish language On the integrated 4 line LC display alarms of the fire detection control panel are indicated as clear text In addition the alarms are signalled by the integrated buzzer By means of the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT general parameters of the control unit the function of the inputs and outputs and sectors for the alarm delay procedure can be set For each of the 4 light emitting diodes which indicate events the colour and the number interval for the activation can be deter mined Furthermore the firmware can be updated by means of PARSOFT and with that the control unit can be provided with functions which may be required in the future The Alarm Delay Control Unit IBF70 1 is actuated via the INFO bus of the control panel The control unit can be connected t
436. ical and biological agents Suitable for outdoor application Specifications Outer diameter 4 8mm Wire gauge 0 46mm Temperature resistance up to 100 C unlimited up to 150 C 350 hours up to 175 C 25 hours Cross references Page Art No Name Type 255 244638 Interconnector LWM ZV22 11800 103 253 244637 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv LWM 1 255 244629 Mounting Base TC358 255 244639 Termination Connector LWM AV22 11800 102 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 The Alarmline sensing cable with a stainless steel meshwork consists of four copper wires each of them being coated with a colour coded material with a negative temperature coefficient The wires are twisted and isolated with an outer layer made of temperature resistant and fire retardant plastic On one side of the cable the four wires are connected to an evaluation unit or a junction box On the other side they are connected with each other and are hermetically sealed thereby creating two loops Both loops are perma nently monitored An interruption or a short circuit in one of the two loops causes a fault message in the evaluation unit The sensing cable with a stainless steel meshwork has a high resistance against chemical and biological agents and is additionally protected against rough mechanical strains Features Length of sensing cable up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Resistant against chemical and
437. ically safe areas Features Alarm LED on detector housing Output for external remote indicator PG screw connections for dust and water proof insertion of the connection cables Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Quiescent current 0 Permissible alarm current max 40mA Alarm resistance 400 Ohm Alarm temperature typ 57 C Ambient temperature 40 C to 50 C Protection class IP67 Ignition protection Non sparking device Ex classification Ex II 3GD EEx nA II T5 T100 C Dimensions x H 100 x 75 mm Colour light grey Weight 215g Approval 0845 CPD 0232 1192 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 222 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 222 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 242151 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS 6296 D The maximum heat detector 6296 uses a bimetal element as thermal sensor If the alarm temperature is re AN SN ached the bimetal contact is closed An activation will be stored until the detector is reset by the fire de i KSA tection control panel Conventional technology is used for alarm transmission to the fire detection control panel The activated condition of the detector is indicated by an integrated LED The detector can be connected to an ADM lo op by using a conventional zone module Ee The detector is integrated in a plastic housing and is suitable for application in moist areas e g loading ramps production areas food processing as well
438. ific approval limitations Please always refer to the article number of the products when making an inquiry or when placing an order Example of an article entry 1 2 3 4 999999 Name Type XX XXX XX Description of the article with basic notes on function design application detailed specifications approval codes and other information Cross references Page Art No Name Type XX 999999 Name Type XX XXX XX XX 888888 Name Type XX XXX XX XX 7717777 Name Type XX XXX XX XX 666666 Name Type XX XXX XX I Article number please always refer to this number on ingiries or orders to avoid mistakes 2 Product name 3 Type the type is a string of alpha numerical characters and symbols without blank cha racters and is separated from the product name by one blank character 4 Price per unit generally per piece 5 Product description details on approvals and examinations specifications 6 Cross references to other products of the Product Guide which are in direct connection with the chosen product These cross references present a list of possibilities which are of exemplary nature only the products listed therein must not necessarily be working altogether 146 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 HI Contents 145 EX11399E SAM 1139 01 0100 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC06 210205 210200 210211 210209 210208 210210 210215 210212 249096 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 oio
439. ifications 8 8 Seller s warranty obligation shall not extend to any defects due to assembly and instal lation work not undertaken by Seller inadequate equipment or due to non compliance with installation requirements and operating conditions overloading of parts in excess of the design values stipulated by Seller negligent or faulty handling or the use of inappropriate materials nor for defects attributable to material supplied by Buyer Nor shall Seller be liable for damage due to acts of third parties atmospheric discharges Excess voltage and chemical influences The warranty does not cover the replacement of parts subject to natural wear and tear Seller accepts no warranty for the sale of used goods 8 9 The warranty shall lapse immediately if without written consent of Seller Buyer him self or a third party not expressly authorised undertakes modifications or repairs on any items delivered 8 10 Claims acc to 933b ABGB are struck by the statute of limitation with lapse of the period mentioned under point 8 2 8 11 The provisions of sub paragraphs 8 1 to 8 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to all cases where the obligation to repair defects has to be accepted for other reasons laid down by law Withdrawal from contract 9 1 Buyer may withdraw from the contract only in the event of delays caused by gross ne gligence on the part of Seller and only after a reasonable period of grace has elapsed Withdrawal from contract shall b
440. ifications Dimensions W x H x D 206 x 33 x 59 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 120g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 272 244281 Replacement Filter extern PU 4 pes VSP 855 4 Replacement Filter extern PU 4 pcs VSP 855 4 The package unit contains 4 coarse and 4 fine replacement filter mats for the air filter VSP 850 Replacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 The coarse filter insert 02 FL53 is used as replacement for a dirty air filter of a Smoke Aspiration System Series A200 A300 The package unit contains 10 filter inserts Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 The fine filter insert 02 FL56 is used as replacement for a dirty air filter of a Smoke Aspiration System Series A200 A300 The package unit contains 10 filter inserts Replacement Filter For Vif VLF FILTER The two stage filter insert is used as replacement for the dirty filter of a Smoke Aspiration System VLF250 or VLF500 The effectiveness of the filter is monitored by the smoke aspiration system The filter should be replaced every 2 years or when a filter fault occurs In environments with a higher degree of contamination the filter should be replaced more often 3 Way Ball Valve PVC 3PKH DN20 The three way ball valve facilitates the manual supply of compressed air into the sensor pipe of a smo ke aspiration system in order to blow out the aspiration holes During the change from normal mode to blow out mode the destruction of the smoke
441. ifications see DV22051TEI Current consumption Colour Approvals max 2204 normal communication white VdS G209020 0786 CPD 20657 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP Ivory DV22051TE IV The design of the Optical Thermal Detector DV22051TE IV is identical with that of the Optical Thermal Detector DV22051TE but the DV22051TE IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see DV22051TEI Current consumption max 2204 normal communication Colour cream Approvals VdS G209020 0786 CPD 20657 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501 AP I V 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Multicriteria Detector PTIR 200APISM 22051TLEI The Multicriteria Detector 22051TLEI contains three separate detection units for three characteristics of fire smoke temperature and infrared radiation The optical smoke sensor works on the principle of scatte red light and detects visible smoke particles The thermal unit reacts to temperature changes within de fined periods of time rate of rise principle according to Class AIR as well as to a maximum temperature of 58 C The infrared sensor reacts to the flicker of flames and supports the detection of fires with little smoke formation e g alcohol fire Thanks to the intelligent analysis of measured values obtained from all three detection units the typical fire patterns are detected Thereby on the one hand decepti
442. ility and high resistance against corrosion An integrated heating device 5W guarantees the opening of the outer door even in case of low temperatures The key box can be connected to an existing burglar alarm system without any additional items The electrical components of the key box are designed for an operating vol tage of 12 or 24VDC thus enabling the connection to all fire detection control panels also products from other manufacturers via the Control Unit AD900 1 Features Separate storage of two three or four building keys High mechanical safety through application of strong materials and sophisticated construction High corrosion resistance entire body construction made of stainless steel V2A Burglar alarm surveillance for the following componentries and functions Outer door protected against drilling and forced opening Correct deposit of all keys in the cylinder of the console Heating device for outer door 9 protection Application ofall locking systems possible due to a variety of optional inner doors Buzzer for signalling inappropriate storage of the keys Optional flush mounting frame enables preparation for installation also available with all side drilling Adjustment possible for flush mounting of the key box Installation in an optional key depot column possible Specifications Operating voltage Duty cycle electromagnet 100 12 24VDC 15 Current consumption a
443. indicated With that the quality of the loop cabling 30 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214038 214022 and of the data transfer can be evaluated in the course of commissioning or maintenance In this way for example lines that are too long or poor wiring can be detected easily Features Connection of manual call points automatic detectors conventional zone modules control modules monitor modules RF gateways and signalling devices in ADM technology Usually the wiring of the ADM loop is realised as ring with unshielded 2 wire cables if necessary branch lines can also be connected to the ring Full function of all elements in the event of a single wire breakage on the ring shaped ADM loop line On the componentry the start and the end of the ADM loop are each provided with an isolator module In the event of a short circuit on the loop line only the loop elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function Independent CMOS processor to ensure the alarming capability even at system failure of the control panel Additional features and functions of the ADM loop technology alarm threshold tracing for every single smoke detector on the ADM loop according to its individual contamination The sensitivity of every smoke detector is thus held constant over a very long period of time and deceptive alarms are avoided maintenance pro
444. ing places which can be accessed only with difficulty With the optional Telescopic Po le SOLO100 and up to 3 Extension Poles SOLO101 it is possible to check detectors which are mounted Name Type Extension Pole SOLO101 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 Test Gas Can SOLOA3 001 Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 The universal detector removal tool is used for removing and reinstalling punctiform automatic fire detec tors with a diameter of 65 110mm The clamping mechanism is flexibly mounted on a pole of 0 65 m length and can therefore be used even for mounting places that are difficult to access With the optional Telescopic Pole SOLO100 and up to 3 Extension Poles SOLO101 it is possible to reach detectors which are mounted in rooms of up to 9m height Name Type Extension Pole SOLO101 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 telescopic pole allows you to reach detectors which are mounted at a room height of up to approx 9m Page 310 308 308 310 157 310 Cross references 249054 em Art No 249052 249221 249220 249054 246112 249051 Extension Pole SOLO101 The fibreglass extension pole with a length of 1 2m is needed for using the detector testers 1000 2000 and SOLO330 as well as the Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 at room heights of up to approx 2 5m By connecting up to 3 extension poles with each other the maximum room height can be in creased to approx 4 5m Together with the Telescopic Pole SOLO100 it 1s possible to reach de
445. ing temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Easy to maintain system Separate alarm and fault indication Alarm indication according to DIN 14623 Easy commissioning HE HE HE Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24VDC Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Material Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 257 257 supplied through loop voltage 2mA quiescent 3 2mA alarm 25 C to 50 C IP65 105 x 105 x 65 mm polycarbonate grey white RAL 9002 300g VdS G203077 Art No Name Type 244634 Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ 244633 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244633 244634 241150 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 257 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT The red standard sensor cable comprises an internal and an external conductor the external conductor is designed as wire mesh A synthetic material with a negative temperature coefficient is used for isolation i e the isolator resistance decreases with increasing temperature At the end of the sensor cable the con ductor is connected to a termination box with a defined end of line resistance The entire line is conti nuously monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Features Sensor cable length up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Easy installation Specifications
446. ing voltage supplied through detector line voltage Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G202034 0786 CPD 20350 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Blue Conv Hausalarm HM 5 11 02 02 The universal manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a blue aluminium die cast housing and is designed for application in addressable conventional technology Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching default or non latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Individual detector addressing by connecting an optional address module Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by
447. ing voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 1 9mA low sound level max 3 1mA medium sound level max 6 8mA high sound level Sound level detector mounted typ 70dB A Im distance low sound level typ 79dB A 1m distance medium sound level typ 87dB A 1m distance high sound level max 95dB A Im distance high sound level Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 96 no condensation Dimensions x H 112 x 42 mm without detector incl Base LPBW Colour white Weight 134g Approvals VdS G206072 0832 CPD 0412 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 167 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 168 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 355233 Sounder 200APISM White Multitone IBSOU PW P34 The addressable Sounder IBSOU PW P34 is identical with the Sounder IBSOU PW P33 it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see IBSOU PW P33 Current consumption from loop Approvals Cross references Page 166 167 168 169 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 typ 450u A sounder off max 2 1mA low sound level max 3 3mA medium sound level max 7 0mA high sound level VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0413 Art No
448. ion Adjustable sound level Suitable for surface mounting 9 Specifications Operating voltage 12VDC 10V to 14V 24VDC 19 5V to 28V Current consumption at 24V typ SM Sound level 97dB A at 1m distance DIN tone Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 IP66 depending on the base Dimensions W x H x D 124 x 92 x 64 mm with base ELPBR Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 155g without base Approvals VdS G211048 0832 CPD 0301 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 215 359003 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR 215 359004 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 216 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS 355113 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4W D The multitone sounder EMA1224B4 WD is integrated in a white plastic housing and is suitable for out door and indoor mounting The unit is designed for installation on a base for sounders and strobes Series EMA which is not included in the delivery Thanks to a built in serial diode the sounder can be connected directly to a line monitored output with ne gative monitoring voltage Features 3 different tones continuous tone 800Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN 33404 tone Wide operating voltage range Low power consumption Adjustable sound level Suitable for surface mounting JA 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Sound level Ambient
449. ion Panel BC016 2 INT 1 Fire Detection Control Panel BC0O16 1 INT1 8 Chapter 2 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 The Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is used to extend a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC016 with an INFO bus interface for the connection of fire brigade control units and intelligent remote indicati on units with serial data transmission Specifications Current consumption at 24V Interface Connection type Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 6 5 typ 22mA 20mA current loop Screw terminals 5 C to 50 C 70 x 45 x 20 mm 50g Art No Name Type 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 9 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 The term Series BC216 combines both stand alone control panels for small and medium size fire de tection systems and fire detection control panels that consist of a variety of networked sectional control pa nels for medium to very large fire detection systems The Fire Detection Control Panels BC216 1 and BC216 1CE are designed as compact stand alone control panels for use in small and medium size fire detection systems Due to their modular structure and their free to set paramete
450. ion of events as clear text Parameterisable LED displays for important operating conditions Integrated buzzer with silence function Multilingual operation menu USB interface for parameterisation and firmware update LED and LCD test function 4 auxiliary inputs and 2 auxiliary outputs with parameterisable function Lettering of the display elements by means of labelling strips Sheet steel housing for wall mounting 9 9 9 gt 6 9 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage 15 to II VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 15mA quiescent typ 55mA display test Baud rate 600 1200 2400 4800 baud Serial interface connection USB socket type B Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Relative humidity max 95 Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 250 x 174 x 30 mm Colour housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight 1 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 19 214093 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 S1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 23 214112 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE S1 6 210103 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 S1 12 214092 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 S1 15 214391 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S S1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 8 210112 Ser
451. ion out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Low power consumption Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the base address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450u A sounder and strobe off max 4 9mA low sound level max 6 8mA medium sound level max 9 5mA high sound level Sound level typ 82dB A Im distance low sound level typ 90dB A Im distance medium sound level typ 96dB A Im distance high sound level max 100dB A Im distance high sound level Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 96 no condensation Protection class IP24 IP65 depending on the base Dimensions x D 115 x 68 mm incl Base LPBW Colour red Weight 204g Approvals VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0419 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 35904
452. ions in hazardous areas must be observed The number of detectors that can be connected to the safety barrier depends on the hardware version that is marked in the case Part No 71997 max 1 detector can be connected Part No 72157 or 107496 max 5 detectors can be connected Features Connection of remote indicators to the detectors possible Limitation of the possible short circuit current of the idle voltage and of the energy stored in the intrin sically safe circuit DIN rail mounting Specifications Ignition protection intrinsically safe Ex classification EEx ia IIC T5 Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Approval EECS ATEX 0073 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 224 241024 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 Ex 55000 640 227 228005 Protocol Interface XP95 55000 855 225 242036 Thermal Detector XP95 Ex 55000 440 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 228005 245683 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 227 Protocol Interface XP95 55000 855 The protocol interface is always used together with a Safety Barrier XP95 and allows for the bi directional data exchange of analogue fire detectors in hazardous areas on the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery pro tocol The number of detectors that can be connected to the protocol interface is limited by the safety barrier The protocol interface is suitable for snap on to a 35mm DIN
453. ircuit or closed circuit operation are possible by means of the DIL switch Opening of the unit is monitored by a door contact 282 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories Features Easy adaptation to different system configurations via DIL switch Function testing of box monitoring with button Reset of alarm memory with button Temporary unlocking for testing with button Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 10 30VDC max 20mA without box locking system 10 C to 50 C IP30 137 x 180 x 57 mm grey white RAL 9002 1 2 kg VdS G105045 Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 installed The key depot column is made of 3mm stainless steel and provides a platform for mounting a Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 2SX and an unblocking element if installing the key box in the building facade is not possible due to technical or structural reasons The key depot column consists of a U shaped body and the back plate which can be removed for easy installation If necessary a strobe can be mounted on the top cover of the column Optionally further devices such as an orientation lamp for the fire brigade can be The key depot column can be used as vertical column with concrete
454. ire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 23 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 90mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 95 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Cross references Page Art No Name Type 34 214128 Battery Bracket BK216 1CE 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214033 Network Interface Module NIF5 1M 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE A1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE A1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in 19 slide in technology in the version for Austria for small and medium size fire detection systems Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed an
455. ire brigade control units and intelligent remote tableaus Stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 22Ah can be installed in the control panel s wall mount case 9 6 9 9 9 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 6 Chapter 2 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC016 210100 210103 ttt EY e e Deeg Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75SVA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 70mA without optional componentries Line voltage typ 20 0V Line current typ 3 8mA 5 6kOhm 3 3kOhm max 50 Ohm per core End of line resistance Line resistance Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 380 x 480 x 83 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 5kg Approvals VdS G205023 0786 CPD 20849 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 7 210110 Detector Zone Extension BC016 MGE8 1 7 210111 Fire Brigade Interface FWI016 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 D1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements the displayed and printer texts as well as the
456. ironment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Specifications Ignition protection intrinsically safe Ex classification II 1G Ex ia HC Current consumption at 24V typ 85uA quiescent Ambient temperature Class T5 40 C to 40 C no icing Class T4 40 C to 60 C no icing Relative humidity 0 to 98 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 31 mm Colour white Weight 75g Approvals Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X VdS G207027 0832 CPD 0476 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 219 246043 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 222 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 Optical Thermal Detector Orbis IS OH 53027 The Optical Thermal Detector OH 53027 for hazardous areas operates both with an optical sensing cham ber based on the principle of scattered light as well as with a temperature sensor based on the heat detecti on principle The detector is designed for applications using conventional technology and is suitable for in door mounting The detector OH 53027 must always be connected via a safety barrier that has been appro ved for this detector Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country specific regulations Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effecti
457. is lock the fire brigade personnel can directly access authorization level 2 Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT 1 Same design as Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT but the display and operating field is equipped with an additional 4 digit non resettable alarm counter according to EN 54 2 Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in English language Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT D1 Functions specifications and cross references are equal to the Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 but the manual comes in German language Extinguishing System Interface LSS1000 1 The componentry is used for the reactionless connection of an extinguishing system to a fire detection con trol panel The componentry can be installed in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC216 Series BC016 and BC06 Features Extinguishing system control according to VdS specifications System neutral design for all extinguishing systems Processing logic for the actuation and confirmation of the extinguishing system Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31VDC Current consumption at 24VDC 0mA quiescent 20mA active Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 70 x 45 x 20 mm Weight 50g Control Zone Module SLM1 2 The componentry is installed in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Series BC2
458. ism reflector REFL3090010 M consists of four plastic prism tiles of 100 x 100mm which are RE i S 5 mounted on a steel plate With this reflector the Beam Smoke Detector FIREBEAM PLUS can monitor Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight j ae 244617 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D Weight open areas with a range of 40m to 80m 293 x 293 x 5 mm 0 8kg Reflector 80 100m REFL3090011 M The prism reflector REFL3090011 M consists of nine plastic prism tiles of 100 x 100mm which are mounted on a steel plate With this reflector the Beam Smoke Detector FIREBEAM PLUS can moni tor open areas with a range of 80m to 100m 394 x 394 x 5 mm 1 8kg 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244637 244628 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 253 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv LWM 1 The heat detection unit LWM 1 forms together with the sensing cable a linear thermal detection system The sensing cable consist of 4 copper wires which are isolated with a material with a ne gative temperature coefficient The resistance of the sensor wires is permanently monitored Thereby an exceeding of the maxi mum temperature thermal maximum function or a sudden temperature rise rate of rise functi on at any point of the sensing cable can be detected Le da i Therefore the thermal detection system is ideally suited for monitoring of garages cold storage houses tunnels depots
459. it Plastic housing for surface mounting Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 300u normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA per LED Contact rating relay output max 2A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 85 no condensation Dimensions Lx W x H 210 x 170 x 66 mm Weight 470g Ambient temperature Cross references Page Art No Name Type 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Module 6xIn 2xRel 700 FI700 M6INZREL The multiple monitor and control module FI700 M6IN2REL is integrated into an ADM loop with La bor Strauss 700 protocol and provides 6 independent line monitored inputs for the connection of con tact detectors as well as two independent dry relay outputs for the actuation of external devices With that various devices such as manual call points supervising contacts signalling devices or solenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The module occupies 8 consecutive addresses on the loop The base address is set in the range I to 233 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the module can also be AUTO addressed The integrated dual isolator dis connects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features 2 two coloured status LEDs for the common indication
460. it FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it Plastic pane easy to reset Mounting box and special key included in delivery 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 89 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Current consumption LED Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 209 208 245081 supplied through loop voltage typ 70uA normal communication typ 6mA alarm condition 30 C to 70 C no icing 5 95 no condensation IP54 in connection with mounting box 87 x 87 x 58 mm with mounting box flame red RAL 3000 190g with mounting box LPCB 928h 01 0832 CPD 1353 Art No Name Type 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 245083 Plexi Glass Cover for FI700 MCP CI700 1 Manual Call Point IP67 Red 700 FI700 MCP67 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is designed for use on the ADM
461. ith Operat BC216 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 Loop Interface LIF128 1 The Loop Interface LIF128 1 supports one ADM loop with bi directional communication in Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 The protocol for the loop communication is set through the parameterisation of the control panel and it determines the maximum number of detectors and modules that can be con nected to the loop 240 physical address points detectors or modules with Labor Strauss 700 protocol 318 physical address points 159 detectors and 159 modules with System Sensor 200 protocol 126 physical address points detectors or modules with Apollo Discovery protocol Each ADM loop can be divided into a maximum of 144 detector zones Thanks to the high maximum out put current of 500mA a large number of loop elements with higher current demand such as sirens can be used on the ADM loop Extensive measuring functions for obtaining electrical characteristics as well as analysis functions are in tegrated into the loop interface On the LC display of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 the resistances of the positive and negative loop line the present loop current the loop voltage at all terminals and the number of faulty queries on the loop can be
462. ithout change or it can transmit messages according to the pa rameterisation if the condition of one of the six inputs changes In addition the module contains 4 outputs that can be activated by SMS text messages for remotely controlling certain system functions A GSM an tenna the serial connection cable to the control panel and the options circuit for activation of the ESPA in terface on the control panel are provided together with the module The required SIM card has to be provi ded by the customer The following parameters can be set Events to be transmitted alarm fault etc Transmission priority of events Transmission parameters of users telephone number e mail address disable time etc Disable times or disable inputs for demand orientated transmission to selected users System name 9 6 e 60 Chapter 6 Interfaces 223042 Please note the Transmitter Module SMS2 1 can only be operated with a Central Processing Board ZTB216 2 using hardware version V4 or newer versions The type of the central processing board can be found on a label The version number is the last digit of the PCB version which is printed in the left bottom corner of the printed circuit board e g PN5233S4 for V4 For operation of the transmitter modu le a firmware version PL149 Vx 20 or higher is required for parameterisation a PARSOFT version V1 20 or higher is necessary Features Integrated web server with menu in German language
463. ition of the detector in red and the test condition in green An output for the connection of a remote indicator is available The inte grated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows for the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control pa nel the detector can also be AUTO addressed The detector is accommodated in a white housing If the detector operates as rate of rise detector Class AIR it can be used in rooms with a maximum height of 7 5m If the detector is used as maximum heat detector according to Class BS a maximum room height of 6m is permissible Several base types are available for mounting the detector Features Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Easy function testing by means of magnet or test device for thermal detectors Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 90u A normal communication Current consumption LED typ 6mA alarm condition Alarm temperature 58 C Class AIR 78 C Class BS Operating temperature max 45 C Class AIR max 60 C Class BS Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity max 95 no cond
464. ium die cast housing and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The detector is activated by HAUSALARM breaking the glass pane and pressing the button The LED indicates the activated condition of the detector in red The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 99066066 e e 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 87 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions
465. ivation of the actuation equipment in accordance with EN 12094 1 is ensured Alternatively the line coupler can couple two inde pendent power supplies for the redundant supply of an electrical load The condition of the two actuation inputs of the line coupler which are connected with the redundant actuation outputs or power supplies is indicated by one light emitting diode per input The line coupler is accommodated in a grey plastic housing and is designed for indoor surface mounting Specifications Input voltage 20 30VDC Current consumption when used for coupling two outputs OmA both inputs in normal condition 55mA both inputs active Current consumption when used for coupling two power supplies 55mA both inputs supplied with 24V Contact rating of the relay 6A 24VDC Ambient temperature 5 C to 60 C Protection class IP55 Dimensions W x H x D 150 x 100 x 55 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 180g om Bas E 56 Chapter 6 Interfaces 6 Interfaces 214033 Network Interface Module NIF5 1M The Network Interface Module NIF5 1M allows for the connection of BCnet sectional control panels of a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 or other GSSnet members to the Global Security System network 214027 GSSnet it is installed in all BCnet sectional control panels by default The componentry is required to upgrade a 19 Compact Control Panel BC216 1CE to a BCnet sectional control panel Note the Net
466. ividual contami nation The sensitivity of every smoke detector is thus held constant over a very long period of time and deceptive alarms are avoided Maintenance prognosis by means of processor aided interpolation of data concerning the trend of contamination for every single smoke detector on the loop This way it is possible to predict the next maintenance date with a high degree of probability which in turn results in major cost savings in main tenance during the lifetime of the fire detection system Alarming capability of every detector can be checked from the fire detection control panel All inputs and outputs accessible via pluggable screw terminals Specifications Total loop current max 500mA at reduced line resistance Loop line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions L x W x H 160 x 65 x 20 mm Weight 80g 01 EX11399E SAM yo 1039 01 0100 kamp 211113 211117 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 47 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S Fire Brigade Interface FWI600 1 The Fire Brigade Interface FWI600 1 allows the connection of a transmitting device for the direct inter connection to a designated ala
467. l 261009 5 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Power consumption Adhesive force Working temperature Dimensions W x H x D Weight Approval Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 500N UTKFZ05L 1370 30 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate and an arm as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The magnetic clamp is suitable for mounting on the floor on the ceiling or on the wall Release is possible via the integrated in 24VDC 60mA 1 44W 500N 50kg 20 C to 50 C magnet 90 x 292 x 100 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm magnet 1 3kg armature plate 170g 0407 CPD 056 Magnetic Clamp 1000N UTKFM10F 1340 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate for wall mounting as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The connection box is prepared for use of cable glands 24VDC 100mA 2 4W 1000N 100kg 20 C to 50 C magnet 95 x 70 x 43 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm magnet 585 armature plate 210g 0407 CPD 056 Magnetic Clamp Reset 1000N UTKFM10 1360 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate for wall mounting as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The connection box contains an interrupt button a
468. l RoR Detector 200AP A1R Ivory 52051RE IV 121 Thermal Max Detector 200AP A1S Ivory 52051F IV 122 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS Ivory 52051HTE IV 123 Thermal RoR Detector 200APISM AIR 52051REI 120 Thermal RoR Detector 200AP AIR 52051RE 121 Thermal Max Detector 200APISM A1S 52051EI 121 Thermal Max Detector 200AP A1S 52051E 122 Thermal Max Detector 200 APISM BS 52051HTEI 122 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS 52051HTE 123 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 243 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 221 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS 6296 222 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS 6296 243 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX CS 6297 244 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX ES 6298 244 Top Cover Contact DK ZOO 283 Top Cover DA1 700 2 EES e d 283 Top Cover for Strobe DA2 700 2 20 0 cece eee 283 Transparent Door 19 36HU SIT19 STAND 39 Trapeze Bracket TBH800 1 0 e eee eee 201 U Unblocking Element F0345 0 0 ccc cee eee ee 284 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 284 USB to Serial Converter UC 232A 0008 57 V Voltage Stabilizer 24VDC STAB24 1 305 W Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP 160 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP IV 160 Wet Base Set FI700 FC600 FI700 FC600 FZ 102 Z Zener Barrier Z978 E AE eee 223 ZLT Interface
469. lacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 272 244283 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 262 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 244033 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing A320E The two channel Smoke Aspiration System Housing A320E contains two separate sensing chambers for monitoring of two independent areas Each sensing chamber can accommodate one smoke detector of any manufacturer Air from the monitored room is aspirated by each of the sensor pipe networks that are connected to the housing and is directed to the respective detector Evaluation of the characteristics of smoke and the detection of alarm and fault depends on the applied detector The use of sensitive de tectors is recommended such as a laser smoke detector to effectively detect a fire in an early stage The continuous air flow in both channels which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration sy stem housing is permanently monitored The system identifies the failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes and pipe burst as fault The velocity of air flow is indicated separately for each channel via 10 step LED displays The conditions for operation summary fault and ventilator fault are each signalled by combined LEDs Smoke detector detector base and sensor pipe network are not provided with the smoke aspiration sy stem housing Specifications Supply voltage 18 30VDC Current
470. lamp 1000N UTKFM10F 1340 298 Magnetic Clamp Reset 1000N UTKFM10 1360 298 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 1000N UTKFZ10C 1380 15 NEE 299 Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 1000N UTKFZIOL EE 299 Magnetic Lock Clamp LED 4900N 1392 299 Magnetic Lock Clamp 2750N UTKEM30S1 1388 300 Manual Call Point Red XP95 Flexi 55100 908 180 Manual Call Point Red 200 Glass MCP5A RPO7FG 126 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Glass MCP5A RP08FG 127 Manual Call Point Red 200 Flexi MCPSA RPOT7FF 127 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCPS5A RPOS8FF 128 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 Glass WCPSA RPO7SG LO17 01 oo eee 128 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 ISM Glas WCPSA RPO8SG LO17 01 oo eee 129 Manual Call Point Red 700 Flexi FI700 MCP 88 Manual Call Point IP67 Red 700 FI700 MCP67 89 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF Flexi FI700 RF MCP 232 Manual Call Point Red Conv HFM 3 11 02 202 Manual Call Point Blue Conv Hausalarm HM 5 11 02 02203 Manual Call Point Red Conv Feuerwehr HM 3 11 01 02202 Manual Call Point Grey 200AP Rauchabzug EM 25000 sa cs neous wos eda haakandaawaak een 126 Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Hausalarm HM 5 32 02 02 EE 178 Manual Call Point Red XP95 HFM 3 32 02 177 Manual Call Point Y ellow Conv Handausl HM 1 11 17 02 EE 205 Manual Call Point Blue Conv Stopp HM 5 11 18 02 204 Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Stopp HM 5 32 18 02 179 Manual Call Point Yellow XP95 Ha
471. lass IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 90 x 35 mm Colour red Weight 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 210 355112 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4R D 212 351010 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR 213 356003 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RS5A 214 356004 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RS5R 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS The base ESBRS with protection class IP66 is needed for surface mounting of Series EMA sounders and strobes with flush mount or surface mount cabling Features All side cable entry possible Additional terminal on base floor Suitable for indoor and outdoor mounting Specifications Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class IP66 Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 90 x 36 mm Colour red Weight 72g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 210 355112 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4R D 212 351010 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR 213 356003 Strobe 24V Red Orange EMA24RS5A 214 356004 Strobe 24V Red Red EMA24RS5R 359005 Lid For Detector Base Sounder Red DBSLIDR Specifications Dimensions x H Colour Cross references Page Art No 211 355114 359006 The red cover plate DBSLIDR is used for mounting a sounder Series DBS without detector base 103 x 2 mm flame red RAL 3000 Name Type Sounder 12 24V White Multitone DBS1224B4W D Lid For Detector Base Sounder White DBSLIDW The white cover plate DBSLIDW is used for mounting a sounder Series DBS with
472. lays as well as a membrane keypad The door of the housing is provided with 3 mounting spaces for optional expansions such as a LED but ton field a front panel printer or a fire brigade control unit At the bottom of the cabinet there is space for stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah Further features and functions are listed in the description of the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 44 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power unit max 4 2A Output current of siren outputs max 1A per output Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 444 x 530 x 120 mm Colour of housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight without battery approx 8 4kg Approvals VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 45 211112 Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 47 211117 LED Display Field LAF648 1 46 211110 Loop Interface LIF601 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S The modularly constructed Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S comprises a wall mount cabinet with a display and operating field a Power Supply NT602 1 with an output current of 2 3A a Backplane
473. limited and short circuit proof Stabilised output voltage Light emitting diode for indicating operation and fault Integrated mains fuse Specifications Operating voltage 230VAC 15 48 to 63Hz Output voltage 24VDC 3 Nominal output current 4A Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 90 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D 72 4 horizontal pitch units x 93 x 69 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 330g 317020 Power Supply Module NTM2402 1 The Power Supply Module NTM2402 1 is an autonomous componentry for the supply of devices which require a failure safe power supply with a nominal voltage of 24VDC The module fully complies with EN 54 4 2006 and is tested and certified by VdS according to the Construction Products Directive CPD In case of mains voltage failure the module continues to provide current from optionally connected stand by batteries The mains voltage is transformed by the integrated switched mode power supply to the cur rent limited and short circuit protected output voltage that is required for connected loads and optional stand by batteries The maximum load current varies depending on the battery capacity For a theoretical charging time of 24 hours stand by batteries with a maximum capacity of 60Ah can be charged Battery monitoring includes periodic measurements of the battery voltage under load and of the internal resistance of the batteries according to EN 54 4 2006 The
474. ling is impossible or uneco nomical The unit is built into a white plastic housing with a colourless cap The integrated base can ac commodate an automatic radio detector Series FI700 RF The 2 batteries are included with the sounder strobe Features Selectable tone eg Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 800 1000Hz continuous tone 970Hz interrupted tone 970Hz Long lifespan of the strobe due to use of LEDs Long battery life of 5 years Adjustable sound level software WirelEx Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 242 During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration 2 lithium batteries CR123 approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 92dB A Im distance 1Hz 10 C to 55 C IP21 142 x 66 mm white 260g without batteries Art No Name Type 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR 123 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 356051 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 241 Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM STRRR The radio strobe FI700 RF STRRR communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via
475. lity or Acknowledgement of received SMS can be activated optionally Setting of SMS language German English French Spanish 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage 11 35VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 65mA Contact rating of outputs 24VDC 1A GSM modem 850 900 1800 1950MHz Antenna connection MMCX socket Ambient temperature 30 C to 60 C Relative humidity max 70 no condensation Protection class IP31 Dimensions Lx W x H 100 x 90 x 33 mm Weight 98g Gateway lEC870 5 101 104 BC216 IEC870 BC216 GW The Gateway IEC870 BC216 GW serves as interface between the Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 and a primary control centre according to the international interface standard IEC870 5 101 RS232 or alternatively IEC870 5 104 ethernet For this purpose the control panel has to be equip ped with a ZLT interface not provided On the one hand events from the control panel can be transmitted to the primary control centre via the gateway on the other hand operations at the control panel can be performed depending on the parame terisation of the gateway The system specific list of IEC data points and the assignment of detector zones have to be loaded into the gateway This list can be easily created with the provided setup program for Windows Please note the IEC Gateway can only be operated with a Central Processing Board ZTB216 2 using hardware version V4 or newer versions The type of the
476. loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol Thanks to its dust and water protected design the manual call point is suitable for use under harsh environmental conditions The detector is activated by pressing in the plastic pane without breaking it The pane can be placed again into the idle position with a special key thereby resetting the detector A two coloured LED indicates the activated condition of the detector in red the fault condition in yellow and the loop polling in green The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Plastic pane easy to reset Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Current consumption LED Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 209 208 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Activation by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it Installation box with gasket elements and special key included in delivery supplied through loop volt
477. ltage Current consumption at 24VDC Contact rating of relay outputs Integrated optical self test function 14 28VDC 8mA quiescent 14mA alarm max I at 5 0VDC Monitored angle 90 Range 25m Spectral sensitivity 1 2 7um Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions L x W x D 108 x 142 x 82 mm Colour sky blue RAL 5015 Weight 2kg Approvals LPCB 729a 07 Cross references Page 247 0832 CPD 0821 Art No Name Type 249141 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector 7127 246 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 243011 Flame Detector IR3 16589 The Flame Detector 16589 responds to the flickering infrared radiation of open flames and is therefo re extremely well suitable for the detection of fires with low smoke development for example alco holic fires or gas flames By means of three independent infrared sensors for different wavelengths the detector can safely distinguish between fire situations and deceptive variables Therefore it is particu larly insensitive to disturbance sources such as sunlight fluorescent lamps or electric arcs The detec tor complies with EN 54 10 Class 1 which means it is suitable for applications with a range of up to 25m The response delay can be selected in 4 steps between I and 8s The alarm and the fault condition are signalled via two dry relay contacts The functioning of the detector can be checked by means of the in tegrated self test function During this self
478. ltitone Sounder Strobe WMSST RR P34 is identical with the Sounder Strobe WMSST RR P33 it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WMSST RR P33 Current consumption from loop typ 450u A sounder and strobe off max 4 9mA low sound level max 6 8mA medium sound level max 9 5mA high sound level Approvals VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0419 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 166 359041 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR 167 359042 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP65 Red WDBR 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 The addressable multitone sounder with strobe is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The sounder is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop So under and strobe are activated separately therefore the unit occupies 2 module addresses The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lect
479. ly Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms The response sensitivity of the detector can be set to 6 different levels Four levels show a fixed alarm threshold 2 other levels provide an adaptation of the detector to changing ambient conditions by means of a variable alarm threshold The detector is delivered with a reflector which can be used for ranges from 5 to 70m A three part acces sory 1s available to extend the range of the detector from 70 to 100m Features Detection of clear and dark smoke Sender and receiver integrated in a single housing Sealed detector housing Integrated dual isolator activation by removal of two jumpers Receiver LED display for alarm and fault as well as display for preset values and commissioning support Adjustment screws for an easy alignment of the detector Test filter for optimal commissioning included in delivery e 6 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption on the loop 2mA quiescent 8mA active Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions W x H x D Detection unit 190 x 254 x 84 mm Reflector 5 to 70m 200 x 230 x 10 mm Protection class IP54 Colour
480. m Housing TP 4 SL 266 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 244300 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 The Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 samples air from a monitored room via a connected sensor pipe network and directs it to a detector module not provided which analyses the air samples If the smoke concentration exceeds the permissible value an alarm is activated which 1s optically displayed on the system and further transmitted to a fire detection control panel The alarm can be reset at the control panel The system can be used for early fire detection in room and equipment monitoring due to the high response sensitivity of detector modules The continuous air flow which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration system housing is per manently monitored A failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes or a pipe burst are optically displayed on the system and transmitted to the control panel as fault message The smoke aspiration system housing is provided with the entire evaluation electronics However the de tector module the front foil and the sensor pipe network are not provided A serial interface for com munication with a PC software is installed in the system Operation fault info alarm pre alarm and main alarm are indicated on the front side of the system via LEDs In addition for the display of the actual smo ke density a 10 step LED display is provided Features Applicable in addres
481. m failure Transmission of an alarm via BCnet redundant alarm line even in case of multiple line faults in the GSSnet or at system failure of the BCnet sectional control panel Specifications Supply voltage 21 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 140mA without detectors Total loop current max 300mA at reduced line resistance Loop line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 248 x 222 x 28 mm Weight approx 675g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE INT1 is a modularly designed compact control pa FA nel in 19 slide in technology for small and medium size fire detection systems Depending on the boards inserted you can connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors as well as ol actuation elements and alarming devices to a maximum of 2 ADM loops or to a maximum of 16 SCH detector lines in addressable conventional technology or to a combination of both Thanks to its E wide range of possible logic combinations for alarming and transmitting devices as well as for oe actuations the control panel can realise even extensive and complex alarming and control task
482. m resistance Alarm temperature Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Chapter 28 Special Detectors 245 supplied through detector line voltage 0 max 30mA 680 Ohm typ 117 C 40 C to 110 C IP67 100 x 75 mm light grey 215g 0845 CPD 0232 1195 Flame Detector IR2 16581 The Flame Detector 16581 responds to the flickering infrared radiation of open flames and is therefore extremely well suitable for the detection of fires with low smoke development for example alcoholic fires or gas flames By means of two independent infrared sensors for different wavelengths the detector can safely distinguish between fire situations and deceptive variables Therefore it is insensitive to disturbance sources such as sunlight fluorescent lamps or electric arcs The detector complies with EN 54 10 Class 1 which means it is suitable for applications with a range of up to 25m The response delay can be selected in 4 steps between 1 and 8s The alarm and the fault condition are si gnalled via two dry relay contacts The functioning of the detector can be checked by means of the inte grated self test function During this self test the detector is activated by a built in source of infrared light Features High immunity to deceptive alarms Applicable in conventional technology Connection to an ADM loop via a conventional zone module possible Specifications Operating vo
483. main battery the secondary battery powers the detector The two coloured LED indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The batteries are included in the delivery 234 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF Features o Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Function marking HAUSALARM replaceable Latching push button Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Power supply lithium battery CR123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery Battery lifespan approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m free air Ambient temperature 30 C to 55 C Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour
484. max 3mA active Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Protection class P42 Dimensions x H 100 x 52 mm Colour white clear Weight 85g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 200 359023 Housing IP67 for Strobe XP95 29600 318 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 Strobe XP95 White Orange 55000 879 The addressable loop powered strobe 55000 879 with an orange cap is integrated in a white plastic hou sing It is triggered and supplied like a module via the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol The strobe is designed to be inserted into a detector base and is suitable for indoor mounting Features Low power consumption Suitable for surface mounting Long life span due to use of LEDs Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption typ 150uA quiescent max 3mA active Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Protection class IP42 Dimensions x H 100 x 52 mm Colour white orange Weight 85g 01 EX11399E SAM E emm 1039 01 0100 Bas E Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 193 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 Housing IP67 for Strobe XP95 29600 318 200 359023 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 oa a 194 Chapter 21 Accessories for Series 65 XP95 DISCOVERY 21 Accessories for S
485. may without prejudice to his other rights a suspend performance of his own obligations until payments have been made or other obligations fulfilled and exercise his right to extend the period of delivery to a reasonable extent b call in debts arisen from this or any other legal transactions and charge default inte rest amounting to 1 25 per month plus turnover tax for these amounts beginning with the due dates unless Seller proves costs exceeding this c only perform other legal transactions against cash in advance in the case of qualified insolvency in other words following two delays in payment In any case Seller has the right to invoice all expenses arising prior to a lawsuit espe cially reminder charges and lawyer s fees Discounts or bonuses are subject to complete payment in due time Seller retains title to all goods delivered by him until receipt of all amounts invoiced including interests and charges Buyer herewith assigns his claim out of a resale of conditional commodities even if they are processed transformed or combined with other commodities to Seller to secure the latter s purchase money claim In the case of resale granting respite Buyer shall have the power of disposal of the product under retention of ownership only with the proviso that upon reselling Buyer notifies the secondary buyer of the assignment for security or enters the assignment in his account books Upon request Buyer has to notify the assigned cl
486. memory card reader of a PC or into the memory card slot of a notebook The event data is stored in the logdata txt file in the ASCII format with fixed column width and without separator and can be opened and processed using any word processing program Features Status LED indicates the data storage Up to 4 million events on a 1GB memory card Memory card cable for connection of the power supply and two different data cables included in the delivery Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Storage device Length of power supply cable 6 to 32VDC typ 65mA SD memory card approx 1 8m 64 Chapter 6 Interfaces 218022 218023 214176 Length of standard data cable approx 3m Length of flat data cable approx 0 8m Ambient temperature 5 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 72 x 51 x 24 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 ZLT Interface Licence ZLT SS The ZLT interface license is required for the communication of Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 with superior alarm monitoring systems According to requirements the superior operation control system can display only the states of the fire detection control panel or additionally allow for the operation of zones actuations etc The ZLT interface license is required in the sectional control panel th
487. mption ext supply typ 10mA 24V without sensor Current limiting sensor supply 500mA 3 wire technology analogue input 25mA Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C no icing Relative humidity 10 95 no condensation Dimensions Lx W x H 107 x 121 x 32 mm without case cover Weight 100g without case cover Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249004 Surface Mounting Box SMB500 Module 4xSurv in 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E The addressable module MEA244 1 E provides 4 inputs and 4 outputs and is connected to a fire de tection control panel via the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The inputs allow for the connection of contact detectors e g manual call points sprinkler system contacts supervising con tacts and are monitored for wire breakage and short circuit The outputs serve for the connection of control devices e g solenoid valves relay coils and provide a separate monitoring of line resistance and load resistance The reference value of both resistances is determined by means of an automatic calibration procedure initiated with a keystroke during commissioning If one of the two resistance values differs from the reference value by more than 25 during operation the output is indicated as faulty The patented method of multiple monitoring provides a reliable detection of line faults or load faults The multi module is therefore ideally suitable for the application in extinguishing systems An optional acces
488. municates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the sounder strobe Normally the unit is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the unit The tone is set by me ans of a DIL switch The sounder is always activated together with the strobe The radio sounder strobe is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or unecono mical The unit is integrated in a red plastic housing with a red cap The base a special tool for opening the housing and 2 batteries are included in the delivery Selectable tone Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 650 990Hz continuous tone 990Hz in terrupted tone 990Hz Long battery life of 5 years Adjustable sound level 9 9 software WirelEx Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 242 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Long life span of the strobe due to use of LEDs During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration 2 lithium batteries
489. n trol Panel BCnet216 with two ADM loops for detectors and modules using System Sensor 200 or Apol lo Discovery protocols The module is mounted as slide in unit on a sheet steel carrier and is used in a Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E It is integrated into the BCnet216 by connecting it to the GSSnet wiring via the GSSnet interface on the module The loop processing functions of the Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3ELG fully correspond to the functions of a BCnet Control Panel BCM216 3E equipped with 2 Loop Interfaces LIF64 1 with the li mitation that apart from the BCnet redundant alarm function no additional control panel functions are supported Features A maximum of 144 detector zones for the connection of manual call points automatic detectors con ventional modules control modules and signalling devices ADM loop wiring is realised as ring branch or any given combination of sectional rings and branches using unshielded cables 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 27 Two isolator modules at the beginning and the end of every ADM loop are integrated on the componentry Connection of 318 physical address points 159 detectors and 159 modules per ADM loop using Sy stem Sensor 200 protocol Note For the administration of 318 address points version V1 06 or higher of the firmware PL148 is required Connection of 126 physical address points detectors or modules
490. n 3 rows of 16 pairs each Freely parameterisable to indicate the activation the disablement or the fault condition of the parame terised event Designation labels allow individual marking of every LED pair Specifications Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 215 x 155 x 20 mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S 48 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 211119 211131 Serial Interface SIF601 1 The Serial Interface SIF601 1 facilitates the extension of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 with a galvanically isolated RS232C interface or alternatively with an additional INFO bus interface The type of interface its use as well as the baud rate can be parameterised at the control panel The RS232C interface can be used to connect a protocol printer a parameter setup PC an operation con trol system or an ESPA4 4 4 gateway The INFO bus can be used for connecting additional INFO bus devi ces if the INFO bus interface on the central processing board 1s not sufficient By defining filters the out put of events can be limited Specifications Output current 24VDC max 300mA Interface RS232C galvanically isolated up to 57 6 kbaud INFO bus up to 4800 baud Signal lines R
491. n Polish language Approval CNBOP 2238 2006 Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description The Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 is a decentrally located control panel for medium size to very large or far flung fire detection systems and consists of individual sectional control panels The sectional control panels are normally installed on the spot adapted to the object and distributed across the building they can however be combined at one or several locations All sectional control panels are connected via a redundant high security network the Global Security System network GSSnet and conjointly form the decentralised Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 The decentralised structure not only reduces the cabling work for connecting fire detectors it above all significantly improves the failure safety of the en tire system compared to conventionally designed fire detection control panels The control panel can easily be adapted to any required system size and provides literally unlimited possibilities also for future extensions Thanks to its wide range of possible logic combinations for alarming and transmitting devices as well as for actuations the control panel can realise even extensive and complex alarming and control tasks in the fire alarm technology It was tested according to the Construction Products Directive CPD for compliance with the European Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 including all options for the highest s
492. n an additional Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU one of which must be integrated in every detector line Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms If the contamination of the sensing system is too heavy for further compensation or if the sensing system is defective the status LED on the detector will flash yellow The degree of contamination can be scanned by the maintenance engineer via the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU Furthermore the S300RPTU is used to adjust the response sensitivity to the local requirements Features Individual detector addressing via Address Module NG58 1 or programming of the detector Response sensitivity can be set to 3 levels low medium high Functionality check by means of test activation with Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU or Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Detector status degree of contamination detector address response sensitivity as well as date of latest maintenance can be scanned and edited via Programming and Test Unit S3OORPTU Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 75uA quiescent Ambient temperature 30 C to 70
493. n or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 80g Approvals VdS G200059 0832 CPD 0003 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 4568 1 200 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 242025 Thermal RoR Detector 65 BR 55000 127 The Thermal RoR Detector 55000 127 reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 78 C according to EN 54 5 Class BR The de A tector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor o mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection 3 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 45u A quiescent Alarm temperature 78 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 65 C Ambient temperature 20 C to 90 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 80g Approvals VdS G200060 0832 CPD 0006 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Mod
494. n teen ens 274 Adhesive Tangit 0 5ke KLEB RAS 05 ere ENT EEN EELSTEN TE NENT eee EE ENNEN RINNEN ENNER NEIEN SEN E 274 Adhesive Tane V Ike KLEEB RAS coc Zeene eegene Ne 274 Cleaner Taner 0 121 E D ME 274 Cleaner Fart LE REIN RAS EE 274 Detector Label Sheet Compl 8pcs BME BEZ BOG KOMPL 0 c cc ccc cence ne tenet e nee en 275 Detector Label Sheet Spes BME BEZ BOG geg ASA EA Ee SE ENER aka 275 Detector Label Larse Sheet Spces BME GRBOG see ege ENER EN NEEN EE e SNE EES 215 Detector Label Small Sheet 20pcs BME KL BOG 0 ene enn tenn tenet ene e ees 275 Detector Label Complete BME BEZ KOMPL 0 cc ccc ccc ccc en cen rann tenet enn ravnen 276 Detector Label L rse MERZEL 276 Detector abel omal BME KG EE 276 Label BMA DME DMZ hr 276 Label oscistenerzcntrare BME sv Ten 276 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 265740 265742 265751 265818 265752 265748 265753 265757 265743 265744 249650 237700 237705 265900 265810 265812 265811 265817 265819 265813 265809 265816 265660 265662 265663 265664 265814 265815 268009 268010 265019 268012 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 eege ENEE NEEN RRE dee esedeesdeieseneveaeeeiaeesdaetecaees 277 Fre Brigade Key BOX FSR JO0 2SX D1 eege gece eseu EENS Ee 278 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D1 vooavnananvrnavvrrrnvrrrnvrrrnrrrnnnrrennrnnvnnen 279 Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 00 ccc ence een tenn enn eeneey 279
495. nd Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Czech language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 H1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Hunga rian language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Dutch language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SK1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Slovak language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 RUS1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Rus sian language Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SLO1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Remote Display and Operating Panel ABF216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed texts are in Slove nian language
496. nd is prepared for use of cable glands 24VDC 100mA 2 4W 1000N 100kg 20 C to 50 C magnet 95 x 70 x 43 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm magnet 590g armature plate 210g 0407 CPD 056 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 34 Fire Controls 299 261010 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 1000N UTKFZ10C 1380 15 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate and an arm as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The magnetic clamp is suitable for mounting on the floor on the ceiling or on the wall Release is possible via the integrated in terrupt button Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption 100mA Power consumption 2 4W Adhesive force 1000N 100kg Working temperature 20 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D magnet 90 x 147 x 105 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm Weight magnet 1 2kg armature plate 210g Approval 0407 CPD 056 261011 Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 1000N UTKFZ10L 1380 30 The magnetic clamp is used for fixing fire doors or smoke compartments and consists of a magnet with a base plate and an arm as well as an armature plate with a tilt joint as counterpart The magnetic clamp is suitable for mounting on the floor on the ceiling or on the wall Release is possible via the integrated in terrupt button Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption 100mA Po
497. nd which is equipped with 2 tamper switches and 2 terminal strips in LSA Plus technology Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 182 x 180 x 90 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 0 9kg Approval VdS G106058 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 Unblocking Element F0345 The VdS approved unblocking element which is made of stainless steel is used as additional unlocking device for fire brigade key boxes and is suitable for installation into the Key Depot Column SDS700 2 The integrated micro switch with change over contact is intended for connection to the fire detection con trol panel The unblocking element which is delivered with a 10m long connection cable is designed for installation of a drill protected lock by ABLOY Specifications Dimensions x L 42 x 80 mm Approval VdS G192034 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 The Unblocking Element FSE PHZ900 1 is used as unlocking device for fire brigade key boxes in order to allow access to the deposited master key Therefore in the event of impending damage that may be caused by a storm or high water the safety personnel can enter the building even without fire alarm Features All mechanical components made of stainless steel Hermetically sealed switch with g
498. ndary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 0 C to 55 C IP42 87 x 87 x 68 mm white 180g Art No 249215 Name Type Lithium Battery 3V CR123 249266 RF Measurement Kit FI700 RF MK ga SE The RF Measurement Kit FI700 RF MK makes planning commissioning and maintaining an eg RF fire detection system FI700 RF easier By means of the measuring equipment the field device Specifications Power supply Test detector Keyboard Dimensions case W x D x H Weight complete 249215 strength of the radio transmission between the RF interface and the RF components of the fi re detection system can be measured which allows you to find the best place for mounting a The set includes an RF interface a test detector and a wireless keyboard Before carrying out the measurement the RF interface and the test detector are positioned at the place where they are to be mounted The wireless keyboard graphically displays the field strength of the con nection to the test detector If the field strength is too low the location of the test detector must be changed The readings are updated continuously The set is supplied in a sturdy metal case and includes the RF equipment as well as an exten sion pole for the test detector a plug in power adapter which powers the RF interface and batteries for the test detector and for the keyboard lithium battery CR123 9V battery 1 2Ah 430 x 360 x 160 mm
499. ndausl HM 1 32 17 02 EE 179 Manual Call Point Red Conv ExDC31 227 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF HFM 3 73 02 233 Manual Call Point Blue 700 RF Hausalarm EMS 0202 EE 233 Manual Call Point Red 700 HFM 3 72 02 86 Manual Call Point Blue 700 HAUSAL HM 5 72 02 02 86 Manual Call Point Y ellow 700 Handausl s HM 1 72 17 02 87 Manual Call Point Blue 700 STOPP HM 5 72 18 02 88 Manual Call Point Yellow 200 Handausl HM 1 25 17 02 125 Manual Call Point Blue 200AP STOPP HM 5 25 18 02 124 Manual Call Point Red 200AP HFM 3 25 02 123 Manual Call Point Blue 200AP Hausalarm ET E EE 124 MCP Coding Module MCM1 1 0 008 4 Module Carrier BGoTo 00 eee 49 Module Carrier 19 3HU MPLA 35 Module I xIn IxRel Out XP95 55000 847 181 Module 3xIn 3xRel Out XP95 55000 588 182 Module I xIn IxRel Out 230 XP95 55000 875 182 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Rail MEA244 1 TR 136 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E 135 Module 2xSurv In IxRel Out 200 M221E 131 Module I xIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1IN10UT 91 Module I xIn IxRel 700 FI700 M1INIREL 92 Module Mini 1xIN 1xOut 700 FI700 MMIINIOUT 94 Module Mini 1 xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 MMI1INIREL 94 Module Box 30mm 700 FI700 MB 104 Module Box 52mm 700 FI700 MBD 104 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 104 317
500. nder Red DBSLIDR Lid For Detector Base Sounder White DBSLIDW Lid for Sounder White 4568 1 292 Lid for Sounder Red 4568 1 293 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X Line Coupler Redundance Control LKR21 1 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv SKM 03 Linear Heat Detector Unit XP95 SKM 95 Linear Heat Detector Unit Conv LWM 1 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 Long Distance Modem BCnet2 16 MOD 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 1139 01 0100 211110 214021 214037 214038 261003 261004 261005 261006 261008 261009 261010 261011 261018 261019 245015 245040 245041 245042 245043 245044 245045 245080 245081 245082 245302 245352 245356 245387 245395 245402 245416 245417 245429 245432 245683 245695 245698 245771 245774 245777 245780 245785 245788 245792 245796 249096 211162 212034 249076 249077 249078 249092 249095 249102 249253 249254 249259 249260 249270 249271 249274 Product List Loop Interface LIF601 1 0 ccc cence eens 46 Loop Interface LIF64 1 0 0 ccc cece eee neces 29 Loop Interface LIF128 1 s acasca sc NEE SNE RE 29 Loop Interface LIF128 1 700 0 cece eee ee 30 M Magnetic Clamp 500N UTKFMO5F 1330 297 Magnetic Clamp Reset SOON UTKFB05 1350 297 Magnetic Clamp Reset 150mm 500N ERNST S70 E HE 297 Magnetic Clamp Reset 300mm 500N ENN SE EE AE 298 Magnetic C
501. ndition detector address and date of the last maintenance can be read out with the Program ming and Test Unit S300RPTU Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 110 Chapter 14 Conventional Detectors Series 300 ECO1000 242041 a Gap Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 163 151 151 157 158 157 156 supplied through detector line voltage typ 85u quiescent 58 C max 45 C 30 C to 70 C 5 to 95 no condensation 102 x 43 mm cream 75g LPCB 199n 14 0832 CPD 0063 Art No Name Type 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 246008 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM 246019 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401DGRM 246111 Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 246150 Remote Test Unit 300 1000 ECO1000RTU 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 246113 Zonal Display Unit 300 S300ZDU Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E The Thermal Max Detector 4351E reacts to a maximum temperature of 78 C according to EN 54 5 Class BS The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m For quick localisation in the event of an alarm each detector can be a
502. ne Monitors up to 126 BCnet members of a decentralised Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 8mA quiescent condition BCnet redundant alarm line 2 core circular line Line resistance max IkOhm Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 40 x 15 mm Weight 20g 01 EX11399E SAM E amm 1039 01 0100 ap 214003 214130 214232 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 33 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT I 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E Auxiliary Housing For BC216 GEH216 4 The wall mount cabinet made of powder coated sheet steel is used for the housing of stand by batteries an d or auxiliary modules as supplement to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 in standard wall mount cabinets The cabinet is prepared for the installation of Two stand by batteries 12V max 22Ah at the cabinet bottom and 4 Mounting Brackets BW216 1 for auxiliary modules or Four stand by batteries 12V max 22Ah two batteries at the cabinet bottom two batteries in an optio nal Battery Bracket BK216 1 and a Mounting Bracket BW216 1 for auxiliary modules Specifications Dimen
503. ng The integrated detector base accommodates automatic fire detectors Series XP95 or Discovery The sounder is supplied via the ADM loop and activated by the remote indicator output of the detector Features ra Alternating tone 630 990Hz a e Signal sequence 1Hz Low power consumption Specifications Operating voltage 17 to 28VDC Current consumption from loop typ 10uA sounder off max 3mA sounder on Sound level 85dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP23 Dimensions x H 115 x 38 mm Colour white Weight 140g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 200 359022 Mounting Plate for Sounder XP95 45681 311 355134 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert 45681 330 The addressable sounder with integrated strobe 45681 330 is installed in a round white plastic housing The unit is actuated using Apollo Discovery protocol and powered via the ADM loop The sounder is al ways activated together with the strobe The integrated detector base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery The unit is prepared for indoor surface mounting F 4 oe A 3 e p F D gf Ka Lengt Le If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone In case of activation the function of the sounder is monitored by means of an integra ted microphone Depending on the parameter setup of
504. ng elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Swedish language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 B1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in French language Approval ANPI BFS DE 1096 2003 03 20 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 CZ1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Czech language Using the optional interface Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 the connection to the Radom transmit ting system can be realised Approval EZU 7 105034 00 00 20 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214062 214058 214066 214079 214081 214085 214087 214089 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 H1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Hungarian language Approval EMILABS 85 2000 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 NL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 IN
505. nnection of devices with serial data transfer e g a protocol printer a parameter setup PC The functional unit consists of a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and an adapter board with flat cable for relocating the D SUB plug of the SIM216 1 to the connection surface of the fire detection control modules Specifications Current consumption at 24V Interface Signal lines Connection type Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Cross references Page 26 25 26 typ 10mA RS232C galvanically isolated up to 57 6 kbaud RxD TxD CTS DTR D SUB plug 9 pole 5 C to 50 C SIM216 1 70 x 45 x 20 mm adapter board 73 x 34 x 22 mm 70g Art No Name Type 214234 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E USB to Serial Converter UC 232A The converter UC 232A is used for connecting the USB interface of a PC to the serial interface of a fire detection control panel A CD with the necessary driver software for Windows 98 2000 ME XP Vista and 7 is supplied with the converter Specifications Cable length Connection type Cross references Page 57 57 30cm USB connector type A 9 pole D SUB connector Art No Name Type 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 am mv 58 Chapter 6 Interfaces 223025 Ethernet Module ENM2 1 The Ethernet Module ENM2 1 is used
506. nsation Dimensions Lx W x H 210 x 170 x 66 mm Weight 470g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249290 249291 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 95 Module 4xIn 2xOut 2xRel 700 FI700 M4INZOUT2REL The multiple monitor and control module FI700 M4IN2OUT2REL is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides 4 independent line monitored inputs for the connection of contact detectors two line monitored outputs as well as two independent dry relay outputs for the actuation of external devices With that various devices such as manual call points supervising con tacts signalling devices or solenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The load that is connected to the monitored outputs is powered by an external power supply The module occupies 8 consecutive addresses on the loop The base address is set in the range I to 233 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the module can also be AUTO addressed The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features 2 two coloured status LEDs for the common indication of the conditions of the inputs and outputs Inputs and monitored outputs are monitored for wire breakage and short circu
507. nsion BCE216 3LG 2 0 eee nent n een nen eee ne eees 21 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 ICE INT1 2 0 ccc cc cnc cnn cence nee ravnen 22 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE Al 2 0 ccc ence nen e nnn nen nnn eees 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE D1 oc iceicd doic cas ENEE REENEN E STEEN ENEE ese resa dren 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC2164I1CE S 1 rege eh chereng ech seen Zoe geg Boegen 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC210 ICE NLI aere Ee EE ei SR ele 23 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE CZ1 ee ceed N E ENEE ENEE bane sean 24 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 10CE AH sassanidene d ENEE ENEE ENEE A 24 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 2 1 ccc nent annen annen anrnnnennn 24 BCnet Sectional Control Panel OP BC216 2EPS 2 0 0 ccc cence ene e een e nent enn eeas 25 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 20 cen een n nnn e teen nen eeneeees 25 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E i2200 csidesdew eer eg Are ge reg e AER Ee A 26 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3EUG get EE EE cee EN ANEN ae 26 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 0 0 0 cece cence nent e net e nee neees 21 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E Al anosonnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnssnsrnnnnssesrrrnrrsrer reesen 28 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E D1 ccc cece cnn een nee n nee n eens 28 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E NLI 2 0 ccc cece nent n nee n te
508. nstallation box is used for surface mounting of an Optical Battery Smoke Detector Series FH20 which is networked with other detectors or which is mains powered if there is no flush mount installation box Specifications Dimensions x H 92 x 26 mm 01 EX11399E SAM 8 ao 1039 01 0100 nb 222013 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 259 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 The detector reset module is needed for the connection of special detectors with separate power supply eg RF interfaces aspiration smoke detection systems beam smoke detectors to detector lines in ad dressable conventional technology The componentry allows for the resetting of an activated special detec tor by resetting the corresponding detector zone at the fire detection control panel Depending on the con nection both detectors with integrated reset input as well as detectors which are reset by disconnecting the power supply can be reset Features Integrated processing logic for the detector line signal Protection circuit for supply of detector LED display for signalling the activation Specifications Operating voltage 20 to 31 VDC Output current max lA Current consumption at 24V ImA quiescent 20mA active Relay contact rating LA 60V 30W Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 70 x 45 x 17 mm Weight approx 40g om Bas E 260 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems Smoke Aspira
509. nt 190mA alarm two detector modules max 210mA quiescent 220mA alarm Ambient temperature 0 C to 40 C Noise level typ 31 db A Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 267 244325 Detector Module DM TT 01 L 267 244324 Detector Module DM TT 10 L 266 244323 Detector Module DM TT 50 L 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 265 244351 Front Foil FW TP 4 265 244352 Front Foil FW TP 5 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 244320 Detector Module DM TP 50 L The Detector Module DM TP 50 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A or TP 1 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds D Specifications Response threshold Light obscuration 1 0 0 5 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross references Page Art No Name Type 262 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 263 244340 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL 244321 Detector Module DM TP 10 L ai The Detector Module DM TP 10 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the 9 u monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration Sy
510. nt nee n ene n nee ae 207 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 0 ccc ccc ccc cence nnn ne teen eee n teen ne eees 207 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 0 0 ccc ccc cen cence nnn e nen e nen ee ne eees 207 Replacement Glass for HM Red SCH HM ROT 0 occ ccc cee nen eee n nee nnn ee nnn eees 207 Replacement Glass for HM Blue SCH HM BLAU 207 Replacement Glass for HM Yellow SCH HM GELB 0 ccc ccc enn e nent e neces 207 Special Desionation for MCP HM BESCH ege ENEE EENS AN ae Kerg 207 Plexi Glass Cover for FIJ00 MCP C004 cece neces Ger Greene eee 208 hinged Cover for NIGP WCP PS200 NEEN 208 Surface Mount Bos MCPSA SR Zaiten E NA se eecdhasuundssadesecesdeuededewkeosas 208 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T oo nen nee en ee nn tenn enn e ene bene eens 208 Glass Pane for MCP Senes Opes G21 140 EE 209 Flexi Poet tor MCP WEP PSIO cp geben ee E eege erer eg e ge e 209 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 355112 355113 355114 355001 355014 351010 351650 356003 356004 356001 356650 359003 359007 359004 359008 359005 359006 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMATZZARBAR D 210 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4W D 00 e eee eee e eens 210 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone DBSUZ2ZARBAWD cece eee e eee eee rnrn nnen 211 Sounder 24V Red Multitone 100dB MSIR oo ccc ccc cece vever verv rav v rn tees eee ee ees 211 Sounder 24V White Multitone 100dB MS1W ccc ccc eee eee ee eee e
511. nter Two integrated serial interfaces Integrated INFO bus for the connection of fire brigade control units and intelligent remote indication units Connection of a serial protocol printer via an optional data interface Control panel recognises all control panel components and loop elements by means of auto setup du ring first commissioning Connection of detectors via unshielded 2 wire cabling Stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 22Ah can be installed in the control panel s housing 9 9 9 6 6M Additional features and functions when operating in analogue ADM loop technology can be found in the description of the Loop Interface LIF64 lor LIF128 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 12 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 Specifications Mains voltage Connection power Output voltage Output current of power supply Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight without batteries Approvals Cross references Page 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz 75VA typ 27 6V DC max 2 3A typ 90mA without optional componentries 5 C to 50 C 420 x 520 x 120 mm grey white RAL 9002 approx 7 2kg VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Art No Name Type 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 214023 Fire Brigade I F Additional Board FWZ2 1 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 214037 Loop In
512. ntrol Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 300VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 8 4A Current consumption at 24V typ 90mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 233 x 355 x 104 mm Weight approx 2 8kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria 26 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214205 214234 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 35 214230 Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 27 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT I 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 32 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS5 1 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E The Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E is a BCnet sectional control panel in slide in unit design without power supply and without display and operating field It is mounted on a sheet steel carrier and designed for use in a Control Panel Rack 8 HU RACK216 1E The slide in unit is prepared for a maximum of 2 function modules Conventional Detect
513. ntrol Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 41 211999T Series BC600 description Remote Indicator PA58 3 The Remote Indicator PA58 3 serves for the remote display of the alarm activation of a fire detector if the status LED on the detector is not visible false floors false ceilings etc or if the indicator is placed at a remote site Depending on the connection the remote indicator can display the activation of a single detec tor or several detectors can be combined for a common display Features High power LED Connection of up to 3 indicators to one detector Supply via detector line Plastic case with red cap Surface mounting or flush mounting on 55 60mm installation box 9 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the detector line or loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ SmA active Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class P42 Dimensions W x H x D 80 x 80 x 27 mm Colour white Weight 42g om kamp 76 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 251004 Features High power LED Supply via detector line 66 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Protection class Cable diameter Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Remote indicator with red cap Plastic housing with transparent cover PG screw connection included in the delivery Remote Indicator PA58 3 IP65 The Remote Indicator PA
514. ntrol Panel with Operat BC216 2 A1 The BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 A1 is a modularly designed sectional control panel with display and operating field in the version for Austria for application in a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 D1 The BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 D1 is a modularly designed sectional control panel with display and operating field in the version for Germany for application in a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 correspond to those of the BCnet Control Panel BC216 2 INT1 In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the operating field By means of this lock the fire brigade personnel can directly access authorization level 2 The labels of the display and operati
515. o 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 105g VdS G299037 0832 CPD 0024 Art No Name Type 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 g p E 176 Chapter 19 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 241022 242028 Optical Thermal Detector Disc 58000 700 The Optical Thermal Detector 58000 700 operates both with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light as well as with a temperature sensor based on the rate of rise heat detection principle The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol and is sui table for indoor mounting The alarm evaluation is based on the analysis of both detection units if only one characteristic of fire occurs false alarms can be mostly avoided Please note that the detector must not be used if the room height exceeds 7 5m in the thermal only mode Intelligent evaluation algorithms compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing sy stem Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting another effective measure for preventing false alarms What is more the response sensitivity of the detector can be adjusted via the fire detection control panel to adapt the detector optimally to the application environment Features Permanent evaluation of environmental conditions Cons
516. o a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 without any additional devices For the connection to a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BCO16 a Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 is required Features 4 line LC display for the indication of alarms as clear text Parameterisable LED displays for important operating conditions Integrated buzzer with silence function Multilingual operation menu USB interface for parameterisation and firmware update LED and LCD test function 4 auxiliary inputs and 2 auxiliary outputs with parameterisable function Lettering of the display elements by means of labelling strips Sheet steel housing for wall mounting Specifications Operating voltage 15 to 31VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 15mA quiescent typ 55mA display test Baud rate 600 1200 2400 4800 baud Serial interface connection USB socket type B Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Relative humidity max 95 Protection class IP30 Dimensions W x H x D 250 x 174 x 30 mm Colour housing grey white RAL 9002 Weight 1 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 19 214093 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 S1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 23 214112 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE S1 6 210103 Fire Detection Control P
517. ocol Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation by pressing in plastic pane without breaking it Plastic pane easy to reset Detector housing can be opened only with a special key provided 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 260u A quiescent Ambient temperature 10 C to 55 C Relative humidity 0 95 no condensation Protection class IP24 Dimensions W x H x D 89 x 93 x 28 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 110g Approvals LPCB 166b 45 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 209 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 208 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 208 245019 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR 208 245012 Surface Mount Box MCP5A SR3T 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 8 amm Bas E 128 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 245043 245044 Manual Call Point Red 200 ISM Flexi MCP5A RPO8FF The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is activated by pressing in the plastic pane without breaking it The pane can be placed again into the idle position with a special key thereby resetting the detector The detector contains a dual isolator and is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology using System Sensor 200 protocol Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Activation
518. ocol The tone is set by means of a DIL switch If several sounders are actuated in paral lel they are synchronised by the fire detection control panel to generate a uniform warning tone The soun der is always activated together with the strobe The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line The sounder is integrated in a red plastic housing with a red cap and thanks to its dust and water pro tected design with protection class IP66 it is suitable for harsh environmental conditions Features Selectable tone Slow Whoop tone DIN tone alternating tone 650 990Hz continuous tone 990Hz in terrupted tone 990Hz Low power consumption HE N pecifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Sound level Flash frequency Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 106 Long life span of the strobe due to use of LEDs 2 different sound levels selectable Address can be set in the range to 240 by means of Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel supply through the loop voltage typ 70u sounder strobe off max 10mA sounder strobe on 100dB A Im distance 1Hz 10 C to 55 C IP66 110 x 110 x 105 mm red 300g Art No Name Type 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Strobe 700ISM Red Red FI700 WM STRRR The S
519. odule 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF M LIN 90 249250 Monitor Module 1xIn 700 FI700 M LIN Module Box 30mm 700 FI700 MB The module box is designed for surface mounting of a module Series FI700 Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 87 x 87 x 30 mm Weight 72g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 90 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 M10OUT 91 249252 Control Module 1xRel 700 FI700 M1REL 91 249253 Module 1xIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1IN1OUT 92 249254 Module 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 M1INIREL 235 249267 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF M1IN 90 249250 Monitor Module 1xIn 700 FI700 M1IN Module Box 52mm 700 FI700 MBD The module box is designed for surface mounting of a module Series FI700 in case of surface cabling by means of cable conduits or thick cables At the bottom of the box there is an auxiliary terminal for easier wiring Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 87 x 87 x 52 mm Weight 130g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 90 249251 Control Module 1xOut 700 FI700 M10OUT 91 249252 Control Module 1xRel 700 FI700 M1REL 91 249253 Module 1xIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1IN1OUT 92 249254 Module 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 M1INIREL 235 249267 Monitor Module 1xIN 700 RF FI700 RF M1IN 90 249250 Monitor Module 1xIn 700 FI700 M1IN 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 105 244050 Duct Detector Housing 700 FI700 DDH The Duct Detector FI700 DDH monitors ventilation ducts or air conditioning channels
520. odule LED typ 6mA Contact rating relay output max 2A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Protection class IP42 in connection with module box Dimensions L x W x H 87 x 87 x 32 mm Weight 80g Approval 0086 CPD 533485 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 104 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Module 1xIn 1xOut 700 FI700 M1IN10UT The monitor and control module FI700 M1IN1OUT is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides both a line monitored input for the connection of contact detectors as well as a line monitored output for the actuation of external devices With that various devices such as manual call points supervising contacts signalling devices or solenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The load that is connected to the output is powered by an ex ternal power supply The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features 2 two coloured status LEDs indicate the alarm condition of the input the activation of the output and the fault condition of the input and of the output Input and output monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined wi
521. odule NTM2402 1 303 317021 Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 35 Power Supply Devices 305 317033 Battery Bracket BK24 1 4 The Battery Bracket BK24 1 is prepared for simple and secure installation of stand by batteries in the Po wer Supply Housing NTG24 2 or in a 19 cabinet The stable steel sheet design can accommodate a maxi mum of either one stand by battery 12V 65Ah or 12V 85Ah or two stand by batteries 12V 45Ah H _ Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 370 x 195 x 209 mm V 4 i Material sheet steel galvanised Weight approx 1 8kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 304 317032 Power Supply Housing NTG24 2 249014 PSU For Detector Heater MH TR1 i The power supply unit serves for generating the heating voltage for the detector heaters MH500 1 MH60 1 and MH95 1 e Features Power supply for up to ten detector heaters Optical indication for operation and fault e Monitored heating voltage the malfunction can be forwarded to the fire detection control panel as fault message Wall mount cabinet for surface mounting Specifications L Mains voltage 230VAC 10 15 50Hz Power consumption 200VA Heating voltage 40V AC Output current 5A Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 200 x 300 x 155 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 9kg Cross references Page Art No Nam
522. of 2 decadic rotary switches Easy function testing by means of magnet oe Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 2404 normal communication Alarm temperature 78 C Operating temperature max 65 C Ambient temperature 30 C to 80 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 49 mm Colour white Weight 88g Approvals VdS G209017 0786 CPD 20654 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242115 242092 245792 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 123 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS 52051HTE The design of the Thermal Max Detector 52051 HTE is identical with that of the Thermal Max Detector 52051HTEI but the 52051HTE is not equipped with a dual isolator which disconnects the loop Specifications for further specifications see 52051 HTED Current consumption max 190u normal communication Colour white Approvals VdS G209023 0786 CPD 20660 Thermal Max Detector 200AP BS Ivory 52051HTE IV The design of the Thermal Max Detector 52051HTE IV is identical with that of the Thermal Max Detec tor 52051HTE but the 52051HTE IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see 52051HTED Current consumption max 1904 normal communication
523. ol Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 does not require any additional modules Up to 6 Remote Tableau Drive Units PTU288 1 can be connected to one control panel Features 5 parameterisable inputs for control functions Possible connection of up to three LED Display Fields LAB48 x or LED Connection Modules LAM48 1 in any combination LEDs can be used to indicate the conditions of detectors detector zones actuations actuation elements alarming devices transmitting devices extinguishing systems or flooding zones and the most important system conditions e g summary alarm fault or disabled condition depending on the parameter setup Individual or summary display of events from detectors detector zones actuations actuation elements alarming devices and transmitting devices depending on the parameter setup USB interface for parameter setup using the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT PARSOFT version V1 21 or higher is required for parameterisation of the PTU288 1 Setable baudrate and INFO bus address Specifications Operating voltage 15 31 VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 15mA without LED componentries Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C USB connection USB plug socket type B Dimensions Lx W x H 150 x 75 x 20 mm Weight 76g om Bas E 78 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 252013 259011 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 B
524. ol and monitor up to 8 flooding zones The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 Art No 218990T The control panel is installed in a wall mount cabinet made of powder coated sheet steel and prepared for 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 an LED Display Field LAB48 1 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and additional optional componentries as well as stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the dis played and printer texts are in English language The parameters of the control panel can be set up and transmitted to the control panel quickly and reliably by means of a PC and the Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 1 Additionally the parameter setup can also be realised without any further tools using the keypad of the integrated display and opera ting field of the control panel or by means of a commercially available PC keyboard Most important features Micro processor technology with diverse redundant processing logic Administration of up to 144 detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification technical messages and fault detectors with or without self resetting property Administration of 10 transmitting
525. ol panel as Class A2R ra e 3 te of rise detector or as Class A2S maximum heat detector The detector is designed for use on the ADM i A loop with Apollo Discovery protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a maximum room height of gt 6m Note According to the Construction Products Directive CPD the detector has only been approved for use as maximum heat detector Features Continuous transmission of the current measured value to the fire detection control panel Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 19 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 194 195 75 241027 OR trai suitable for indoor mounting Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY 175 supplied through loop voltage typ 250u quiescent 20 C to 70 C no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 105g VdS G294029 0832 CPD 0161 Art No Name Type 246025 Detector Base XP95 4568 1 210 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 4568 1 321 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Optical Smoke Detector Disc 58000 600 The Optical Smoke Detec
526. old contacts Integrated heating Profile half cylinder with length of 25mm 30mm or 35mm can be installed Compatible with all standard fire detection control panels Universal line monitored connection 99966 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 285 Specifications Contact rating of switch max 1A 42VAC DC Heating 24VAC DC IVA Length of profile half cylinder 25mm 30mm 35mm Protection class IP54 Ambient temperature 25 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D 80 x 80 x 80 mm Weight 0 5kg without cylinder Approval VdS G109094 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 277 265740 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 278 265742 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX D1 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 285 265663 Mounting Kit for FSE PHZ900 1 MOSET FSE PHZ900 1 285 265664 Protective Cover for FSE PHZ900 1 SABD900 1 265663 Mounting Kit for FSE PHZ900 1 MOSET FSE PHZ900 1 By means of the mounting kit an Unblocking Element FSE PHZ900 1 can be mounted on facades with thermal insulation The set includes the mounting plate 4 threaded rods with nuts and hexagon bolts an armoured plastic tube and a screw joint By cutting the threaded rods to the correct length the completely installed unit can be adapted to the thickness of the thermal insulation ranging between 45mm and 160mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 284 265662 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 265664 Protective C
527. on Dimensions W x H x D 137 x 132 x 40 mm Colour cream Weight 170g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 108 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 109 242042 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S 5351TE 110 242041 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E 109 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 A1R 5351E Programming and Test Unit 300 S300RPTU The hand held programming device is used for setting and reading the parameters of System Sensor Series 300 detectors The device can exchange data with a Series 300 detector either over short distances or combined with the Programming and Test Unit S300SAT over distances up to 4 5m In the satellite unit for remote programming date and time can be set This date information can be stored as timestamp of the latest maintenance date in the maintained detector Features Setting of date and time in the device Setting of the detector address Setting of the response sensitivity only with 2351E and 2351TEM Setting of the maintenance date Display of the detector contamination only with 2351E and 2351TEM Display of the detector status separately for smoke and temperature value with 2351TEM Display of the latest maintenance date Function test test activation of Series 300 detectors 9 9 9 6 gt 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage 4 5VDC 3 x 1 5V type AAA batteries Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensa
528. on 1 0 0 5 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross references Page Art No Name Type 263 244341 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 264 244342 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL 266 244300 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 267 244324 Detector Module DM TT 10 L ei The Detector Module DM TT 10 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the ao monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 TP 4 or TP 4 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds Specifications Response threshold Light obscuration 0 8 0 4 0 2 0 1 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross references Page Art No Name Type 263 244341 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 264 244342 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL 266 244300 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 244325 Detector Module DM TT 01 L The Detector Module DM TT 01 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 TP 4 or TP 4 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The
529. on of an LBC sub control panel LBC1000 or LBC32 into the Global Security System network GSSnet The license must be ordered together with the BCnet LBC Gateway Cross references Page Art No Name Type 64 214176 BCnet LBC Gateway 19 6HU BCNET LBC GW Programming Cable BC216 RS232 PK216 1 The cable is used for connecting a COM interface of a PC with the Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 ofa Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 or Series BCO16 Specifications Cable length 1 8m Connection type 9 pole D SUB socket on both sides Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 66 Chapter 7 Additional Modules for Fire Detection Control Panels D Additional Modules for Fire Detection Control Panels 223024 Siren Connection Module SZ258 2 The Siren Connection Module SZ58 2 is installed particularly in Fire Detection Control Panels Series LBC to allow for the connection of acoustic signalling devices e g sirens to two separately controlled li ne monitored electric circuits The signalling devices can be supplied either directly by the fire detection control panel or at increased current demand by an external power supply Features Connection to a monitored siren output of the fire detection control panel Activation via selectable detector zone outputs Activation via an external switch Monitore
530. onal Detector Interface GIF608 1 47 211113 Fire Brigade Interface FW1600 1 47 211117 LED Display Field LAF648 1 46 211110 Loop Interface LIF601 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 211241 211112 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 45 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S The modularly constructed Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S comprises a wall mount cabinet with a display and operating field a Power Supply NT604 1 with an output current of 4 2A a Backplane BPL610 1 with a Central Processing Board ZTB600 1 and 8 free mounting positions as well as a Module Carrier BGT600 1 In addition the unit offers the following specific features Ifan optional Backplane BPL608 1 is installed 8 additional mounting positions for function modules are available As a result the control panel housing can be equipped with a maximum of 16 function modules e g Conventional Detector Interface GIF608 1 Loop Interface LIF601 1 Fire Brigade Inter face FWI600 1 The integrated display and operating field consists of a 1 4 VGA graphics display the LED displays as well as a membrane keypad The door of the housing is provided with 4 mounting spaces for optional expansions such as a LED but ton field a front p
531. onentry is actua ted using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop The sounder is always activated together with the strobe Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Low power consumption Integrated detector base 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the sounder strobe address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available HK Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450u A sounder and strobe off max 4 1mA low sound level max 5 4mA medium sound level max 9 0mA high sound level Sound level detector mounted typ 70dB A Im distance low sound level typ 79dB A Im distance medium sound level typ 87dB A Im distance high sound level max 95dB A Im distance high sound level Flash frequenc
532. ontrol Unit AD900 1 to any fire detection control panel even from other manufacturers Features High mechanical safety due to use of strong materials and intelligent design High corrosion resistance entire body construction made of stainless steel V2A Burglar alarm surveillance for the following componentries and functions Outer door protected against drilling and forced opening Correct deposit of the key in the cylinder of the console Application ofall locking systems possible due to a variety of optional inner doors Buzzer for indication of incorrect deposit of key Heating device for outer door Optional flush mounting frame enables preparation for installation also available with all side drilling protection Adjusting options for even alignment of the key box Installation in optional key depot column possible Specifications Operating voltage 12 24VDC 15 Duty cycle of electromagnet 100 Current consumption at 12 24VDCtyp 260mA Outer door heating 24VAC DC SVA Resistance of alarm circuit 2 2kOhm 5 Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions W x H x D 280 x 264 x 145 mm Weight 16kg Approval VdS G199055 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 280 265744 Auxiliary Cylinder PHZ700 2 281 265900 Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D1 279 265818 Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 279 265751 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D1 280 265753 Inner Door For FSK700 2 2SX DBUS ITB 2 D
533. op elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function Independent CMOS processor to ensure the alarming capability even at system failure of the control panel Additional features and functions of the ADM loop technology alarm threshold tracing for every single smoke detector on the ADM loop according to its individual contamination The sensitivity of every smoke detector is thus held constant over a very long period of time and deceptive alarms are avoided maintenance prognosis by means of processor aided interpolation of data concerning the trend of contamination for every single smoke detector on the ADM loop This way it is possible to predict the next maintenance date with a high degree of probability which in turn results in major cost savings in maintenance during the lifetime of the fire detection system detector test checks the alarming capability of every ADM detector from the fire detection control panel Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 25mA without detectors modules Total loop current max 300mA at reduced line resistance Loop line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 132 x 74 x 16 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel w
534. operating field By means of this lock the fire briga de personnel can directly access authorization level 2 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Swedish language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in Swedish language 214000 Approvals 214610 Approvals 214092 214006 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 B1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in French language Approval ANPI BFS DE 1096 2003 03 20 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214015 214007 214009 214017 214049 214080 214084 214086 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 13 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 CZ1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Czech language Using the optional interface Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 the connection to the Radom transmit ting system can be realised Approval EZU 7 105034 00 00 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 H1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display
535. optical measurement system is compensated for With that the response sen sitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time a further effective step to avoid false alarms Features Two multicoloured LEDs with 360 visibility indicate the operating conditions Output for external remote indicator Insect screen Mechanical theft protection in the base Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 159 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Easy function testing by means of magnet o 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 15 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 154 75 241049 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 115 supplied through loop voltage max 270u normal communication 30 C to 70 C 10 93 no condensation 102 x 45 mm white 97g VdS G209015 0786 CPD 20652 Art No Name Type 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM Ivory ND22051EI IV 241111 The design of the Optical Smoke Detector ND22051EI IV is identical with that of the Optical Smoke De tector ND22051EI but the ND22051EI IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Art No Name Type Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory BSOLAP IV Remote Indicator PA58 3 Cross references Page 154 246038 75 251003
536. or 9V FH20 0 9 257 250036 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 B1 73 241151 Optical Battery Smoke Detector 9 230V FH20 0 9 230 258 250037 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SK1 73 241022 Optical Thermal Detector Disc 58000 700 176 250038 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 H1 73 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM 108 250039 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 INT1 72 241046 Optical Thermal Detector 1000 ECO1002 111 250046 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 RUSI1 73 241048 Optical Thermal Detector 200AP Ivory DV22051TE IV 117 250047 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 SLOI1 73 241063 Optical Thermal Detector Orbis IS OH 53027 217 250048 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 T1 73 241081 Optical Thermal Detector 700 FI700 OT 84 250049 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 PL1 73 241083 Optical Thermal Detector 700 RF Compl FI700 RF OT 230 250050 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 HR1 74 241116 Optical Thermal Detector 200APISM DV22051TEI 116 250052 Remote Display A Operation Panel ABF216 1 S1 72 01 EX11399E SAM I auma 1039 01 0100 kamp 250705 251003 251004 251010 251011 252012 244173 244281 244282 244283 249013 249222 249223 249601 249608 249609 249261 249264 249265 249266 228003 228004 228006 246112 244242 244133 244201 244248
537. or Base Orbis IS MB 5001S sanse 219 Thermal RoR Detector 400 Ex 5451EIS wo ccc cece cece cece cece eens ee eeeeeeeees 220 Optical Smoke Detector Cony Ex SER E IS 2214012024424 E STEE A EE 044052404 Ee SS same ska eaters ex 220 Detector Base Conv Ex YBN R 4IS oo ccc cece cece eee e cece sees ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeuues 221 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 oo ccc ccc ccc cece eee ne seen ee eeeeeenee eee 221 Thermal Detector IPG 7 Conv MAX BS 6296 353s buses eyds duo do days bus dee uy eidixedonedesseacswedesues 222 Darel y Baler I oe de 222 BT 223 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP Ex 22051EISE IV 2 0 0 nee nee nent e een e nent en nen 223 SA N ales EP REE 224 Protocol Interface 200 IST200 secrissrrsssrersis eitt mener eneeier den beer aber eden 224 Optical Smoke Detector XP95 Ex 55000 640 1 0 0 cnn ne cent AEREE Ee ETEA 224 Thermal Detector XP95 Ex 55000 440 oo ccc ccc cece ee eee ene eee eeeeeeeeeeeeueeeuaeee 25 Detector Base 4795 Ex 4566 E EE 226 patety Bier XPOS EE 226 Protocol Intertace XP95 55000 8555 22 45 EE e reese dende 227 Manual Call Point Red Conv Ex DC31 0 ccc ccc ccc cece c ence nese eeee beens vasse 221 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 249261 249264 249265 241082 241083 242081 249066 245082 245695 245698 249262 249267 249263 249292 355181 355195 355191 355193 355188 355196 355194 356051 251011 249266 249215 249218 RF Inerlace EEN tee Ee Eege NE 228 RE Expander 00 FIOORP VE Ae geed e Re E LEE
538. or Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 and an Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E By connecting a Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E to the Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E the BCnet sectional control panel can be operated directly The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T Specifications Supply voltage 21 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 80mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 233 x 355 x 42 mm Weight approx 0 9kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Cross references Page Art No Name Type 35 214230 Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 27 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 51 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 32 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS5 1 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG The Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG allows for the extension of a Fire Detection Co
539. or the detector and one for the in tegrated control module The 3 response thresholds for the conditions ALERT ACTION and FIRE can be parameterised separately for both channels Disturbance of air flow is monitored separately for both channels and is signalled via the loop address of the control module of the affected channel whereas fault of the laser smoke detector is transmitted via the according detector address Every fault condition of a channel also causes the deactivation of the relay FAULT The conditions for detector fault ALERT ACTION and FIRE of each channel are signalled via LEDs The conditions for operation summary fault and ventilator fault are each signalled by combined LEDs The ve locity of air flow or alternatively the smoke density of each channel can be indicated via 10 step LED displays The smoke aspiration system is provided with the entire evaluation electronics and 2 laser smoke detec tors but without the sensor pipe network Specifications for further specifications see A211E LSR Pipe length max 50m per channel Cross references Page Art No Name Type 272 244282 Replacement Filter internal coarse PU 1 02 FL53 ee 244283 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 10p 02 FL56 244032 Smoke Aspiration System Housing A310E The Smoke Aspiration System Housing A3 10E can accommodate one or two smoke detectors of any manufacturer Air from the monitored room is aspirated by the sensor pipe network that is connect
540. oubedmanenhenoceares 271 Pipe Clamp Len N 271 e ET WEE 271 INen KRetum Spring EA D RM 211 Ceiling Lead Throuen Set DDF ROMPL EE 211 Sens mo Hose DNIZAO DNI MN 271 Air Filter for Smoke Aspir System LF RAS eigtl E SEET cece oorder eVit Me ented ke samene ca 271 Air Filter for Smoke Aspir System VSP 850 2 0 0 ccc ccc cee ce cece ete nen een en nn ee ee eeeeeneeeeees 212 om mo XIV 31 32 244281 244282 244283 244173 244254 244237 244242 244236 244999T 244233 244234 244128 244129 244130 244126 244131 244127 Labels 249211 249217 249240 249242 249011 249040 249042 249041 249243 Replacement Filter extem PU 4 pcs E e EE 212 Replacement Filter mea coarse PU LO2 PLS T saasasrveisseer r anse seere L ven 712 Replacement Filter internal fine PU 106 TE 0 e Ee erre ENEE 272 Replacement Filter For VIf VLF FILTER avananavarnavvr naar cee nen nee cent ene enn ee ener 212 oO Way Bil Valve PYCO PKA DN20 rear 212 3 Way Bal Valve Metal SMET BEE 273 Screw Joint Pvc Brass UVS 25344 273 Condensate Separator DASKABSS WEE 273 Aspiration Hole Reduction Foils Overviews 222 d dg 204050000 4604500004 eee 273 Sleeve For Reduction Foil BAVARED Ate EE AE Ee SE ee 274 Plastic Clip for Red Foil Low temp KC AREDF TK 0 ccc cence nee e nnn e nee e enn eeens 274 Adhesive Tangit 0 12kg KLEB RAS 01 00 ee enn nnn e ne nee net ee nen en tenes 274 Adhesive Tangit 0 25kg KLEB RAS 02 20 c occ een nen nnn need ten
541. ounder amp Strobe IP54 Red ESBR 216 359008 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP66 Red ESBRS Strobe 24V Red Orange MS2RA The Strobe MS2RA is mounted in a red plastic housing with an orange cap and is suitable for indoor and outdoor mounting Features Very high flash energy Suitable for surface mounting Long life span Specifications Operating voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 250mA Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 40 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 90 x 90 x 81 mm Colour housing flame red RAL 3000 Weight 260g Approval VdS G28714 Strobe 24V Red Red MS2RR 24V The Strobe MS2RR is accommodated in a red plastic housing with red cap and is prepared for indoor and outdoor mounting Features Very high flash energy Suitable for surface mounting Exchangeable cap for different colours Long lifespan 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 359003 359007 359004 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 25 Optical and Acoustic Devices conventional 215 Specifications Operating voltage 18 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 250mA Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 40 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 90 x 90 x 81 mm Colour housing flame red RAL 3000 Weight 260g Approval VdS G28714 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red ELPBR The base ELPBR for Series EMA sounders and strobes is used for surface mounting and flus
542. ounting r K 3 ne ti Features a SS e e No electronics contained lt a gt Miulti wire terminals with secure screw fitting ee Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 201 75 40 C to 70 C 0 to 98 no condensation 100 x 23 mm white 60g Art No 249044 251003 Name Type Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 Remote Indicator PA58 3 220 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 241090 m Thermal RoR Detector 400 Ex 5451 EIS The Thermal RoR Detector 5451EIS for hazardous areas reacts to temperature changes within defined pe riods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 60 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector is designed for applications using conventional technology and is suitable for in door mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m The detector 5451EIS must always be connected via a safety barrier approved for the respective detector Particular attention must be paid to the complian ce with country specific regulations Features Mechanical theft protection Functionality check test activation with magnet possible Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Current consumption Alarm temperature Ambient temperature Rel
543. our cream Weight 39g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 160 246168 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV 159 246166 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV 160 246165 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP IV 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 246163 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 155 Detector Base 500 200 Relay B524RTE W The Detector Base B524RTE W is designed to accommodate fire detectors Series 200 Advanced and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The integrated relay output is active as long as the detector remains in alarm condition The application has to be in compliance with the LST Connection of Detectors Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Multi wire terminal with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry change over contact Specifications Contact rating 1A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 10 C to 60 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 36 mm Colour white Weight 110g 246016 Detector Base 500 200 Relay B524RTE The Detector Base B524RTE is designed to accommodate fire detectors Series 500 200 Advanced and 200 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The integrated relay output is active as long as the detec tor remains in alarm condition The application has to be in compliance with the LST Connection of Detectors
544. out detector base Specifications Dimensions x H 103 x 2 mm Colour cream RAL 9001 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 211 355114 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone DBS1224B4W D 01 EX11399E SAM I am 1039 01 0100 Bas 26 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 217 Devices for Hazardous Areas 241062 d 241063 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 emm Pl eure ae Optical Smoke Detector Orbis IS OP 52027 The Optical Smoke Detector OP 52027 for hazardous areas operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the scattered light principle The detector 1s designed for applications using conventional techno logy and is suitable for indoor mounting The detector OP 52027 must always be connected via a safety barrier that has been approved for this detector Particular attention must be paid to the compliance with country specific regulations Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus con stituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms If the contamination of the optical sensing sy stem is too heavy or if the system is defective the multicoloured status LED on the detector will flash in yellow for approx 4 minutes after enablement of the detector line Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the env
545. over for FSE PHZ900 1 SABD900 1 The protective cover SABD900 1 additionally protects an Unblocking Element FSE PHZ900 1 against vandalism and the strong influence of the weather The mounting material as well as the necessary special tools are included in the delivery Cross references Page Art No Name Type 284 265662 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 265814 Mounting Kit for FSE PZ MOSET1 700 2 The mounting kit is used for installing an unblocking element for a profile half cylinder in a key depot co lumn and consists of a flexible armoured plastic tube a screw joint and mounting screws Cross references Page Art No Name Type 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 284 265662 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 265815 Mounting Kit for FSE Type 2 and FSE A MOSET2 700 2 The mounting kit is used for installing an unblocking element with an ABLOY lock in a key depot column and consists of the mounting case with a front panel made of V2A stainless steel a flexible armoured pla stic tube a screw joint and the mounting material Cross references Page Art No Name Type 282 265810 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 284 265660 Unblocking Element F0345 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 286 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 268009 268010 265019 268012 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB AP The fire brigade key deposit FASB AP for surface mounting is used for storage of additional building keys The key d
546. ower supply Fron Kaes sendes MN Med 304 317032 Power Supply Housing NTG24 2 2 nn emner enn ravner tenet bene tenn ene e nn 304 317033 Baten Bracer EE 305 249014 PSU For Detector Heater e A snadder Gerner 305 229010 Voltace stabilizer 24VDC STAB24 gedeien Aen Se EOU VEAN EENT ENN s ren 305 Software 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 2 0 0 0c nunnurnar nee nen eee nnn e nee e enn eens 306 218041 Alarm Monitoring Software Licence ALVIS F 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc cece tenn narr renra tenet navnene 306 218044 Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ATVIS BCi ne cent en een n tenet en eees 307 218045 Alarm Monitoring Interface Licence ALVIS LBC1000 2 0 0 ccc ccc cece een tenn nee ennees 307 Tools 249220 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 2 ccc cece ene ene ene tent e eens 308 249221 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 1091 308 249222 Replacement Smoke Capsule KAL RE 309 249223 Replacement CO Capsule TE VE eerste Seet Seege Seege 309 249059 Test Module 100 200 MODA00R Lesser E EE Bee 309 249143 Smoke Detector Lest sel SONE EE 309 249036 Test Gas Can SOON RRE 309 249051 Smoke Detector Test Took SOLOS IU e Dh D E teases ed ees 310 249052 Detector Removal Tool SOQLOI00 aaen dekade Renee rene 310 249053 Telescopic Pole SOLOW EE 310 249004 Extension Pole SOLOW Ledere 310 249144 Pen with 6 pes smoke Sticks REO SEI WEE 311 om kamp XVI 38 249145 STOKE STED PCS REO eee eier 311 Miscellaneous 220004
547. p Specifications for further specifications see 22051TLEI Current consumption Colour Approvals max 220u A normal communication white VdS G209019 0786 CPD 20656 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 241053 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 119 Multicriteria Detector PTIR 200AP Ivory 22051TLE IV The design of the Multicriteria Detector 22051TLE IV is identical with that of the Multicriteria Detector 22051TLE but the 22051TLE IV is accommodated in a cream coloured housing Specifications for further specifications see 22051TLEI Current consumption max 2204 normal communication Colour cream Approvals VdS G209019 0786 CPD 20656 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Multicriteria Detector COPTIR 200AP 2251CTLE W The Multicriteria Detector 2251CTLE W contains four separate detection units for the four essential cha racteristics of fire smoke temperature carbon monoxide and infrared radiation The optical smoke sensor works on the principle of scattered light and detects visible smoke particles The thermal unit reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate of rise principle according to Class AIR as well as to a maximum temperature of 58 C By means of the long living carbon monoxide sensor even slowly developing smouldering fi
548. p 110A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour blue RAL 5015 Weight 400g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Blue 200AP STOPP HM 5 25 18 02 The Manual Call Point HM 5 25 18 02 operates as electrical emergency hold device for gas extinguishing systems and is designed for use on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol An integrated dual i solator disconnects the loop at short circuit The manual call point is accommodated in a blue aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B EN 54 17 and EN 12094 3 Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking STOPP TASTER Gasl schanlage replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Push button non latching Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for s
549. p to 200m can be increased to more than 3km by using RF expanders The RF interface can be linked with a maximum of 7 RF expanders Features Menu operation by means of buttons and display Configuration through menu or PC software Status indication via 3 LEDs communication fault battery replacement Integrated dual isolator 7 bi directional data channels High range of radio transmission 2 orthogonal antennas for safe radio communication Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption from loop max 25mA Frequency band 868MHz Radio transmission range max 200m to detectors modules in free air max 600m to RF expanders in free air Ambient temperature 30 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 120 x 160 x 50 mm without antennas Colour white Weight 310g Approvals LPCB 928n 0832 CPD 1071 RF Expander 700 FI700 RF WE By means of RF Expanders FI700 RF WE the range of a Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W or a Con ventional RF Interface FI700 RF CWE can be increased to more than 3km The expander serves as a gateway between the RF interface and the radio devices Series FI700 RF The expander can administrate up to 32 automatic detectors manual call points modules or signalling devices and 3 additional expanders In this way a hierarchical RF system with a maximum of 6 levels can be created The expander itself does not occupy an address The RF system is configured
550. pebble grey RAL 7032 Dimensions W x H x D 150 x 150 x 57 mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 286 265019 Cylinder for Steel Sheet Mounting LST 102 286 268012 Key for Fire Brigade Key Deposit 882AML102 Cylinder for Steel Sheet Mounting LST102 The cylinder for steel sheet mounting with the new magnetic lock system customised for LST is designed for installation into the fire brigade key deposit FASB Cross references Page Art No Name Type 286 268009 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB AP 286 268010 Fire Brigade Key Box FASB UP 286 268012 Key for Fire Brigade Key Deposit 882AML102 Key for Fire Brigade Key Deposit 882AML102 The Key 882AML102 fits the magnetic lock cylinder for steel sheet mounting which is used for installati on into the fire brigade key deposit FASB Cross references Page Art No Name Type 286 265019 Cylinder for Steel Sheet Mounting LST102 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 33 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 287 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 250025 mme ae vann b Pramit im p ue REE js 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 De Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF70 1 S1 The Swedish version of the Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF70 1 is designed for the indication of the most important events and operating conditions of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Se ries BC216 or Series BCO16 by means of light emitting diodes and an additional text display
551. pecification Input pressure max 16bar Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C 244999T Aspiration Hole Reduction Foils Overviews Aspiration hole reduction foils are used for a precise design of aspiration holes on the sensing pipe net work of the smoke aspiration system A separate version is available for deep freezing areas Standard version Version for deep freezing areas Hole diameter Article number Type Article number Type 20mm mms aneor 20 se aneor aom mm mms ancoras see AReDFRSTK C somm mr arebrao omr AreDFAOTK am mars Arebra2 om aneor am sam 240s arebrod omme ancorar sem Ise ancore os ancorar sem me arebras met AreDraeTK apen mor arebrao 2aazze AREDFAOTK CO eamm os arebra2 os AREDFAATK CO aam 2400 aREDF 44 Lee AREDFAATK sem Ise arebras 2eezze aneor sT comm um arebrao oss AreDFSOTK n m mme arve 2aszer AreDFSAK comm mms aneor se om AreDFSoTK comm meme Arebreo 2aszze aneor om C eomm zus AreDFag zazo AREDFOATK romme Amedeo oss Lass 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 274 Chapter 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems Sleeve For Reduction Foil BA AREDF The banderole is used for reliable fixation of the aspiration hole reduction foil to the sensor pipe network 244233 of a smoke aspiration system Plastic Clip for Red Foil Low temp KC AREDF TK The plastic clip is used for reli
552. pecifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 209 208 supplied through loop voltage 260uA quiescent 10 C to 55 C 0 95 no condensation IP67 93 x 98 x 71 mm red RAL 3000 240g LPCB 166b 57 Art No Name Type 249213 Glass Pane for MCP Series 10pcs G21140 245024 Hinged Cover for MCP WCP PS200 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245045 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 129 Manual Call Point Red IP67 200 ISM Glas WCP5A RP08SG L017 01 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is activated by breaking the glass pane The detector is integrated in a red plastic housing for surface mounting and thanks to its dust and water protected design it is suitable for use under harsh environmental conditions The detector is equipped with a dual isolator Features Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Glass pane easy to replace 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 209 208 Activation by breaking glass pane Detector housing can be opened only with a special k
553. per loop using Apollo Discovery protocol Every physical address is assigned an organisational address individual detector identification Free assignment of detector zones or individual detectors for the activation of transmitting devices actuations or alarming devices Maintenance prognosis for every single connected smoke detector Full function of all connected elements in case of wire breakage on the ADM loop line At short circuit on the loop line only the loop elements in the faulty line section that is cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function In addition to the main processor an independent CMOS processor per ADM loop is installed to ensu re the alarming capability even at system failure Specifications Supply voltage 21 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 140mA without detectors modules Total loop current max 300mA at reduced line resistance Loop line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 233 x 355 x 30 mm Weight approx Ikg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Cross references Page Art No Name Type 35 214230 Control Panel Rack 8HU RACK216 1E 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 214208 Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT 1 Wes The Display And Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E INT1 is us
554. perating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included oe 9 6 6 6 178 Chapter 19 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series XP95 DISCOVERY Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through the loop voltage Current consumption 180u A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G204003 0786 CPD 20356 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 245395 Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Hausalarm HM 5 32 02 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is integrated in a blue aluminium die cast housing The detector is designed for application on the ADM loop ring bus technology using Apollo Discovery proto
555. pprovals VdS G202051 0832 CPD 0192 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 155 246013 Isolator Detector Base 500 200 B524IEFT 1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Optical Thermal Detector 200APISM DV22051TEI The Optical Thermal Detector DV22051TEI contains both an optical sensing chamber based on the princi ple of scattered light as well as a thermocouple for the detection of heat The new design of the optical sensing chamber ensures optimum smoke detection and at the same time makes it more difficult for dust and insects to reach the chamber The rate of rise temperature sensor corresponds to EN 54 5 Class AIR The analysis of the analogue values of both detection units and the integrated comparison of characteristics of fire ensure safe fire detection The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is suitable for in door mounting The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line The response sensitivity of the optical sensor can be individually adjusted in 5 steps between 2 2 m and 5 8 m according to the application A thermal only operation of the detector is also possible In this mo de the detector can only be used up to a room height of 7 5m By means of intelligent evaluation algorithms in the respective LST fire detection control panels the influ ence of contamination on the optical measurement syst
556. ption from loop max 1 1mA sounder off max 4 5mA sounder on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x D 106 x 95 mm Colour red Weight 215g Sounder XP95 Red Slow Whoop 100dB 55000 276 The addressable loop sounder 55000 276 is integrated in a red plastic housing and is designed for indoor wall mounting The sounder base is included The sounder is activated and supplied via the ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol If several soun ders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uniform warning tone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B Features Tone A Slow Whoop tone NEN 2575 500 1200Hz over 3 5s 0 5s pause Tone B continuous tone 970Hz Low power consumption Adjustable sound level 188 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY Specifications Operating voltage Supply by loop voltage Current consumption from loop max 1 2mA sounder off max 5mA sounder on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP21 Dimensions x D 106 x 95 mm Colour red Weight 215g 355130 Sounder XP95RI White Alert 45681 276 The base sounder 45681 276 is integrated in a round white plastic housing and is designed for indoor mounti
557. r Heat Detector Umit XPS SEMOS 2242 EE EE E EE AE Eet EE 256 Senso Cable SKMREASK ROT 0ccvacedee isch Arn STEER ENAR beak pes aewhebe da ecekesOueaseadeceea ees 251 Sensing Cable SKM Black Sk SCHWARZ 251 Optical Battery Smoke Detector 9V FH20 0Q 9 1 0 0 cence nee ene e nent nent enens 251 Optical Battery Smoke Detector 9 230V FH20 0 9 230 2 0 ccc cen cence cence nen nee enn 258 Surface Mounting Box FH20 AP 1 2 usetliaasesseekeaseeivas SEENEN NEE ENN ERNEST See 258 Detector Reset Module MOZ10001 Zeeche reker see 259 Smoke Aspiration Systems 244030 244031 244032 244033 244181 244340 244341 244342 244320 244321 244322 244184 244185 244351 244352 244300 244323 244324 244325 244305 244155 244171 244172 Smoke Aspiration System A211E LSR oo nnn an rnvanrnnnnenvnenannennanene 260 Smoke Aspiration System A222E LSR rounvrenavranavrrnavrenavrrnvernvanrnvanrnannenannenannenannene 261 Smoke Aspiration System Housing A310E 20 2 ene ene e nee e ene e ene e een eeeenee 261 Smoke Aspiration System House At ER 262 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 2 2 60 6 ENNEN ENEE ENEE NEE 262 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL ccc een cen e ene ene e een eeennes 263 smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 ENEE sees NEEN SEENEN REES ERR ceeuseewusseedsceadaces 263 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP ASt nee cent e ene ene e nent eennes 264 Detector Module E RE BEER 264 Detector Module DM TP 10 tree ee ebe A ere TET ne
558. r for Detector Base BALAP 2 1 ccc nn enn nen renne nee ene n en eenns 160 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WR IAP EE 160 Wet Base Shroud Z00AP WBR IAPAY EE 160 Suriace Mounn Box M200SMBD ee elle 161 Surface Mounting Box For M200 M200SMB KO woken ence nnn nee e ene eennes 161 Base for Mounting Plate M200 M200E PMB 0 ccc ccc ce een een nee n nee n eee e nen ee nents 161 Base for Carrier Rail M200 M200E DIN 2 0 en enn een nen ene ene e nee ee ne nees 161 Surface Mounting Box Multi Modules M200SMB MM 0 ccc ccc cee eee eee nee e nent e nee eeenes 162 Surface WMountine Box SMBO VU EE erd 162 Mounting Chassis Multi Modules CH 6 aen nce SNE EES RENE STEE soundest vas genase sa 162 GHG Mounting Dox SMB500 222 ssssserdsese erre Eden eg ee eg 163 Detector Base 500 200 Beater MIDD age E Moena eres 163 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 2 0 occ nee nee ented ene nee e dete enn eens 163 Duct Detector Housing 300 D2E s usessressskeerskkerakrerskkes dk eens eee e Gedasanabeasassauaseabuesias aes 164 Duct Detector HOS 200 DNRE EE 164 Duet Detector Pipe 0 jt DSTI Ladere TAA 165 Duct Detector Pine 045m DSS sarte Faner Sene ren 165 Diet Detector Pipe Mit NN 165 Disc Detector Pipe NAD oes eee see ese ee ede ee 165 Duct Detector Pipe Sen DSTIO Agathe dE Ae d NEE E d eet keete hie ek 165 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW ccc nen cence ent een t een tenn nee es 166 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 Red SDBR ow en een nee
559. r principle for automatic compensation of environmental influences Features 9 Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Radioactive compound Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 241026 Features E 9 9 Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Page 198 194 75 Page 198 194 75 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection supplied through detector line voltage typ 28u A quiescent 20 C to 60 C 0 to 95 no condensation Am241 100 x 42 mm white 102g VdS G200075 0832 CPD 0015 Art No Name Type 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Optical Smoke Detector 65 55000 317 The Optical Smoke Detector 55000 317 operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by
560. r reasons outside the control of Seller the warranty period shall begin 2 weeks after Seller is ready to deliver or per form services 8 5 The foregoing warranty obligations are conditional upon the Buyer giving within a reasonable period notice in writing of any defects that have occurred and such notice reaching the Seller Buyer shall prove within a reasonable period the presence of a de fect in particular he shall make available within a reasonable period to Seller all mate rial and data in his possession Upon receipt of such notice Seller shall in the case of a defect covered by the warranty under 8 1 above have the option to replace the defecti ve goods or defective parts thereof or else to repair them on Buyer s premises or have them returned for repair or to grant a fair and reasonable price reduction 8 6 Any expenses incurred in connection with rectifying defects e g expenses for assem bly and disassembly transport waste disposal travel and site to quarters time shall be borne by Buyer For warranty work on Buyer s premises Buyer shall make available free of charge any assistance hoisting gear scaffolding and sundry supplies and inci dentals that may he required Replaced parts shall become the property of Seller 8 7 If an article is manufactured by Seller on the basis of design data design drawings models or other specifications supplied by Buyer Seller s warranty shall be restricted to non compliance with Buyers spec
561. r supply of the Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 30B Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 50Hz Output voltage 6 5VDC Output current 2 0A Dimensions W x H x D 114 x 75 x 61 mm Cable length 1 8m Weight approx Ikg 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 69 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B 70 Chapter 8 Protocol Printers 227005 227007 227006 227008 Battery For DPU414 BT4005 The stand by battery is suitable for installation in the Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 30B Specifications Type Ni MH Voltage 4 8VDC Weight approx 120g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 69 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B Printer Cable for DPU414 1 8m 9POL D SUB VERL The cable is used for connecting the Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 30B to the serial interface module of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 BC216 BC016 or BCO6 Specifications Cable length 1 8m Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 69 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B 3 210215 Serial Interface Module SIM06 1 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 48 211119 Serial Interface SIF601 1 Spare Paper for DPU414 1 Roll MM112 402 N The spare roll of thermal paper is suitable for the Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 30B Cross references Page Art No Name Type 69 227003 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B Protocol Printer Dot Matrix L
562. ransmitter Receiver Module GSM SCOUT AKTIV 2 0 0 cence nee ene ravnen 61 223060 Gateway IEC870 5 101 104 BC216 IEC870 BC216 GW oo ccc cence een n ene n een ennes 61 223030 Long Distance Modem BCnet216 MOD 1 00 cc nen een ene nen e nent en nnn 62 223032 Gateway Multimode Fibre BCnet216 LWL MM 2 2 0 0 0 cc ence ne teen n ene n tenn eens 62 223033 Gateway Singlemode Fibre BCnet216 LWL SM 2 2 0 conc nnn e ne nee nn en ne eenns 63 223045 Data Logger Event Memory E RE EE 63 2 TENNE hht 64 218023 ESPA 4 44 Interface Licence BSPASSS EE 64 214176 BCnet LBC Gateway 19 6HU BCNET LBC GW 00 ccc nnn venne een een een eeas 64 218021 LBC SU Virre LPO VS spasere 65 219010 Proerammine Cable DCZIO RS232 PRIO Jure EUKENE ARENAN ae engene 65 Additional Modules for Fire Detection Control Panels 223024 223026 222007 222004 222010 229008 Siren Connection Module S4AaNg2 eee eee bee eee ee nese eee enna eens 66 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 oo cc eee eee eee beeen eee eee eee eee eben eens 66 Terminal Adapter Module NB Lara Sense dg 67 Relay Module Fold 60VDC Eech g e see eer Mechs lus ere er reene ee Ar Ae dE 67 Relay Module 4 Fold 230 VAC RLS Lvan comes dua caw rer ddaws dunes dusveeues ANEREN SPESE STEGE STEENS TET 68 Flat Cable 1700mm IO POE FBE el Leer Aa ge A veda s at 68 Protocol Printers 227003 227004 227005 227007 227006 227008 Protocol Printer Thermal DPU414 40B 0 ccc cece cece eee e eee e ene eeeee
563. rating instructions by means of symbols European standard Latching push button Replaceable standardised glass plate Plenty of room for cabling 9 9 9 6 6 Specifications Ignition protection protection by enclosures encapsulation increased safety Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Protection class IP66 Dimensions W x H x D 135 x 135 x 61 mm without cable glands Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 500g Approvals VdS G206113 0786 CPD 20309 BVS 09 ATEX E 016 X Ex classification II 2G Ex emb IIC T6 I 2D Ex tD A21 IP6X T80 C 228 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 249261 249264 RF Interface 700 FI700 RF W2W The RF Interface FI700 RF W2W serves as a gateway between a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 or Series BC216 and radio devices Series FI700 RF The RF interface communicates with the control panel via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The RF interface can administrate up to 32 automatic detectors manual call points modules or s1 gnalling devices The gateway itself occupies one module address on the loop The device addresses are set either through the operation menu of the RF interface or through the PC software WirelEx In addition to the parameterisation of the RF system this program also allows the analysis and graphical indication of signal strength and transmission quality The range of u
564. re Detection Control Panels Series BC216 212029 Dummy Cover 19 3HU AD8C 3H The powder coated 19 front panel with a height of 3 rack units is used for covering non populated pi voting frame areas of a 19 cabinet Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 133 3 rack units x 3 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 500g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 212033 Dummy Cover 19 6HU AD8C 6H The powder coated 19 front panel with a height of 6 rack units is used for covering non populated pi voting frame areas ofa 19 cabinet Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 15 mm Mounting thickn of front panel 3mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx 800g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT 36 214129 Decoration Foil For BC216 3CE FF216 3CE 212039 Dummy Cover for 19 Rack 8HU AD8C 8H RACK The powder coated 19 front panel with a height of 8 rack units is used for covering a 19 rack RACK216 1E when it is mounted in a pivoting frame Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 355 8 rack units x 2 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight approx lkg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 35 214230 Control Panel Rack 8 HU RACK216 1E 214129 Decoration Foil For BC216 3CE FF216 3CE The self adhesive foil is
565. re Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INTI aasnaannannnrnanrnnvrrnrrnrrrnnrnerrnvrnrrenrnene 52 210220 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT D1 0 ccc nee nent ene nn ennnenas 53 210226 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BCO6e ISS 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BCO6 2EXT INT1 2 2 0 0 ccc cen tenn en enn ene eneenas 54 210221 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT D1 sicker seed eevee nceste th ccareeiwacecesbestaueeedaedawnes 54 222011 Extinouishine System Interface LSS1000 L age ege ENNEN elle e Suen ten 54 223009 Control Zon6 Module SLM IT 2 EE 54 249097 Line Coupler Redundance Control LKRZI I cen een nee n nee eee eeeeennes 55 Interfaces 214033 Ny ork Interlace Module NIPS UM g eent ee Ee Ee ee 56 202 NE NRL ee 56 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM2161 Ces sedan ndeawucenwdhoceGdedancsteecbecesshecssecessteuceeecs 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 20 0 ccc nee nen e ented eee ene e nent een e eens 57 219009 USB to Serial Converter UC 232A 2 ccecccceccieessadesseeessenessdenssadeseeeedesnsceeaseeendedeaseeensees 57 223025 Pen Module ENMI vr eden 58 223027 Remote Access ModulePSTN FZP2 1 ciscediceacnsagcanseencegeaseseneageadodsecwelerws drenere Ee Deeg 58 223028 Remote Access Modul GSM GPRS FZG2 1 Egger Ee d ERENNERT rennene peer 59 223041 SMS E Mail Transmitter Module SMS2 1 D1 0 ccc cence nen e nent e nen e nent en nnn 59 223042 SMS Transmitter Module GSM SCOUT ee 60 223043 SMS T
566. rent consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H supplied through detector line voltage typ 90u quiescent typ 78 C max 60 C 30 C to 70 C continuous operation max 95 no condensation 106 x 46 mm Colour white Weight 80g Approvals VdS G210151 LPCB 928d 02 0832 CPD 1456 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 101 246071 Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD 101 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA 58 3 I m nb 82 Chapter 10 Conventional Detector Series FC650 249066 Surcharge for special colouring FC650 FI700 SPECIAL The automatic detectors Series FC650 FI700 and FI700 RF optical smoke detectors opti cal thermal detectors and thermal detectors are available in 16 different design finishes You can choose from among Black Pink Briar Root Durmast Oak Alder Ash Cherry Carrara Marble Green Alps Green Marble Obirho Black Marble Aluminium Gold Carbon Fibre and Gold Fibre The appropriate detector base in the same design is inclu ded in delivery The desired design must be specified when ordering 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 83 1 1 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI700 241080 Optical Smoke Detector 700 FI700 0 The Opti
567. res can be safely detected The infrared sensor reacts to the flicker of flames and supports the detection of fires with little smoke formation e g alcohol fire Thanks to the intelligent analysis of measured values obtained from all four detection units the typical fire patterns are detected Thereby on the one hand deceptive alarms can be almost entirely excluded when noise levels occur caused for example by welding or a dusty environment On the other hand a real fire is quickly and reliably detected The detector is therefore highly resistant to external influences and can effectively be used in virtually any environmental conditions The response sensitivity of the optical sensor can be individually adjusted in 5 steps between 1 5 m and 4 2 m according to the application In addition the alarm activation of the detector can be accelerated or delayed by the sophisticated evaluation of the measured values obtained from all sensors A thermal only mode is also available By means of intelligent evaluation algorithms the influence of contamination on the optical measurement system is compensated for With that the response sensitivity of the optical measurement unit is kept con stant for a long time a further effective step to avoid false alarms The carbon monoxide sensor has with 6 years a long lifespan The upcoming end of the lifespan can be read out during maintenance of the fire detection control panel The end of the li
568. response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds a Specifications Response threshold Light obscuration 0 12 0 06 0 03 0 015 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross references Page Art No Name Type 263 244341 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 264 244342 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL 266 244300 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 244305 Front Foil FW TT 1 The self adhesive plastic foil is sticked onto the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 266 244300 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 244155 Smoke Aspiration System T SS The Smoke Aspiration System T SS continuously samples air from a monitored room via a sensor pipe network and directs it to an automatic smoke evaluation unit A ventilator in the interior of the smoke as piration system housing generates a negative pressure to continuously aspirate air through the sensor pipe network to the evaluation unit Thereby the system which operates on the principle of scattered light al ways obtains new air samples from the monitored area If the smoke concentration exceeds the permissible value an alarm is activated which is optically displayed on the system and further transmitted to a fire de tection control p
569. result the module supports the con nection of detectors which allow separate evaluation of alarm and pre alarm The monitor module is provided with an integrated dual isolator and is designed for DIN rail mounting Features Red status LED indicates activation Green status LED indicates the loop communication Yellow status LED indicates short circuit or fault on the loop Switch for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Prepared for DIN rail mounting 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 200u A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W x H 42 x 42 x 20 mm Connection technology screw terminals Colour white Weight 30g Monitor Module XP95 Special Detector 55000 841 The addressable module 55000 841 with integrated dual isolator is used for the line monitored integration of special detectors e g beam smoke detectors into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol The module provides a reset output for resetting the connected detectors Features Switch for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 1 2mA quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 240g Approval VdS G201033 Module 1xin 1xRel Out XP95 55000 847 The addressable module 55000
570. ries 200AP 500 245387 RAUCHABZUG ec 245040 F Kb Manual Call Point Grey 200AP Rauchabzug HM 7 25 03 02 The manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a grey aluminium die cast housing The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop ring bus technology using System Sensor 200 proto col An integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking RAUCHABZUG replaceable Reverse polarity protection Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Button in combination with LED for setting the physical address from 01 to 159 Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 999 60606060 6600 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 110A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour grey RAL 7035 Weight 400g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Prot
571. rm respondent e g the fire brigade as well as the connection of a country specific fire brigade control unit to Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 Features One freely parameterisable relay output with dry changeover contact One monitored output with parameterisable monitoring current Eight inputs and eight OC outputs freely parameterisable for the connection of a country specific fire brigade control unit and other devices All inputs and outputs are available on pluggable screw terminals Specifications Output current OC output max 35mA Monitoring current 4 8 12mA Contact rating of relay output 60V 1A 30W Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 160 x 65 x 25 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S LED Display Field LAF648 1 The LED Display Field LAF648 1 has 48 freely parameterisable LED pairs each consisting of one red and one yellow LED for the individual indication of events of the detectors detector zones actuations transmitting devices or alarming devices and of system functions at Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 The LED display field is actuated via the UI bus of the control panel Features 48 LED pairs left red LED right yellow LED arranged i
572. robe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P38 The addressable sounder with strobe red cap is accommodated in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor surface mounting The integrated base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series 200 The unit is mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The componentry is actua ted using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Sounder and strobe are activated separately therefore the unit occupies 2 module addresses The integrated dual isolator disconnects the lo op at short circuit on the loop line Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with se lection out of 32 combinations The sound level is adjustable in 3 steps but depends also on the chosen to ne type The power consumption is dependent on the tone type and the adjusted sound level Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Low power consumption Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Integrated detector base 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the base address from 01 to 159 Different base versions available 9 9 9 6 6 Specification
573. rol Panel BC216 2EPS consisting of a 19 Control Panel Rack RACK216 1E a fire de tection control module with power unit BCM216 3EPS and a Display and Operating Front Panel ABP216 1E which can be expanded with Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3EPS BCM216 3E and BCM216 3ELG The administration of the entire fire detection control panel is assigned to a BCnet sectional control panel with display and operating field of your choice which is parameterised as main operating unit and allows for the full operation of all BCnet sectional control panels in the networked control panel This main ope rating unit also takes care of the setup of site specific parameters for the entire control panel easily and comfortably accomplished by means of PC and Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 In addition to the main operating unit additional operating units as well as Remote Display and Operating Panels ABF216 1 can be integrated into the GSSnet as remote display and operating units Every BCnet sectional control panel as well as the Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3EPS and BC216 3E are prepared for 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 one Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 one Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 as well as additional optional componentries You can thus connect fire detectors fault detectors and condition detectors as well
574. rs they can be easily adapted to various requirements and can therefore be used in a wide range of applications The control panels set new standards in operating comfort functional variety as well as security in the fire alarm technology which benefit both the user and the installer of a fire de tection system The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S is a modular compact panel for small fire detection systems with a single ADM loop It constitutes an already pre assembled unit that contains all basic components which are required for the operation of a 1 loop fire detection control panel In a Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 individual decentrally located BCnet sectional control panels are combined in the Global Security System network GSSnet to form a virtual control panel for medium size to very large or far flung fire detection systems The sectional control panels consist basically of the same components as the stand alone control panels and consequently share the same clear modular design as well as the individual parameter setup This makes the units clear and easy to handle and the required professional knowledge for planning and commissioning thanks to the use of consistent components re mains the same for every system size By the use of network technology the control panel sets new stan dards for security in fire alarm technology and at the same time reduces costs due to most simple cabling work The following table provi
575. rtable uniform operation and control of the alarm reporting system Depending on the configuration of the user interface overview screens and photos of the facility can be displayed at any time thus providing an optimal and quick overview in any situation Detail screens inform about all important events and report them chronologically as well as by type Each event triggered by a detector can be located with the respective detector on the corresponding ground plan by a simple mouse click Depending on the authorisation level operations regarding the fire detection sy stem disablement of detectors operating units actuations etc can be carried out for every data point Any status change in the system implicates also that the colour of the respective symbol changes Additio nal functions such as display of users logged on the event dependent display of screen windows event driven time programs catalogue of measures etc can be defined if required By using sample symbols the parameters for similar functions can be set easily and quickly during a new installation as well as in the course of enhancements or modifications Specifications Operating system at least Windows 2000 Professional Minimum requirements PC Pentium 512MB RAM RS232 interface for the connection of the fi re detection control panel mouse keyboard USB interface for Dongle 1GB HDD graphics card for 2 monitors 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 218044 218045
576. s Cross references 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Page 154 224 224 Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 99 by means of 2 decadic rotary switches Mechanical theft protection in the base Easy function testing by means of magnet supplied through loop voltage intrinsically safe II 1 G Ex ia IIC T5 T4 Ga 330u A at 24V 10 C to 60 C 5 95 no condensation 103 x 43 mm cream 110g BASEEFA08ATEX0278X LPCB 199m 07 0832 CPD 0199 Art No Name Type 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory BSO1LAP IV 228007 Protocol Interface 200 IST200 228006 Safety Barrier 200 Y72221 an A 224 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas 228006 Features sically safe circuit DIN rail mounting Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Operating voltage Ambient temperature Dimensions W x H x D Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 223 224 Safety Barrier 200 Y72221 The zener barrier Y72221 with galvanic separation is used for the build up of an intrinsically safe circuit for the connection of analogue fire detectors in hazardous areas to ADM loops using System Sensor 200 protocol The relevant regulations for installations in hazardous areas must be observed Connection of up to 15 automatic detectors of type 22051EISE Limitation of the possible short circuit current of the idle voltage and of the energy stored in the intrin intrinsically safe EEx ia IIC T5 supplied throu
577. s Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder and strobe off max 4 3mA low sound level max 5 6mA medium sound level max 9 2mA high sound level Sound level detector mounted typ 70dB A Im distance low sound level typ 79dB A 1m distance medium sound level typ 87dB A 1m distance high sound level max 95dB A Im distance high sound level Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Les nb 144 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355226 355227 356142 Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals 10 96 no condensation 112 x 42 mm without detector incl Base LPBW red white 136g VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0415 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 167 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 168 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 5pcs DBSPW 5 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton IBSST DR P33 The addressable Sounder Strobe IBSST DR P33 is identical with the Sounder Strobe IBSST PR P33 it is however accommodated in a cream coloured plastic housing with red cap Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X 169 359049 Mounting Plate for
578. s and up to 2 x 12V max 22Ah stand by batteries at the bottom of the case can be accommodated Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 420 x 520 x 120 mm Colour of cabinet grey white RAL 9002 Colour of front foil light grey RAL 7035 Weight 6 2kg without optional componentries Cross references Page Art No Name Type 31 214024 LED Display Field LAB48 1 32 214030 LED Display Field LAB48 2 32 214032 LED Display Field LAB48 3 32 214036 LED Display Field LAB48 4 77 252012 Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 252011 LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE The LED Display Tableau LAT288 1CE allows for the design of a display for the optical signalling of events of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 Series BC216 or Se ries BC016 and of an Extinguishing Control Panel Series LC216 via parameterisable LED indicator pairs The tableau housing consists of a 19 rack mount case made of powder coa ted steel sheet providing space for the installation of up to three LED Display Fields LAB48 x and the Remote Tableau Drive Unit PTU288 1 The front side of the case is sealed with a light grey plastic foil which has six windows in tegrated for labelling of LED indicator pairs 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 252012 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 9 Display and Operating Devices 77 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 55 mm Colour of case grey white RAL 9002 Colour of front foil light grey RAL 70
579. s Page Art No Name Type 242 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 242 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 Optical Thermal Detector 700 RF Compl FI700 RF OT The radio linked Optical Thermal Detector FI700 RF OT operates both with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light as well as with a rate of rise thermal sensor according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector communicates with a fire detection control panel in loop technology Labor Strauss 700 protocol via the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Ex pander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system In the configuration of the RF interface one of 3 sensitivity levels of the optical chamber can be selected thereby adapting the detector optimally to the respective application Two batteries are accommodated in the detector base Normally the detector is powered by the main bat tery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the detector The two co loured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The detector is integrated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting The base and both bat teries are included in the delivery Features Long battery life of 5 years High rang
580. s W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour red RAL 3000 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G202034 0786 CPD 20350 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249633 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Red WG ROT E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM Manual Call Point Red Conv Feuerwehr HM 3 11 01 02 The universal manual call point according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a red aluminium die cast housing and is designed for application in addressable conventional technology Features 99960066 A e Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by means of symbols European Standard Function marking FEUERWEHR replaceable Optical activation indication by means of LED Latching push button Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Individual detector addressing by connecting an optional address module Plenty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245352 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 23 Manual Call Points conventional 203 Specifications Operat
581. s in the fire alarm technology It was tested according to the Construction Products Directive CPD for compliance with the European Standards EN 54 2 and EN 54 4 including all options for the hig hest safety demands and is VdS certified The control panel is designed as 19 slide in unit with a height of 6 rack units to be mounted in an optio nal 19 cabinet The slide in unit is prepared for 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 an LED Display Field LAB48 1 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and ad ditional optional componentries as well as stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah The labels of dis play and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in English language The extensive functions and features correspond to the full extent to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 Art No 214008 By installing a Network Interface Module NIF5 1M in the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1CE the latter can be integrated as BCnet sectional control panel with display and operating field into a Fire De tection Control Panel BCnet216 For further information please refer to the description of the Fire Detecti on Control Panel BCnet216 Art No 219998T 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214100 214611 214112 214158 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 F
582. s the power consumption of the module low and supports the detection of a wire breakage For resetting special detectors the conventional zo ne module provides a relay output which is controlled by the fire detection control panel independent of the condition of the conventional line The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line The module can be powered either via the loop or by an external 24VDC supply 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249256 249257 249258 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 93 Features Two coloured status LED for the indication of the alarm condition the fault condition and optionally the loop polling Conventional line monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Integrated in plastic housing for surface mounting 9 Specifications Operating voltage 15 to 40VDC Current consumption at 24V typ 500u A loop supply Current consumption module LED typ 6mA Line termination typ 4 7uF Contact rating relay output 2A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C no icing Relative humidity 5 95 no condensation Protection class IP54 Dimensions Lx W x H 135 x 95 x 57 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weigh
583. s with a range of up to 25m The response delay can be selected in 4 steps between 1 and 8s The alarm and the fault condition are si gnalled via two dry relay contacts The functioning of the detector can be checked by means of the inte grated self test function During this self test the detector is activated by a built in source of infrared and UV light Features Highest immunity to deceptive alarms Applicable in conventional technology Connection to an ADM loop via a conventional zone module possible Integrated optical self test function 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249141 243020 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 famtran UV Flame Detector S Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption at 24VDC Contact rating of relay outputs Monitored angle Range Spectral sensitivity Ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions L x W x D Chapter 28 Special Detectors 247 14 30VDC 8mA quiescent 14mA alarm max I at 5 0VDC 90 25m I 2 7m infrared 185 260nm UV 10 C to 55 C IP65 108 x 142 x 82 mm Colour sky blue RAL 5015 Weight 2kg Approvals LPCB 729a 12 0832 CPD 0970 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 247 249141 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector 7127 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector 7127 The stainless steel mounting bracket 7127 is used for mounting of a Flame Detector Series 16000 and for the stepless horizontal and vertical adjustm
584. sable Strobe WST PR I is identical with the Strobe WST PR N it includes however an integra ted dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WST PR N Current consumption from loop typ 450uA strobe off max 4 7mA strobe active Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 17 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 151 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 246008 246019 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Detector Base 400 300 100 B401RM The Detector Base B401RM is used to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series 400 300 and 100 in addressable conventional technology The base is designed for indoor surface mounting Features Miulti wire terminals with secure screw fitting Auxiliary contact for the through connection of the detector line when the detector is removed Terminal for external remote indicator Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG58 1 Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 to 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 20 mm Colour cream Weight 55g Cross referenc
585. sable conventional technology with the optional Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 Individual detector identification through connection of an optional Address Module NG58 1 Connection to an ADM loop is possible via optional modules Specifications Supply voltage 14 30VDC Current consumption at 24V max 260mA quiescent 290mA alarm incl detector module Pipe length max 180m Number of aspiration holes max 24 Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D 200 x 292 x 113 mm Colour white RAL 9018 Weight 1 35kg Approval VdS G202064 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 267 244325 Detector Module DM TT 01 L 267 244324 Detector Module DM TT 10 L 266 244323 Detector Module DM TT 50 L 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 267 244305 Front Foil FW TT 1 244323 Detector Module DM TT 50 L The Detector Module DM TT 50 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 TP 4 or TP 4 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds ja ku Specifications Response threshold Light obscurati
586. scroll forwards and scroll backwards 4 line by 20 character backlit display Metal case with glass door Lock for half cylinders Specifications Operating voltage 10 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 30mA quiescent 90mA alarm Baudrate 1200 baud can be changed with FatProgWin Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 225 x 180 x 58 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 3 5kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 8 210112 Serial Interface Module SIM016 3 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 The Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 in redundant design is according to DIN 14662 an ancil lary device for fire detection systems and provides acoustic and optic display of events from detectors de tector zones and system conditions of the Fire Detection Control Panels Seri
587. se GEH216 4 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 380 x 20 x 100 mm Net weight 340g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 33 214003 Auxiliary Housing For BC216 GEH216 4 135 249095 Module 4xSurv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 66 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 214230 212034 212030 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 35 Control Panel Rack BHU RACK216 1E The Control Panel Rack RACK216 1E serves as a mounting frame and allows for the installation of a maximum of 7 Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3E or BCM216 3ELG or 1 Fire Detection Control Module with power supply BCM216 3EPS and 6 Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3E or BCM216 3ELG or 2 Fire Detection Control Modules with power supply BCM216 3EPS and 4 Fire Detection Control Modules BCM216 3E or BCM216 3ELG The rack is normally installed on the back plate of a 19 wall mount cabinet or 19 floor type cabinet the modules are wired in the enclosed cable channel Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 355 x 244 mm incl cable channel H approx 400mm Material zinc coated sheet steel Weight approx 4 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 36 212039 Dummy Cover for 19 Rack 8HU AD8C 8H RACK 26 214234 Fire Detection Control Module LG BCM216 3ELG
588. sions W x H x D 420 x 520 x 120 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Net weight 6 5kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 34 214028 Battery Bracket BK216 1 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 34 214029 Mounting Bracket BW216 1 Terminal Set CE AKS216 1 The terminal set is used in a 19 cabinet with a Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 xCE and allows for the relocation of the terminals between fire detection control panel and the outbound lines It includes ter minals for the 230VAC supply and the power unit outputs as well as a pre assembled cable harness of 1 7m length Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 Terminal Set E AKS216 2 The terminal set is used in a 19 cabinet with a Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 2EPS and allows for the relocation of the terminals between fire detection control panel and the outgoing lines It includes ter minals for the 230VAC supply and the power unit outputs and the outputs of the first fire detection control module as well as a pre assembled cable harness of 1 7m length Cross references Page Art No Name Type 25 214997T BCnet Sectional Control Panel OP BC216 2EPS 34 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214028 Battery Bracket BK216 1
589. smitted to the central processing board as fault The stand by batteries are charged with current limiting and temperature optimisation Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current max 4 2A Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 160 x 200 x 70 mm Weight 900g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 49 211160 Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 211151 211160 211162 BEEBE EERE RRR RRR EEE BERBER ERE RRR RRR EERE Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 49 Backplane BPL608 1 The Backplane BPL608 1 is used to expand a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 by 8 additional mounting positions for function modules The Backplane BPL608 1 can be used in Control Panels BC600 16xxx in the large wall mount cabinet Via the backplane the function modules are powered and the data connection to the central processing board is established The backplane is provided with a connector for the connection of the supply voltage and with two connectors for the connection of the system bus By means of an address switch the ad dress of the backplane can be set in the range 1 8 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 265 x 88 x 25 mm Weight 110g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 44 2112
590. sound level Suitable for surface mounting Specifications Operating voltage 18 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 20 to 60mA depending on the tone type and sound level Sound level max 100dB at Im distance Ambient temperature 25 C to 55 C Protection class IP54 Dimensions W x H x D 90 x 90 x 81 mm Colour signal white RAL 9003 Weight 250g Approval VdS G28702 0086 CPD 96705 Sounder Strobe Red Red Conv EMA24FRSSR The combined multitone sounder and strobe EMA24FRSSR is integrated in a red plastic housing with red cap and is suitable for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is installed on a base for sounders and stro bes Series EMA which is not included in the delivery Thanks to a built in serial diode the sounder strobe can be connected directly to a line monitored output with negative monitoring voltage Features 16 different tones e g continuous tone 800Hz alternating tone 800Hz 1000Hz Slow Whoop tone DIN 33 404 tone Wide operating voltage range Adjustable sound level Very high flash energy Suitable for surface mounting oe Specifications Operating voltage 9 33VDC Current consumption at 24V 55mA Sound level 88 103dB A at Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 IP66 depending on the base Dimensions W x H x D 124 x 92 x 95 mm with base ELPBR Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 260g without base Approvals L
591. sound level Sound level typ 95dB A Im distance high sound level Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Protection class P24 IP44 IP65 with base adaptor Dimensions x D 121 x 51 mm Colour red Weight 240g Approval VdS pending om mo 146 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 355258 i F ui ail al 355251 355259 355252 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sounder 200AP White Multitone 100dB WSO PP N The addressable loop powered Multitone Sounder WSO PP N is identical with the Sounder WSO PR N it is however accommodated in a white plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 170 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 170 359054 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WPW 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sounder 200APISM Red Multitone 100dB WSO PR I The addressable Multitone Sounder WSO PR I is identical with the Sounder WSO PR N it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see WSO PR N Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder off max 1 6mA low sound level max 2 5mA medium sound level
592. spiration System Housing TP 4 is identical with the housing TP 1 A but in addition it is provided with a pre alarm relay A pre alarm is activated when the light obscuration reaches a value that corresponds to 66 of the alarm threshold At the front of the housing light emitting diodes indicate operation fault as well as pre alarm alarm area I and pre alarm alarm area 2 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 267 244325 Detector Module DM TT 01 L 267 244324 Detector Module DM TT 10 L 266 244323 Detector Module DM TT 50 L 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 265 244351 Front Foil FW TP 4 265 244352 Front Foil FW TP 5 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 264 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 244342 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL The Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL is identical with the housing TP 1 A but it contains an especially silent fan This makes the device ideal for museums work locations or living spaces In additi on the smoke aspiration system is provided with a pre alarm relay A pre alarm is activated when the light obscuration reaches a value that corresponds to 66 of the alarm threshold At the front of the housing light emitting diodes indicate operation fault as well as pre alarm alarm area I and pre alarm alarm area 2 Specifications for all other Specifications see TP 1 A Current consumption at 24V one detector module max 180mA quiesce
593. splay Field LAB48 3 is identical with the LED Display Field LAB48 1 it contains 48 freely parameterisable double LEDs 24 pairs red yellow 24 pairs yellow yellow Features 24 double LEDs left hand side red right hand side yellow freely parameterisable according to indivi dual events 24 double LEDs yellow freely parameterisable according to individual events LED Display Field LAB48 4 The LED Display Field LAB48 4 is identical with the LED Display Field LAB48 1 it contains 48 freely parameterisable double LEDs 24 pairs red yellow 24 pairs green yellow Features 24 double LEDs left hand side red right hand side yellow freely parameterisable according to indivi dual events 24 double LEDs left hand side green right hand side yellow freely parameterisable according to indi vidual events Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNU5 1 The Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNU5 1 analyses the data on the BCnet redundant alarm line which runs in addition to the GSSnet line and transmits an alarm message to the designated transmitting and alarming device even at multiple line failure in the GSSnet or at system failure of a BCnet sectional control panel redundant alarm The NNUS 1 is installed in the BCnet sectional control panel that is con nected to the transmitting device to the fire brigade Features e Meets the requirements of NORM F3000 concerning redundancy Line monitored BCnet circular redundant alarm li
594. ss Features Connection to ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol Wiring of the ADM loop across several fire areas Easy detector addressing through address card in mounting base Full operation of all loop elements not affected by the short circuit Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated 9 9 9 6 6 6 2 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption max 43u Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 24 mm Colour white Weight 100g Approval VdS G200082 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 196 246030 Backplate Apo 4568 1 233 196 246029 Conduit Box Apo 4568 1 204 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Detector Base XP95 Disc Relay 45681 242 The Detector Base 45681 242 is designed to accommodate fire detectors Series XP95 and Discovery and is suitable for indoor surface mounting The integrated relay output is active as long as the detector re mains in the alarm state Application must comply with the LST Connection of Detectors Features Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry changeover contact Specifications Current consumption max lu quiescent 40u A active Contact rating 1
595. sses 264 Detector Module DM TP OL sees 265 Front Pod I Detector Module Eislek saessrenreessteeee enerne ease 265 Front Foil 2 Detector Modules FW TP 2 2 2 0 0 ccc annan cence eee e reer deer deip isendi 265 Font 6 1 s EE ERNEST ENES 265 Front POUR Ge EEE EEE 265 smoke Aspiration System Housing TT 1 EE 266 Detector Mode DU TT S0L uvenn eder Me peak serenade 266 Detector E ERR E RE E EE 267 Detector Module DIM TT OLE vaser sr es eda 267 For FL TT L EE 267 Smoke Aspiration System T SS uewe deele ren dradd pk edda bee send sake sat 267 Smoke Aspiration System VLF250 a vunanannananernavernavernavrrnavnrnanrnnnnrnnnnennunenennennnen 268 Smoke Aspiration System NEEN det ett E bt ede IERES bamse samde 269 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 244133 244248 244112 244113 244114 244115 244116 244118 244119 244125 244132 244235 244240 244201 244241 244280 sensing Pipe PVC 5m pole IM ROHR PV COM varde djerve EEN bead basses besa sens 270 Sensing Hose PVC 25mm SCHL PVC 25 oo nen nnn nee eee n eee n een nnee 270 Pipe Fitting Bend 90 BOGEN 90 EE 270 Pipe Fitting Knes 90 WINKEL 90 2c csecsmiactanecs ca eee oe rene en ES 270 Pipe ritine Knec4 VINKEL EE 270 Pipe Fitting T Junction Joint 90 T STUCK 90 0 0 0 0 ccc ccc cece eee cence aeaea EELEE EELEE EEEE Eeee 270 Pipe Fitting T Junction Jon 45 T ST CK 45 savnes Se geg 270 FP TE ved 271 Pipes ine Pond KAPPE 142 mscesickertckeciukatecheaedeuseubesebuaarmbatratiueesthen
596. ssigned an address either by adding an Address Module NG58 1 to the mounting base or by programming the detector with an optional Pro gramming and Test Unit S300RPTU If the detector is addressed using an NG58 1 the detector address as well as the assigned text is displayed on a compatible fire detection control panel If the detector address has been set by means of an S300RPTU the detector number is displayed on an additional Zonal Display Unit S300ZDU one of which must be integrated in every detector line Features Individual detector addressing via Address Module NG58 1 or Programming and Test Unit SJOO0RPTU Functionality check by means of test activation with Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU or Remote Test Unit ECO1000RTU Detector status detector address as well as date of latest maintenance can be read out via Programming and Test Unit S3OORPTU Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approval Cross references Page 163 151 151 157 75 158 157 156 supplied through detector line voltage typ 85uA quiescent 78 C 30 C to 70 C continuous operation 5 to 95 no condensation 102 x 43 mm cream 75g VdS G202016 0832 CPD 0061 Art No Name Type 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 246008 Detector Base 400 300 1
597. stem Housing TP 1 A or TP 1 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds Specifications Response threshold Light obscuration 0 8 0 4 0 2 0 1 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross references Page Art No Name Type 262 244181 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A 263 244340 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244322 Ja Kees 244184 244185 244351 244352 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 265 Detector Module DM TP 01 L The Detector Module DM TP 01 L is used for analysis and evaluation of air which is sampled from the monitored area by the Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 A or TP 1 SL The light obscuration and the air flow are measured by the detector module The response thresholds for the light obscuration and the air flow can be selected separately with a choice of 4 levels each Dry contacts in the evaluation electronics of the smoke aspiration system housing signal the exceeding of alarm and fault thresholds Specifications Response threshold Light obscuration 0 12 0 06 0 03 0 015 m Air flow monitoring 4 levels Cross re
598. stored in the parameter file The device key is placed on a label on the bottom side of the module Parameterisation and maintenance can be accomplished without limitations with PARSOFT once control panel and PC are connected There is no difference between local or remote access of the control panel Features Remote parameterisation and maintenance via a mobile phone network Status LED indicators for supply voltage and data transfer Includes pre assembled serial data cable for SIM216 1 length approx 1 8m Includes GSM antenna with magnetic base cable length approx 3m Plug in power adapter provided 9 Specifications Operating voltage plug in adapter 100 240V AC 50 60Hz Supply voltage FZG2 1 SVDC Current consumption at SV typ IA max 2A Transfer rate 9600 baud GSM interface 900 1800MHz Ambient temperature 0 C to 45 C Dimensions Lx W x H 85 x 40 x 25 mm Weight without plug in adapter 70g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 SMS E Mail Transmitter Module SMS2 1 D1 The transmitter module SMS2 1 D1 can send SMS messages or e mails to a maximum of 8 different users in order to provide a recipient with specific information The module can either receive event text messages from a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 via serial ESPA data protocol and forward it w
599. t 12 24V DCtyp 260mA Outer door heating 24VAC 5VA Resistance of the alarm circuit 2 2kOhm 5 Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Dimensions W x H x D Weight 16kg Approval Cross references Page Art No 280 265744 281 265900 279 265818 279 265751 280 265753 280 265757 279 265752 279 265748 282 265810 280 265743 281 237700 281 249650 284 265660 284 265662 H in 280 x 264 x 145 mm VdS G199055 Name Type Auxiliary Cylinder PHZ700 2 Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D I Flush Mount Frame Drilling Protection EZBS700 2 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D 1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 2SX DBUS ITB 2 D1 Inner Door For FSK700 2 DBUS ITF 2 D1 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 30 5mm ITA 2 D1 Inner Door for FSK700 2 PHZ 35 5mm ITA 3 D1 Key Depot Column SDS700 2 Mounting Bracket Profile Half Cylinder PHZAW700 2S1 Power Supply For FSK Heating NT700 1 Protective Cover for FSK700 2 2SX WSD FSK Unblocking Element F0345 Unblocking Element for PHZ FSE PHZ900 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 32 Fire Brigade Key Boxes and Accessories 279 265751 Flush Mounting Frame For FSK700 2 EZ700 2 D1 The flush mounting frame made of galvanised sheet steel allows easy flush mounting of a Fire Briga Bees e de Key Box FSK700 2 or FSK700 2SX as well as installation into a Key Depot Column SDS700 2 with concrete filling In the construction phase of the building the flush mounting frame is
600. t 210g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Monitor Module Mini 1xin 700 FI700 MM1IN The electrical design of the Monitor Module FI700 MMIIN is identical with that of the Monitor Module FI700 M1IN but the FI700 MMIIN is fitted into a compact case and is designed for mounting in a switch cabinet on a mounting plate or in an external housing Specifications for further specifications see FI700 MIIN Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 52 x 30 mm Weight 70g Control Module Mini 1xOut 700 FI700 MM1OUT The electrical design of the Control Module FI700 MM1OUT is identical with that of the Control Module FI700 M10UT but the FI700 MM1OUT is fitted into a compact case and is designed for mounting in a switch cabinet on a mounting plate or in an external housing Specifications for further specifications see FI700 M1QUT Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 52 x 30 mm Weight 70g Control Module Mini 1xRel 700 FI700 MM1REL The electrical design of the Control Module FI700 MMIREL is identical with that of the Control Module FI700 M1REL but the FI700 MMIREL is fitted into a compact case and is designed for mounting in a switch cabinet on a mounting plate or in an external housing Specifications for further specifications see FI700 M1REL Protection class IP30 Dimensions Lx W x H 75 x 52 x 30 mm Weight 70g er nn 94 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and
601. t No Name Type 201 249044 Detector Mounting Bracket MMW1 1 201 249640 Protective Cage BWS 1 D1 160 246168 Recessed Mounting Kit 200AP RMK400AP IV 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 159 246166 Surface Mounting Kit 200AP AP SMK400EAP IV 160 246165 Wet Base Shroud 200AP WB 1AP IV 246164 wer supply Detector Base 500 200 Heater B524HTR W The Detector Base B524HTR W is designed to accommodate optical smoke detectors Series 200 Advanced Thanks to the integrated heating elements the base is suitable for surface mounting in very moist areas e g loading ramps cable ducts The heating elements are powered by an external po Features Connection to the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Miulti wire terminals with secure screw fitting Terminal for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Operating voltage for heating 20 to 30V AC DC Current consumption at 24V typ 80mA Ambient temperature 30 C to 60 C Relative humidity 10 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 102 x 35 mm Colour white Weight 90g 246018 Detector Base 500 200 Heater B524HTR The Detector Base B524HTR is designed to accommodate optical smoke detectors Series 500 200 Advanced and 200 Thanks to the integrated heating elements the base is suitable for surface moun ting in very moist areas e g loading ramps cable ducts The heating elements are powered by an exter nal power supply
602. t cabinet made of powder coated sheet steel and is prepared for 2 function modules Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Loop Interface LIF64 1 or LIF128 1 a Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 a Fire Brigade Interface Additional Board FWZ2 1 a Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 and additional optional componentries as well as stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah The extensive functions and features are summarised in the description of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BCnet216 Art No 219998T Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 63Hz Connection power 75VA Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output current of power supply max 2 3A Current consumption at 24V typ 90mA without optional componentries Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D 420 x 520 x 120 mm Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without batteries approx 7 2kg Approvals VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Cross references Page Art No Name Type 21 214034 BCnet Control Panel Extension BCE216 3LG 28 214020 Conventional Detector Interface GIF8 1 Sl 218024 Exting Control 8 Area Licence LC216 8LB 30 214022 Fire Brigade Interface FWI2 1 16 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 29 214037 Loop Interface LIF128 1 29 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 56 214027 Network Cable NWK2 1 32 214031 Network Redundant Alarm Converter NNUS 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8
603. tant sensitivity Response sensitivity and operation mode can be set in 5 steps via the fire detection control panel smo ke only heat only 3 levels multisensor Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Display of activated condition via 2 LED indicators that are visible from all angles Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 500u A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing Relative humidity 0 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 100 x 50 mm Colour white Weight 105g Approvals VdS G299038 0832 CPD 0025 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 194 246025 Detector Base XP95 45681 210 195 246036 Isolator Detector Base XP95 Disc 45681 321 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal Detector Disc 58000 400 The Thermal Detector 58000 400 can be parameterised at the fire detection control panel as Class AIR or CR rate of rise detector or as Class A2 A2S or CS maximum heat detector The detector is de signed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol and is suitable for indoor mounting In Class AIR the maximum room height is 7 5m else 6m Features Classification can be set in 5 steps AIR A2 A2S CR and CS via fir
604. te RAL 9002 Name Type Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT Cabinet 19 36HU GEH 19 36 Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D 1 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2 D1 Mounting Frame 19 6HU RAHMEN FBF nat NEEN The Mounting Frame 19 6HU is used for the accommodation of a Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 or FBF900 2 in a 19 cabinet grey white RAL 9002 Name Type Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT Cabinet 19 36HU GEH19 36 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2 D1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 268007 250709 250713 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 33 Fire Brigade Control and Display Devices 295 Fire Brigade Map Box FWP 1 The fire brigade map box is used for safekeeping alarm plans for the fire brigade operation at the location of the fire detection control panel The metal box is designed for wall mounting and can hold maps in DIN A4 format A manual call point lock is built in as standard and can optionally be replaced with a cylinder for steel sheet mounting Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 350 x 400 x 110 mm Colour flame red RAL 3000 Weight 4 2kg Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 The fire brigade map box is used for the storage of approx 100 fire brigade alarm plans in DIN A4 and A3 format fire brigade maps and building specific technical data The box is m
605. tec Name Type Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 Extension Pole SOLO101 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT Smoke Detector Test Tool SOLO330 tors which are mounted in rooms of up to 9m height Page 310 308 308 157 310 Cross references Art No Name Type 249052 Detector Removal Tool SOLO200 249221 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 249220 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo 1001 101 246112 Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT 249051 Smoke Detector Test Tool SOLO330 01 EX11399E SAM oa 1039 01 0100 a 249144 249145 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 37 Tools 311 Pen with 6 pcs Smoke Sticks RE6 SET The set consists of the smoke pen and 6 smoke elements With the smoke pen automatic smoke detectors or smoke aspiration systems can be tested easily and quickly To do so the smoke element is lit up after which it will create a visible smoke trail The smoke is environmentally compatible and does not contain any harmful or corroding substances One smoke element will burn for some 30 minutes and will last for up to 60 detector tests Cross references Page Art No Name Type 311 249145 Smoke Sticks 6 pcs RE6 Smoke Sticks 6 pcs RE6 The refill pack contains 6 smoke elements for the smoke pen 312 Chapter 38 Miscellaneous 38 229004 229005 229006 Miscellaneous Alarm Resistor 100pcs
606. tector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows the reading out of parameters such as the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of connection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed The manual call point is accommodated in a yellow aluminium die cast housing and is tested in accordance with the standards EN 54 11 B EN 54 17 and EN 12094 3 Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Function marking HANDAUSL SUNG Gasl schanlage replaceable Optical activation indication by means of LED Easy to replace standardised glass plate Detector housing can be opened with key SCHL HFM HM not included Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point supplied through loop voltage typ 120A normal communication 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours IP43 125 x 125 x 34 mm yellow RAL 1021 400g VdS G210013 0786 CPD 20933 Art No Name Type 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 249636 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Yellow WG GELB E 1 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH om nb 88 Chapter 11 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series FI
607. ter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 Specifications 800 x 1800 x 40 mm Dimensions W x H x D Colour frame light grey RAL 7035 Protection class housing door IP54 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 4 Chapter 4 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 41 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 211999T 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Series BC600 description The term Series BC600 summarises fire detection control panels in various versions and expansion levels for fire detection systems of all sizes The Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC600 with their modular structure and the freely paramete risable functional units can be adapted to different requirements very easily and therefore can be used in a wide range of applications The control panels set new standards in operating comfort functional variety as well as security in the fire alarm technology which benefit both the user and the installer of a fire de tection system Depending on the level of expansion of the control panel fire fault and condition detectors as well as actuation elements and alarming devices can be connected to a maximum of 20 loops ringbus technology or 432 detector lines in addressable conventional technology or to a combination thereof Thanks to the varied possibilities of defining combinations for actuations alarming devices and transmitting devices the control panel can be used to fulfil even extensive and
608. terface LIF128 1 214021 Loop Interface LIF64 1 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230VAC RL58 2 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 223026 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 A1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 A1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in the versi on for Austria for small and medium size fire detection systems Functions specifications and cross refe rences correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 FT 14 147 3 99 Austria Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 D1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 D1 is a modularly designed compact control panel in the versi on for Germany for small and medium size fire detection systems Functions specifications and cross re ferences correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and opera ting elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in German language VdS G201017 0786 CPD 20866 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 S1 The functions specifications and cross references of the Swedish version of the Fire Detection Control Pa nel BC216 1 correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 In addition a lock according to the standard SS 3654 is integrated in the
609. tery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the detector The two co loured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The detector is integrated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting The base and both bat teries are included in the delivery 230 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 241083 Features Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Mechanical theft protection in the base Double dust trap and insect screen Easy function testing by means of magnet or test gas Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Sensitivity Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Ambient temperature Dimensions x D Colour Weight Approvals lithium battery CR 123 as main battery lithium battery CR2032 as secondary battery approx 5 years main battery approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 2 0 m 2 5 m 3 0 m 30 C to 55 C 110 x 65 mm with base white 130g without batteries with base LPCB 928k 0832 CPD 1069 Cross reference
610. th a compatible fire detection control panel Installation in module box 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 120uA normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA Output External supply voltage max 30VDC Load current max 2A Monitoring current typ 240u A End of line resistor 27kOhm om Bas E 92 Chapter 12 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series FI700 Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Approval 30 C to 70 C no icing 5 95 no condensation IP42 in connection with module box 87 x 87 x 32 mm 80g 0086 CPD 533485 249254 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 104 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Module 1xIn 1xRel 700 FI700 M1IN1REL The monitor and control module FI700 MIINIREL is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides both a line monitored input for the connection of contact detectors as well as a dry relay output for the actuation of external devices With that various devices such as manual call points supervising contacts signalling devices or solenoid valves can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features 2 two coloured status LEDs indicate
611. the Loop RF Interface FI700 RF W2W Alternatively the Conventional RF Expander FI700 RF CWE serves as gateway in a conventional fire detection system Two batteries are accommodated in the base of the strobe Normally the strobe is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the strobe The radio strobe is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The strobe is integrated in a red plastic housing with a red cap and is suitable for indoor and outdoor mounting The base and two batteries are included with the strobe Features Long lifespan of the strobe due to use of LEDs Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration software WirelEx Specifications Power supply Battery lifespan Frequency band Radio transmission range Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 242 251011 2 lithium batteries CR123 approx 5 years main battery in the normal condition approx 2 months secondary battery after failure of the main battery 868MHz max 200m free air 1Hz or 0 5Hz 10 C to 55 C 5 85 no condensation IP54 93 x 53 mm with base red 100g without batteries with base Art No Name Type
612. the alarm condition of the input the activation of the output and the fault condition of the input and of the output Input monitored for wire breakage and short circuit Module address can be set in the range 1 to 240 by means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel Installation in module box Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption at 24V typ 120A normal communication Current consumption module LED typ 6mA Contact rating relay output Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions Lx W x H Weight Approval max 2A at 30VDC max 0 5A at 125VAC 30 C to 70 C no icing 5 95 no condensation IP42 in connection with module box 87 x 87 x 32 mm 80g 0086 CPD 533485 249255 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 104 249274 Module Box 41mm 700 Knock out FI700 MBD KO 106 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU Conventional Zone Module 700 FI700 M1CZ The Conventional Zone Module FI700 M1CZ is integrated into an ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol and provides a line monitored detector line for the connection of conventional detectors With that manual call points or automatic detectors in conventional technology can be easily integrated into a fire detection system with loop technology The capacitive line termination of the conventional line keep
613. the environment Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection supplied through detector line voltage typ 40u quiescent 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 100g VdS G200017 0832 CPD 0021 Art No Name Type 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 ga p E 172 Chapter 18 Conventional Detectors Series 65 242024 Thermal RoR Detector 65 A1R 55000 122 The Thermal RoR Detector 55000 122 reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate 8 of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 57 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The de A tector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor gt mounting up to a maximum room height of 7 5m Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 45u quiescent Alarm temperature 57 C maximum heat component Operating temperature max 50 C Ambient temperature 20 C to 90 C no condensatio
614. the possible installation of up to 3 optional com ponentries Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 Siren Connection Module SZ58 3 etc as well as of stand by batteries with 2 x 12V max 22Ah The labels of display and operating elements as well as the dis played and printer texts are in English language Enclosed with the control panel is a documentation in English language The parameters of the control panel can be set up and transmitted to the control panel quickly and reliably by means of a PC and the Windows Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 1 Additionally the parameter setup can be accomplished without any further tools by using the keypad of the integrated display and ope rating field of the control panel The fire detection control panel comes with a default setup which allows for a particularly easy commissioning Most important features Administration of up to 16 detector zones for manual call points automatic fire detectors with or without alarm verification technical messages and fault detectors with or without self resetting property Administration of 3 transmitting devices 9 alarming devices and 16 actuations INFO field with a 2 line by 16 character text display providing information about all current events Info button for additional information on the current events 16 double LEDs left hand side red right hand side yellow automatically assigned to the parameteri sed zones and displaying the activation as well as th
615. thout batteries with mounting box LPCB pending according to EN 54 11 and EN 54 25 Art No Name Type 245018 Flexi Element for MCP WCP PS210 249215 Lithium Battery 3V CR123 249218 Lithium Battery 3V CR2032 245083 Plexi Glass Cover for FI700 MCP CI700 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 245695 245698 HAUSALARM 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 27 RF Devices Serie 700 RF 233 Manual Call Point Red 700 RF HFM 3 73 02 The Manual Radio Call Point HFM 3 73 02 according to EN 54 11 B is accommodated in a red alumini um die cast housing and communicates with the fire detection control panel via an RF Interface Series FI700 RF Two batteries are accommodated in the manual call point Normally the detector is powered by the main battery In the event of a failure of the main battery the secondary battery powers the detector The two coloured LED indicates the activated condition of the detector as well as further operating conditions The radio detector is particularly suitable for applications where cabling is impossible or uneconomical The batteries are included in the delivery Features Robust aluminium die cast housing with a door aperture angle of more than 180 Operating instructions by symbols European Standard Latching push button Long battery life of 5 years High range of radio transmission During the learning phase the address can be set in the range 2 to 240 by means of the configuration so
616. tified by VdS according to the Construction Products Di rective CPD In case of mains voltage failure the module continues to provide current from optionally connected stand by batteries The mains voltage is transformed by the integrated switched mode power supply to the current limited and short circuit protected output voltage that 1s required for connected loads and op tional stand by batteries The maximum load current varies depending on the battery capacity For a theo retical charging time of 24 hours stand by batteries with a maximum capacity of 220Ah can be charged Battery monitoring includes periodic measurements of the battery voltage under load and of the internal resistance of the batteries according to EN 54 4 2006 The earth leakage monitoring of the module can be deactivated for special applications by removing a jumper The power supply module is prepared for installation in the Power Supply Housing Series NT24 Features High efficiency through modern switched mode power supply technology current limited and short circuit protected Long lifespan of stand by batteries through temperature compensated battery charging Seven LED indicators for indication of operation and causes of fault in combination with the power supply housing or the power supply front panel Integrated mains fuse Specifications Mains voltage 230VAC 10 20 47 to 63Hz Output voltage typ 27 6VDC Output peak current 8 4A Ambient
617. ting rails for additional components Side by side mounting with or without side wall Cable duct Built in lighting Mounting plate 10cm or 20cm base optional 99 90696660 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D without base 800 x 1800 x 500 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 150kg 01 EX11399E SAM E emm 1039 01 0100 i 212036 212037 212038 212032 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 39 Cabinet 19 40HU GEH19 40 The 19 floor type cabinet with a total height of 40 rack units serves for the housing of equipment in 19 design e g a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 The delivery scope of the cabinet includes a steel door with an 18RU Plexiglas window as well as a pivoting frame of 18RU together with a mounting kit Features Robust sheet steel design Side walls on the left and on the right Door handle with locking element 100mm or 200mm base Cable duct Built in lighting including connection cable Plastic pocket for schematic diagrams 9 9 gt 6 6 2 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D without base 800 x 2000 x 500 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 150kg Cabinet 19 45HU GEH19 45 The 19 floor type cabinet with a total height of 45 rack units serves for the housing of equipment in 19 design e g a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC216 The delivery scope of the cabinet includes a steel door with
618. tion Dimensions Lx W x H 128 x 58 x 20 mm Weight 100g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 108 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 109 242042 Thermal Max Detector 300 A2S 5351TE 110 242041 Thermal Max Detector 300 BS 4351E 109 242040 Thermal RoR Detector 300 A1R 5351E Satellite Progr And Test Unit S300SAT The satellite unit for remote programming is used to exchange data between the Programming and Test Unit S300RPTU and a System Sensor Series 300 detector The satellite unit is attached to the ready to operate detector If necessary the satellite unit can also be applied with a Telescopic Pole Prior to first operation the satellite unit must be synchronised with the programming and test unit Features Locks onto the detector in a defined position Switch and status LED visible from the outside Batteries included in the device 158 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 246150 249212 Specifications Operating voltage 18VDC 2 x 9V block batteries Ambient temperature 10 C to 50 C Relative humidity 5 to 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 106 x 105 mm Colour black Weight 230g incl batteries Cross references Page Art No Name Type 310 249054 Extension Pole SOLO101 108 241041 Optical Thermal Detector 300 2351TEM 107 241040 Optical Smoke Detector 300 2351E 310 249053 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 109 242042 Thermal Max
619. tion Control Panel BC216 1S D1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S B1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S H1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S NL1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S CZ1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S SK1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 2 14 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S HR1 16 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S SLO1 16 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S PL1 16 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S S1 15 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 D1 12 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE D1 23 Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 16 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF58 2 289 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF70 1 S1 287 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 1 D1 291 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKCLR900 1 295 Fire Brigade Map Box FPKPHZR900 1 D1 295 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 1 D1 293 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 1 D1 289 Fire Brigade Control Unit FBF900 2 D1 290 Fire Brigade Display Panel FAT900 2 D1 291 Fire Brigade Orientation Panel FOTR900 2 D1 293 Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2 D1 277 Fire Bri
620. tion Panel BC016 2 INT 1 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BC016 1 INT1 1 210205 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 1 INT1 2 210209 Fire Detection Control Panel BC06 2 INT1 11 214008 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 14 214308 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT 1 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S Terminal Adapter Module SUB58 2 The componentry is used for the easy conversion of two 10 pole flat cable connectors to screw terminals The cabling of two times 8 open collector outputs as well as the triggering of relay modules of type RL58 1 and RL58 2 in this way can be realised flexibly and according to the individual requirements Specifications Connection technology two 10 pole flat cable connectors 16 screw terminals Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 85 x 30 x 20 mm Weight 100g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 The Relay Module RL58 1 is used for the switching of consumer loads via eight dry changeover contacts which can be triggered separately The componentry can be installed in Fire Detection Control Panels Se ries BC600 Series BC216 Series BC016 and Series BC06 Features Eight independent relays with one dry changeover contact
621. tion Systems Smoke Aspiration System A211E LSR The Smoke Aspiration System A211E LSR aspirates air from the monitored room via the connected sensor pipe network and directs the air to a highly sensitive laser smoke detector If the smoke concen tration exceeds the permissible value an alarm 1s activated which is optically displayed on the system and can be further transmitted to a fire detection control panel The system can be used for early fire detection in room and equipment monitoring due to the high response sensitivity of the laser smoke detector Connection to the fire detection control panel is possible either in conventional technology via dry relay contacts or via an ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol The preferred mode of operation must be parameterised at the smoke aspiration system The converter module which is integrated in the smoke aspiration system constitutes the interface for communication via the ADM loop It has one address assigned for both the detector and the control modu le A dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit but can be by passed when connected accordingly The smoke aspiration system can be parameterised with 3 response thresholds for the conditions ALERT ACTION and FIRE The reaching of the ALERT threshold can be transmitted via the ADM loop to the fire detection control panel and be displayed as technical message The relay ACTION is activated once the ACTION threshold is exceede
622. tive measure for preventing false alarms By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the function of the status LED in normal condition can be set and detector specific parameters such as the contamination of the optical chamber or the production date can be read out An LED indicator visible from all angles displays the activated condition of the detector The detector is accommodated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting Several base versions are available for mounting the detector Features Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Insect screen and double dust trap Easy function testing using a magnet or test gas Specifications Operating voltage supplied through detector line voltage Current consumption typ 90u A quiescent Ambient temperature 30 C to 70 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions x H 106 x 46 mm Colour white Weight 80g Approvals VdS G210145 LPCB 928e 02 0832 CPD 1455 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 101 246071 Detector Base 600 Diode FC600 BRD 101 246070 Detector Base 600 FC600 BR 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 Thermal RoR Detector 650 A1R FC650 TDIFF 57 The Thermal RoR Detector FC650 TDIFF 57 reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 57 C according to EN 54 5 Class AI
623. tivity of the detector module the system can be used for early fire detection in room and equipment monitoring The continuous air flow which is generated by a ventilator in the smoke aspiration system housing is per manently monitored A failure of the ventilator blocking of aspiration holes or a pipe burst are optically displayed on the system and transmitted to the control panel as fault message The smoke aspiration system housing is provided with the entire evaluation electronics However the de tector module the front foil and the sensor pipe network are not provided A serial interface for com munication with a PC software is installed in the system Operation fault alarm areal and alarm area2 are indicated on the front side of the system via LEDs Features Applicable in addressable conventional technology with the optional Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 Individual detector identification through connection of an optional Address Module NG58 1 Connection to an ADM loop is possible via optional modules 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244340 244341 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 29 Smoke Aspiration Systems 263 Specifications Supply voltage 14 30VDC Current consumption at 24V one detector module max 275mA quiescent 285mA alarm two detector modules max 295mA quiescent 315mA alarm Pipe length 2 x max 180m Number of aspiration holes 2 x max 20 Ambient temperature 20 C to 60
624. tlet openings can be cleaned effortlessly Features Two part detector housing allows installation in rectangular or square form Transparent cover for optical recognition of detector activation Terminal for external remote indicator Tamper switch for monitoring of the transparent cover Easy function testing using a magnet or test gas 9 4 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244062 244063 244064 244065 244066 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 165 Specifications Air velocity 1 5 to 20 3m s Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions W x H x D Installed in rectangular form 365 x 125 x 68 mm Installed in square form 197 x 229 x 68 mm Weight without detector 730g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 165 244062 Duct Detector Pipe 0 3m DST1 165 244063 Duct Detector Pipe 0 45m DST1 5 165 244065 Duct Detector Pipe 1 5m DST5 165 244064 Duct Detector Pipe Im DST 165 244066 Duct Detector Pipe 3m DST 10 116 241050 Optical Laser Smoke Detector 200 7251 115 241111 Optical Smoke Detector 200AP ND22051E 114 241110 Optical Smoke Detector 200APISM ND22051EI Duct Detector Pipe 0 3m DST1 The air inlet pipe is designed for use with the Duct Detector Housings DNRE and D2E and is provided with standardised air intake holes The pipe is suitable for ventilation ducts with a depth of up to 0 45m and can be cut to the desired length Specifications
625. to convert the setup data which is transmitted via the Serial Inter face Module SIM216 1 into an IP protocol You can use the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT to rea lise a convenient remote access to the fire detection control panel The Ethernet module is integrated into the customer s LAN by the customer s system administrator like any member e g PC network printer The Ethernet Module ENM2 1 is set up by means of the setup soft ware ConfigENM2 which is included in the delivery of the Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT The Ethernet module is contacted from the remote PARSOFT PC via the specified IP address when operating via PARSOFT there is no difference between on site and remote operation Features Operation in DHCP or BOOTP networks Operation with static or dynamic IP address Remote operation via LAN WAN or Internet Status LED Pre configured data line to SIM216 1 included length 1 8m Pre configured power supply line included length 1 8m HK Specifications Supply voltage 21 to 30VDC Current consumption at 24V 45mA Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Dimensions Lx W x H 90 x 64 x 25 mm without mounting straps Weight 150g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 57 214231 Interface Adapter Module IAM216 1E 306 218008 Parameter Setup Software PARSOFT 2 57 214025 Serial Interface Module SIM216 1 223027 Remote Access Module PSTN FZP2 1 The Remot
626. tor 58000 600 operates with an optical sensing chamber based on the principle of scattered light The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol and is Intelligent evaluation algorithms compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing sy stem Thereby the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting another effective measure for preventing false alarms What is more the response sensitivity of the detector can be adjusted via the fire detection control panel to adapt the detector optimally to the application environment Features Constant sensitivity Mechanical theft protection Insect screen 9 9 9 0 6 9 6 6 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 194 195 75 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Permanent evaluation of environmental conditions Response sensitivity can be set in 5 steps via the fire detection control panel 1 4 to 2 8 m Address card in the detector base for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Display of activated condition via 2 LED indicators that are visible from all angles Output for external remote indicator supplied through loop voltage typ 400u quiescent 20 C to 60 C no condensation or icing 0 t
627. trobe FI700 WM STRRR is integrated in a red plastic housing with a red cap and is designed for outdoor and indoor wall mounting The strobe is actuated and supplied via the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Features Long life span of the strobe due to use of LEDs Low power consumption Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption from loop Flash frequency Ambient temperature Relative humidity Protection class Dimensions x D Colour Weight Cross references Page 106 Address can be set in the range 1 to 240 with Programming Unit FI700 PU Optional AUTO addressing when combined with a compatible fire detection control panel supply through the loop voltage typ 70uA strobe off typ 6mA strobe active 1Hz or 0 5Hz 10 C to 55 C 5 85 no condensation IP54 93 x 53 mm red 100g Art No Name Type 249272 Programming Unit FI700 FI700 PU 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 13 Chapter 13 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 101 Accessories for Series FC600 FC650 FI700 246070 aad Le E Ca 246071 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 ZS KA A Detector Base 600 FC600 BR The Detector Base FC600 BR is used for mounting of automatic fire detectors Series FC600 and FC650 in conventional technology The base is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features
628. ts Series XP95 DISCOVERY 241023 242023 241027 241022 242028 243100 245402 245395 245429 245432 245015 Optical Smoke Detector X PIS 55000620 Eeer gg de Thermal Detector X P95 55000 420 EE Optical Smoke Detector Disc 58000 6002 0 eee nee e nent nen e nent e nent enenee Optical Thermal Detector Disc 38000 200 Thermal Detector Disc 58000 400 1 0 0 ccc cece cece cence nese eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Carbon Monoxide Detector Disc 38000 200 Manual Call Point Red XP95 HFM 3 32 02 0 ccc cece cence cence vnr n na never Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Hausalarm HM 5 32 02 02 0 ccc cece cece eee e eee e eee Manual Call Point Blue XP95 Stopp HM 5 32 18 02 2 0 0 ccc nent EER e neces Manual Call Point Yellow XP95 Handausl HM 1 32 17 02 0 cece cece cece ee ee eee ees Manual Call Point Red XP95 Flexi 55100 908 000 ccc ccc ccc cece eee ee ee eee eee e eee Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 249079 249072 249076 249077 249078 249073 249074 249075 249029 249070 355133 355131 355132 355139 355140 355124 355125 355130 355134 355135 355136 355137 355138 356020 356022 356023 Monitor Module XP95 Mini 55000 760 ere ue EE EE eee never serveres peke Monitor Module XP95 Special Detector 55000 841 0 ccc cence nee cence een nnne Module 1xIn 1xRel Out XP95 55000 847 o oo ccc cc cee cee cee vev rv scenes eneeeeeennees Module 3xIn 3xRel Out XP95 55000 588 oo ccc ccc cece cee eee rn vr e
629. ts as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Slovenian language Approval 02012 C 709P3 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 11 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Italian language Approval VdS G201017 14 Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 214088 214094 214308 214320 214300 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 PL1 Functions specifications and cross references correspond to the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Polish language Approval CNBOP 2238 2006 Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 FIN1 The functions specifications and cross references correspond to those of the Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1 INT1 The labels of the display and operating elements as well as the displayed and printer texts are in Finnish language Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 The Fire Detection Control Panel BC216 1S INT1 is a modularly designed compact control panel for small fire detection systems with a single ADM loop ring bus technology It is an already completely mounted unit which includes all basic components that are needed for the operation of a 1 loop fire de tection control panel The control panel is integrate
630. tting the address from 01 to 159 prepared for mounting on a DIN rail Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 510uA quiescent Contact type changeover contact Switching power per contact SA 30VDC or 5SA 230VAC Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions Lx W x H 127 x 76 x 48 mm Weight 140g Approvals VdS G202141 0786 CPD 20341 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CR 6 The addressable module CR 6 serves for the activation of external devices by means of 6 indepen dent dry contacts via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop using System Sensor 200 protocol Features Status LED for every output 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 99 Mounting in a surface mounting box Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption approx 1 5mA quiescent Switching power per contact 2A 30VDC Ambient temperature 0 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 172 x 147 x 25 mm Weight 170g Approval 0832 CPD 0928 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 162 249119 Mounting Chassis Multi Modules CH 6 162 249117 Surface Mounting Box Multi Modules M200SMB MM 162 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 134 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 249104 JE le 9 al A AP 3 j og 249107 e ba Se Lem E H MLG poe
631. ty of room for cabling Increasing the protection class to IP54 by using the optional Protection Kit for Manual Call Point HFM HM ZS IP54 99906066 FF e Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption typ 120A normal communication Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C continuous operation 25 C to 70 C max 12 hours Protection class IP43 Dimensions W x H x D 125 x 125 x 34 mm Colour blue RAL 5015 Weight 400g Approvals VdS G210014 0786 CPD 20934 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 207 219006 Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM 206 249631 Protection Kit IP54 for MCP HFM HM ZS IP54 206 249634 Protective Cover V2A for MCP Blue WG BLAU E 1 207 249601 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM 207 249024 Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH Manual Call Point Red 700 Flexi FI700 MCP The manual call point according to EN 54 11 A is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is designed for use on the ADM loop with Labor Strauss 700 protocol The detector is activated by pressing in the pla stic pane without breaking it The pane can be placed again into the idle position with a special key there by resetting the detector A two coloured LED indicates the activated condition of the detector in red the fault condition in yellow and the loop polling in green The integrated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Un
632. u A quiescent Ambient temperature 20 C to 60 C Dimensions x H 45 x 16 mm Weight 16g Isolator Module 500 200 ISM1 2 The Isolator Module ISM1 2 is used for the connection to an ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol If a short circuit appears between two isolator modules the defective area is separated from the ADM loop and operation of the detectors and modules outside this area is ensured For optimum availability the de tector zones on the ADM loop should be separated from each other by isolator modules Features Full operation of all standard loop elements not affected by the short circuit Installation in commercially available installation boxes on a mounting bracket or a module carrier Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 70 x 24 x 15 mm Weight 20g Approval VdS G296011 supplied through loop voltage max 0 2mA Sounder 200AP Red Multitone 100dB WMSOU RR P33 The addressable multitone sounder is accommodated in a red plastic housing and is prepared for outdoor and indoor mounting The unit is mounted on a base for signalling devices not provided The sounder is actuated as a module using System Sensor 200 protocol and is powered via the ADM loop Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via
633. u allows you to determine whether the individual tests by means of smoke or heat are to be carried out simultaneously or one after the other Two multi coloured LEDs indicate the execution of a test as well as the condition of the test device The detector tester can be used together with the Telescopic Pole SOLO100 or the Extension Pole SOLO101 The delivery scope of the Detector Test Kit 1001 101 includes the test device 2 batteries a charging device a smoke capsule a USB cable and the user manual on CD Specifications Power supply NiMH battery 7 2V 2 2Ah Battery charging time max 90min Ambient temperature 5 C to 45 C Relative humidity 0 85 no condensation Dimensions test device x H 153 x 224 mm Weight 750g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 310 249054 Extension Pole SOLO101 309 249222 Replacement Smoke Capsule TS3 001 310 249053 Telescopic Pole SOLO100 Detector Test Kit Smoke Thermo CO 2001 101 The detector tester 2000 is used to check the correct activation of smoke detectors thermal detectors or carbon monoxide detectors or of multicriteria detectors which respond to these three characteristics of fi re For testing a smoke or CO sensor smoke or carbon monoxide respectively is generated inside the te ster For that purpose two different replaceable capsules are placed in the tester The function of a ther mal detector is tested by means of an integrated heating element The desired test mode
634. ual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Thus only the loop elements in the faulty line section that 1s cut off from the loop by means of isolators are affected in its function A short circuit on the loop is indicated by a yellow status LED If several sounders are actuated in parallel they are synchronised by the control panel to generate a uni form warning tone Depending on the parameter setup of the fire detection control panel and the system condition the panel can activate the sounder with tone A or B The tone type of tones A and B is set via a DIL switch with selection out of 3 combinations Features 3 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g conti nuous tone 900Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level 100dB Easy address setting via DIL switch Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop max 1 2mA quiescent max 9mA sounder and strobe on Sound level 100dB A Im distance Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity max 95 no condensation Protection class IP66 Dimensions W x H x D 110 x 110 x 113 mm Colour red Weight 394g Approval VdS G210023 356020 Strobe XP95 White Red 55000 877 The addressable loop powered strobe 55000 877 with a red cap is integrated in a white plastic housing It
635. ule Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 194 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 75 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 242026 Chapter 18 Conventional Detectors Series 65 173 Thermal RoR Detector 65 CR 55000 132 The Thermal RoR Detector 55000 132 reacts to temperature changes within defined periods of time rate e A of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 90 C according to EN 54 5 Class CR The de tector is designed for applications using addressable conventional technology and is suitable for indoor 2 mounting up to a maximum room height of 6m Features eo Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Alarm temperature Operating temperature Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references 242027 Page 198 194 75 Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG60 1 Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection supplied through detector line voltage typ 45u A quiescent 90 C maximum heat component max 80 C 20 C to 90 C no condensation or icing 0 to 95 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 80g VdS G200061 0832 CPD 0009 Art No Name Type 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 246021 Detector Base 60 65 45681 200 251003 Remote Indicator
636. ultitone FI700 RF WB SOUW 6 ccc ccc cece cece eee eee eee eeees 238 Sounder Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM SOUR STRR oo ccc ccc cece cece eee ee eees 239 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Clear FI700 RF WM SOUW STRC 2 0 0c ccc ccc ccc eect eee ences 240 Sounder Strobe 700 RF White Multitone FI700 RF WB SOUW STRC 66 occ ccc 240 Strobe 700 RF Red Red FI700 RF WM STRRR oo ccc ccc cece cee cece cece ee ee eee eeneeeeeees 241 Remote Indicator TORP FLO RF PA spratt ee er eee 241 RF Measurement Kit FI700 RF MK 0 ccc cece cece nn nn vara rrene erenneren 242 Lihim Battery V CRIZ EE 242 WT Atle EE i e en 242 Special Detectors 242150 242151 242152 242153 243010 243011 243012 249141 243020 249151 244022 244023 244020 244021 244024 244025 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX A2S 6295 oo besdir ddd udu aneu pakeca ns kesse 243 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX BS oi 243 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX CS oli 244 Thermal Detector IP67 Conv MAX ES oi 244 Flame Detecior IR2 EEN 245 ADIL 246 Frame Detector UVIRZ M eee 246 Moines Bracket Wlame Detector T127 sd Nese 247 Flame Detector Uv Conv 800 24 VST K N ooo e cence eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 247 Mounting Bracket Flame Detector MW 800 24 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc ccc ene cen evnen ene e ene n ence es 248 Beam Smoke Detector Conv 6500R oo cece cece cece cece cence cess eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeuues 248 Beam Smoke Detector Test Conv 6500RS sisn45055 cexsneo es EEN EE ada s tanned ed
637. under 200AP Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P33 142 355225 Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone IBSOU DD P34 144 355226 Sounder Strobe 200AP Ivory Red Multiton IBSST DR P33 144 355227 Sounder Strobe 200APISM Ivory Red Multi IBSST DR P34 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR The base adaptor BRR is prepared to support a standard detector base B501AP and serves for the surface mounting of sounders and strobes Series WS Due to the design of the base adaptor cable entry is possible from the back or from the side Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP44 Additional depth of signalling devices 55mm Colour red om mo 170 Chapter 17 Accessories for Series 300 ECO1000 200AP 500 359052 359053 359054 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501 AP Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR The base adaptor WRR with protection class IP65 is prepared to support a standard detector base B501 AP and serves for the indoor and outdoor wall mounting of sounders and strobes Series WS Due to the design of the base adaptor cable entry is possible from the back or from the side Specifications Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Protection class IP65 Additional depth of signalling devices 55mm Colour red Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW The bas
638. upply For Heating 12V NT700 2 The power supply NT700 2 powers the exterior door heating of the fire brigade key depots and fire briga de key boxes if it requires a 12V power supply The power supply is integrated in a surface mounting box that is suitable for DIN rail mounting On the mains side a circuit breaker is installed for overload and short circuit protection Specifications Operating voltage 230VAC 10 15 50Hz Output voltage 12VAC Output power 20VA Protection class IP30 Ambient temperature 0 C to 70 C Dimensions W x H x D 110 x 180 x 80 mm Weight 900g Control Unit for FSK AD900 1 D1 The Control Unit AD900 1 D1 according to VdS 2105 is used for monitoring and control of the fire bri gade key box The unit is accommodated in a grey white steel sheet case suitable for surface indoor mounting The optical indicators Power Key Box alarm Key Box unlocked and Key removed are clear ly arranged and indicate the operating conditions of the system The AD900 1 D1 is able to monitor all stored keys in the Fire Brigade Key Box FSK700 2SX for proper storage and removal and to optically in dicate the corresponding key The operating voltage of 10 30VDC enables the connection to all commer cial control panels without adjustment Numerous adaptations to specific system conditions actuation with High or Low signal static or dynamic transmission of key box alarm to the fire detection or burglar alarm control panel open c
639. urable and fail safe due to the use of opto electronic components Features Alarm condition when actuating element is being pressed Status LED Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 99 by means of button in combination with LED Mounting terminals according to DIN 912 M5 Cable gland M16 x 1 5 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 249091 fise 249003 355220 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 137 Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption Ambient temperature Dimensions Lx W x H supplied through loop voltage approx 300u A quiescent 20 C to 60 C 59 x 32 x 63 mm Colour red black Protection class IP65 Weight 90g Monitor Module Box 500 UMB500 1 The addressable module UMB500 1 allows for the integration of a contact detector e g pressure switch temperature monitor into the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol The module is integrated in a round transparent plastic box and is connected both with the ADM loop and with the detector via flying leads Since the module has no mounting mechanism of its own it must be installed in the detector housing Features Status LED Physical address can be set in the range 01 to 99 by means of button in combination with LED Specifications Operating voltage Current consumption supplied through loop voltage approx 300
640. urv In 4xSurv Out Panel MEA244 1 E 302 317020 Power Supply Module NTM2402 1 303 317021 Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 317031 Power Supply Front Panel NTG24 1CE The Power Supply Front Panel NTG24 1 CE accommodates one Power Supply Module Series i NT24 The front panel is made of powder coated sheet steel and can due to its intelligent design W either be accommodated in a pivoting frame in 19 design or mounted on a mounting plate of a 19 cabinet In both cases the optional stand by batteries are accommodated in the interior of the 19 cabinet Besides the power supply module it provides space for the installation of one Relay Module RL58 1 or RL58 2 The operating and display board on the front side includes LED indicators for the display of operating conditions and fault conditions and allows for the reset of the internal buzzer For the labelling of the LED indicators and the button insertable labelling strips in various lan guages are provided Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 6 rack units x 20 mm without power supply module Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight without installations approx 1 4kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 302 317020 Power Supply Module NTM2402 1 303 317021 Power Supply Module NTM2408 1 68 222010 Relay Module 4 Fold 230V AC RL58 2 67 222004 Relay Module 8 Fold 60VDC RL58 1 317032 Power
641. used to adjust the colour of the BC216 3CE control panel front by default in grey white RAL 9002 to the front foil of the BC216 1CE light grey RAL 7035 Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 266 x 1 mm Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight approx 30g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 36 212033 Dummy Cover 19 6HU AD8C 6H 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 212031 227009 gt eg 214601 el Chapter 3 Fire Detection Control Panels Series BC216 37 Mounting Kit 19 3HU EW8C E The sheet steel mounting kit is designed as 19 slide in unit with a height of 3 rack units It allows for the assembly of stand by batteries 2 x 12V max 45Ah or 1 x 12V 65Ah Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 478 x 133 3 rack units x 200 mm Mounting thickn of front panel 3mm Colour frontal view grey white RAL 9002 Weight 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 38 212027 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 38 212025 Cabinet 19 18HU GEH19 18 IP55 SIT Kit 19 3HU for Printer DPU414 DPU2 1E The mounting kit allows for the quick and easy mounting of a Protocol Printer DPU414 into a control panel that is integrated in a 19 cabinet The mounting kit is designed as a 19 slide in unit with 3 rack units and it includes a drawer to accommodate the Protocol Printer DPU414 The slide in unit al so provides space for the appropriate AC adapter PW4007 E1 Specifications Dimensions W
642. using TT 1 266 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 1 SL 263 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 263 Smoke Aspiration System Housing TP 4 SL 264 Smoke Detector Test Tool SOLO330 310 Smoke Detector Test Set SOLO808 309 Smoke Sticks 6 pcs RE6 2 ecw ees 311 SMS Transmitter Module GSM SCOUT 60 SMS Transmitter Receiver Module GSM SCOUT AKTIV 0 ccc cc cece eens 61 SMS E Mail Transmitter Module SMS2 1 D1 59 Sound Strobe 200 APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSSIEBRP 34 EE 140 Sound Strobe 200 APISM Red Red MT 100dB WMSST RR P38 ER ENN ENNEN ENER EE enn 140 Sound Strobe 2 00 APISM Red Red MT 100dB V SPR us 147 Sound Strobe IP66 XP95ISM Red Mul 100dB SE E EE OE ENN 191 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Alert 45681 330 188 Sound Strobe XP95ISM White Clear Slow W 45681 332189 Sounder 12 24V Red Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4R D210 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone DBS1224B4W D 211 Sounder 12 24V White Multitone 103dB EMA1224B4W D eoenanonunnnennnunenennnneees 210 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 1139 01 0100 355224 355254 355220 355250 355232 355262 355228 355258 3332293 355255 355221 355251 3335233 355263 355229 355259 355001 355014 355181 355195 355193 355182 355183 355185 355184 355191 355189 355226 355256 355222 355252 355234 355264 355227 355257 355235 355241 35526
643. ut alarm verification detector zone for technical messages for the connection of surveillance and status detectors detector zone for fault messages for the connection of fault detectors and detector zone for special functions e g for control commands Individual detector identification for up to 64 addresses per detector line in conjunction with optional address modules Detector lines monitored for wire breakage short circuit and earth fault Freely parameterisable allocation of the detector lines for activating transmitting devices actuations and alarming devices Independent CMOS processor to ensure the alarming capability even at system failure of the control panel Specifications Current consumption at 24V typ 50mA 8 zones terminated without detectors Line voltage typ 20 0V Line current typ 3 7mA End of line resistance 5 6kOhm Line resistance max 50 Ohm per core Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 132 x 74 x 13 mm Weight 80g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 24 214105 BCnet Control Panel No Operat 19 BC216 3CE 21 214005 BCnet Control Panel No Operation BC216 3 18 214056 BCnet Control Panel with Operat BC216 2 INT1 25 214204 Fire Detection Control Module PS BCM216 3EPS 26 214205 Fire Detection Control Module BCM216 3E 22 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 11 2
644. uter diameter of 25mm and is used for installing sections of the sensor pipe network of a smoke aspiration system under difficult con ditions The connection with the sensor duct is established via bushings The sensor tube can be used in all systems which contain an individual setting for the actual air flow conditions Pipe Fitting Bend 90 BOGEN 90 me Pipe elbow long radius made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm with a bending radius of 90 de signed for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Fitting Knee 90 WINKEL 90 Pipe elbow short radius made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm with a bending radius of 90 de signed for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Fitting Knee 45 WINKEL 45 Pipe elbow short radius made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm with a bending radius of 45 de signed for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Fitting T Junction Joint 90 T STUCK 90 Pipe T piece made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm for a 90 junction designed for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems Pipe Fitting T Junction Joint 45 T STUCK 45 Pipe T piece made of grey PVC nominal width 20mm for a 45 junction designed for sensor pipes of smoke aspiration systems 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 244118 244119 244125 244132 244235 244240 244201 244241 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 30 Accessories for Smoke Aspiration Systems 2
645. utput is activated by the alarm condi tion of the inserted detector and remains in the activated state as long as the operating voltage has not be en shortly interrupted Features Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Relay output with dry changeover contact Mechanical theft protection can be activated Specifications Operating voltage 8 5 to ISVDC Current consumption typ 20u quiescent S0mA active Contact rating 1A at 30VDC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Relative humidity 5 to 93 no condensation Dimensions x H 127 x 29 mm Colour cream Weight 96g Detector Base 300 Relay B312NL The Detector Base B312NL is identical to the base ECO1000BREL12L but both the detector and the re lay output are automatically reset several seconds after the fire alarm detection Detector Base 1000 ECO1000BR1000 The Detector Base ECO1000BR1000 is used to accommodate automatic fire detectors Series ECO1000 and is suitable for indoor surface mounting Features Multi wire terminals with secure screw fitting Auxiliary contact for the through connection of the detector line when the detector is removed Terminal for external remote indicator Individual detector addressing by installing an optional Address Module NG58 1 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Specifications Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Cross references Page 163 201 201 75 Chapter
646. ve alarms can be almost entirely excluded when noise levels occur caused for example by welding or a dusty environment On the other hand a re al fire is quickly and reliably detected Because of its characteristics the detector is an optimum 118 Chapter 15 Analog Detectors and Manual Call Points Series 200AP 500 241119 replacement for ionisation smoke detectors The response behaviour of the multicriteria detector 1s similiar to that of ionisation detectors but in contrast to ionisation detectors the strict radiation protection regula tions do not apply to the multicriteria detector and it does not cause the high disposal costs The response sensitivity of the optical sensor can be individually adjusted in 5 steps between 1 5 m and 4 2 m according to the application In addition the alarm activation of the detector can be accelerated or delayed by the sophisticated evaluation of the measured values obtained from all sensors A thermal only mode is also available By means of intelligent evaluation algorithms the influence of contamination on the optical measurement system is compensated for With that the response sensitivity of the optical measurement unit is kept con stant for a long time a further effective step to avoid false alarms The detector is designed for use on the ADM loop with System Sensor 200 protocol and is suitable for in door mounting Please note that the detector must not be used in the thermal only mode if
647. ve measure for preventing false alarms If the contamination of the optical sensing sy stem is too heavy or if the system is defective the multicoloured status LED on the detector will flash in yellow for approx 4 minutes after enablement of the detector line Features Sealed electronics prevents false alarms caused by the environment Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection Insect screen 218 Chapter 26 Devices for Hazardous Areas Specifications Ignition protection Ex classification Current consumption at 24V Ambient temperature Class T5 Class T4 Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals Cross references Page 219 75 222 intrinsically safe II 1G Ex ia IIC typ 85uA quiescent 40 C to 40 C no icing 40 C to 60 C no icing 0 to 98 no condensation 100 x 42 mm white 80g Baseefa 06 ATEX 0007X VdS G207028 0832 CPD 0468 Art No Name Type 246043 Detector Base Orbis IS MB 50018 251003 Remote Indicator PA58 3 228003 Safety Barrier ES58 2 Thermal RoR Detector Orbis A1R IS HT 51145 The Thermal RoR Detector HT 51145 for hazardous areas reacts to temperature changes within defined 242037 5 ZA DIG AA periods of time rate of rise principle as well as to a maximum temperature of 57 C according to EN 54 5 Class AIR The detector is designed for applications using conventional technology and is suitable for indoor mounting up to a room height
648. vel 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355253 355262 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 147 Features 32 different tone type combinations selectable via DIL switch e g continuous tone 660Hz DIN 33 404 tone 1200 500Hz Slow Whoop tone 500 1200Hz Sound level adjustable in 3 steps low medium high Long lifespan of strobe due to the use of LEDs Low power consumption 2 decadic rotary switches for setting the address from 01 to 159 Base adaptors for protection classes IP44 and IP65 available 9 9 Specifications Operating voltage supply through the loop voltage Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder and strobe off max 4 7mA low sound level max 5 6mA medium sound level max 8 1mA high sound level Sound level typ 95dB A Im distance high sound level Flash frequency 1Hz Ambient temperature 25 C to 70 C Relative humidity 10 93 no condensation Protection class P24 IP44 IP65 with base adaptor Dimensions x D 121 x 51 mm Colour red Weight 240g Approval VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 169 359051 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BRR 170 359052 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP65 WRR 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP Sound Strobe 200APISM Red Red MT 100dB WSS PR I The addressable Multitone Sounder Strobe WSS PR I is identical with the Soun
649. via dry relay contacts to a conventional detector line or in modern ring bus technology via appropriate modules with external power supply Features Sensor cables up to 300m length can be connected Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Easy to maintain system Separate alarm and fault indication Alarm indication according to DIN 14623 Easy commissioning of HK Specifications Operating voltage 16 to 28VDC Current consumption at 24VDC 28mA quiescent 58mA alarm Ambient temperature 25 C to 50 C Protection class IP65 Dimensions W x H x D 105 x 105 x 65 mm Material polycarbonate Colour grey white RAL 9002 Weight 300g Approval VdS G203076 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 257 244634 Sensing Cable SKM Black SK SCHWARZ 257 244633 Sensing Cable SKM Red SK ROT 244632 Linear Heat Detector Unit XP95 SKM 95 The linear heat detection system according to EN 54 5 Class C max room height 6m allows the secure detection of maximum temperature exceedances over the entire length of the sensor cable The system can be directly connected to an ADM loop using Apollo Discovery protocol Thanks to the integrated dual iso lator the loop is disconnected at short circuit The system is powered via the loop Features Sensor cables up to 300m length can be connected Detection of exceed
650. vity levels of the smoke detection unit can be selected thereby adap ting the detector optimally to the respective application A thermal only operation is also possible Intelligent evaluation algorithms in the detector compensate for the impact of contamination of the optical sensing system As a result the response sensitivity of the detector is kept constant for a long time thus constituting an effective measure for preventing false alarms The two coloured LED indicator with 360 visibility indicates the activated condition of the detector in red and the test condition in green An output for the connection of a remote indicator is available The inte grated dual isolator disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line By means of the Programming Unit FI700 PU the address of the detector can be set in the range 1 to 240 In addition the programming unit allows for the reading out of parameters such as the level of contamina tion of the optical chamber the default analogue value or the production date Furthermore in case of con nection to a compatible fire detection control panel the detector can also be AUTO addressed The detector is accommodated in a white housing and is designed for indoor mounting In the thermal only mode the room height is limited to 7 5m Several base types are available for mounting the detector Features Output for external remote indicator Mechanical theft protection in the base Double dust
651. w sound level max 2 1mA medium sound level max 4 7mA high sound level Approval VdS pending Cross references Page Art No Name Type 170 359053 Base Adaptor for Sounder amp Strobe IP44 BPW 154 246039 Detector Base 500 200AP B501AP 168 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X Sounder 200AP Ivory Multitone BSO DD N The addressable Sounder BSO DD N is identical with the Sounder BSO PP N it is however accommoda ted in a cream coloured plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X Sounder 200APISM Ivory Multitone BSO DD I The addressable Sounder BSO DD I is identical with the Sounder BSO PP I it is however accommodated in a cream coloured plastic housing Cross references Page Art No Name Type 154 246038 Detector Base 500 200AP Ivory B501AP IV 168 359046 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDDW 10X 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355264 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 149 Sounder Strobe 200AP White Red Multiton BSS PR N The addressable sounder with strobe red cap is accommodated in a round white plastic housing and is prepared for indoor surface mounting The integrated base is suitable for accommodation of fire detectors Series 200 The unit is mounted on a standard detector base BSO1AP The device is actuated using System Sensor 200 protocol and is power
652. wer consumption 2 4W Adhesive force 1000N 100kg Working temperature 20 C to 50 C Dimensions W x H x D magnet 90 x 292 x 105 mm armature plate 65 x 65 x 53 mm Weight magnet 1 5kg armature plate 210g Approval 0407 CPD 056 261018 Magnetic Lock Clamp LED 4900N 1392 The magnetic lock clamp with extra high magnetic force is used for locking doors emergency exits access control systems etc during normal operation The lock is released through an optional Control Device For Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 The magnetic lock clamp is suitable for surface mounting in dry rooms and is delivered complete with counter plate and mounting accessories An integrated function display in dicates the active state of the magnet Specifications Operating voltage 24VDC Current consumption at 24V 250mA Adhesive force approx 4900N 490kg Working temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions L x W x D 270 x 67 x 41 mm Weight 4 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 296 260002 Control Device for Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 300 Chapter 34 Fire Controls 261019 Magnetic Lock Clamp 2750N UTKEM30S1 1388 The magnetic lock clamp with extra high magnetic force is used for locking doors emergency exits access control systems etc during normal operation The lock is released through an optional Control Device For Magnetic Lock Clamp 2498 The magnetic lock clamp is suitable for surface mounting in
653. witch Set Complete SCH70 1 The Key Switch Set SCH70 1 can optionally be installed in the Remote Tableau SG70 1 if the application requires higher security against unauthorized access In this case the menu control is enabled by operating the key switch The key switch can also be installed later on Cross references Page Art No Name Type 74 250020 Remote Tableau SG70 1 Remote Display Alarm Fault SG48 2 The Remote Display SG48 2 is used for the optical and acoustic indication of summary alarm and fault si gnals from fire detection control panels The remote display can be surface or flush mounted in dry rooms Features Optical indication via LEDs Acoustic indication by means of integrated buzzer with silence function Display unit and reset button for the buzzer integrated in front panel Alternative buzzer connection options for fault and alarm indication Specifications Supply voltage 20 to 31 VDC Current consumption at 24V per LED 20mA buzzer 17mA Number of wires for connection 4 Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions L x W x D 91 x 91 x 42 mm Colour white Weight 160g Cross references Page Art No Name Type 9 214999T Available Variants Series BC216 52 210223 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 1EXT INT1 54 210224 Fire Extinguishing Control Panel BC06 2EXT INT1 6 210122 Fire Detection and Evacuation Panel BC016 2 INT 1 5 210102 Fire Detection Control Panel BCO016 1 INT I 1 210205 Fire Detection Co
654. work Interface Module NIF5 1M can only be operated with a central processing board Z1TB216 2 The type of the board is printed on a label Features Galvanically isolated RS485 interface Specifications Current consumption at 24V Cable length between two NIF5 1 Connection type typ 25mA max 1200m Screw terminals Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 95 x 70 x 25 mm Weight 50g Cross references Page 22 16 Network Cable NWK2 1 Art No Name Type 214108 Fire Detection Control Panel 19 BC216 1CE INT1 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description The network cable 4x2xAWG24 1 S FTP category 5 twisted pair is used for the connection of GSSnet members e g of BCnet sectional control panels which form a decentral Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 in the Global Security System network GSSnet Specifications Loop resistance Operating capacitance Capacitance interference max 16 8Ohm 100m at 20 C 4 9nF 100m at IkHz max 59pF at IMHz to 200MHz Impedance 100 15Ohm at 1kHz Attenuation SOMHz max 14dB 100m Outer coat FR PVC FR LS H Outer diameter 6 5mm Min bend radius 52mm Max tensile strength 25kg Core diameter 0 51mm Shield Al polyester foil Cu braid shield Weight SIkg km Temperature range 20 C to 75 C Colour grey RAL 7032 Cross references Page 16 Art No Name Type 219998T Fire Detection Control Panel BCnet216 Description 01 EX11399
655. x 1 mm Wall cut out W x H approx 140 x 140 mm Weight 570g Key For Manual Call Point SCHL HFM HM The standard key is used for opening doors of various components of fire alarm technology e g manual call points Series HFM and Series HM Fire Brigade Control Units FBF58 1 FBF58 2 Fire Brigade Key Safe Adapters AD800 1 and Fire Brigade Map Boxes FWP 1 Replacement Glass for HFM HM SCH HFM HM The standardised replacement glass without marking is required for Manual Call Points Series HFM and Series HM Replacement Glass for HM Red SCH HM ROT The standardised replacement glass with red marking is required for Manual Call Points Series HM and for all older manual call point models Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 80 x 80 x 0 9 mm Replacement Glass for HM Blue SCH HM BLAU The standardised replacement glass with blue marking is required for Manual Call Points Series HM and for all older manual call point models Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 80 x 80 x 0 9 mm Replacement Glass for HM Yellow SCH HM GELB The standardised replacement glass with yellow marking is required for Manual Call Points Series HM and for all older manual call point models Specifications Dimensions W x H x D 80 x 80 x 0 9 mm Special Designation for MCP HM BESCH If required the labelling of a manual call point Series HM can be chosen freely The desired wording has to be specified upon order 208 Chapter 24 Accessories Manual Call
656. x 120 x 80 mm Material ABS Colour light grey RAL 7035 Weight 550g Approval VdS G205066 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 198 249028 Address Module Conventional 60 65 NG60 1 163 249020 Address Module Conventional NG58 1 259 222013 Detector Reset Module MQZ1000 1 254 244622 Sensing Cable Black Nylon SK1800011 253 244628 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 254 244624 Sensing Cable Stainless Steel SK11800013 Sensing Cable Blue SK11800010 The blue Alarmline sensing cable consists of four copper wires each of them being coated with a colour coded material with a negative temperature coefficient The wires are twisted and isolated with an outer layer made of temperature resistant and fire retardant plastic On one side of the cable the four wires are connected to an evaluation unit or a junction box On the other side they are connected with each other and are hermetically sealed thereby creating two loops Both loops are permanently monitored An inter ruption or a short circuit in one of the two loops causes a fault message in the evaluation unit The blue sensing cable is used in monitored zones where an increased exposure to dust and humidity can be expected Features Length of sensing cable up to 300m Detection of exceeding temperatures at any point of the sensing cable Resistant against dust and humidity 254 Chapter 28 Special Detectors 244622 244624 Specifications Outer diameter 3 2mm Wire gauge 0 4
657. x 62 mm Colour cream Weight 2kg Cross references Page Art No Name Type 133 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CR 6 132 249115 Monitor Module 10xSurv In 200 IM 10 249118 Surface Mounting Box SMB6 V0 EE T The surface mounting box is made of plastic and is designed to accommodate up to 6 ADM modules Series M200 or one multi module IM 10 or CR 6 The modules Series M200 are plugged into the fa stening devices of the box a multi module is screwed onto the plastic bolts of the housing by means of the included screws Thanks to the transparent cover of the mounting box the status LED as well as the address switches of the modules are visible Specifications Dimensions Lx W x H 245 x 180 x 100 mm Colour cream transparent smoke coloured Cross references Page Art No Name Type 132 249103 Control Module 1xSurv Out 200 M201E 133 249116 Control Module 6xRel Out 200 CR 6 134 249104 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZ 134 249107 Conventional Zone Module 200 M210E CZR 131 249102 Module 2xSurv In 1xRel Out 200 M221E 132 249115 Monitor Module 10xSurv In 200 IM 10 130 249100 Monitor Module 1xSurv In 200 M210E 131 249101 Monitor Module 2xSurv In 200 M220E 249119 Mounting Chassis Multi Modules CH 6 The mounting bracket is made of sheet steel and is used for mounting of up to 6 multi modules IM 10 ha v or CR 6 The modules are put into the slots of the mounting bracket and fastened by means of screws or threaded bolts The
658. x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 240g om Bas E 1039 01 0100 249073 249074 249075 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 20 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series XP95 DISCOVERY 183 Control Module XP95 55000 852 The addressable module 55000 852 with integrated dual isolator is used for the line monitored activation of external devices e g fire controls acoustic and optical signalling devices via the bi directional com munication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol monitored output can be used as actuati on output An external supply voltage has to be applied for the power supply of the external devices Features Monitoring of the external supply voltage Switch for setting the physical address from 01 to 126 Specifications Operating voltage supplied through loop voltage Current consumption 1 9mA quiescent External consumer voltage max 32VDC Output current max 1A resistive or inductive load Monitoring voltage 10VDC Ambient temperature 20 C to 70 C Dimensions Lx W x H 150 x 90 x 48 mm Colour white Weight 240g Approval VdS G201095 Control Module XP95 Relay 55000 849 The addressable module 55000 849 with integrated dual isolator is used for the activation of external de vices e g fire control acoustic and optical signalling devices via the bi directional communication on the ADM loop with Apollo Discovery protocol Two dry change over contacts can b
659. xD TxD CTS DTR Connection type RS232 9 pole D SUB plug or 10 pole flat cable connector INFO bus 2 pole plugable screw terminal Auxiliary voltage 24VDC 2 pole plugable screw terminal Ambient temperature 5 C to 50 C Dimensions Lx W x H 160 x 65 x 25 mm Cross references Page Art No Name Type 44 211240 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L2S 45 211241 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 16L4S 43 211200 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L2S 43 211201 Fire Detection Control Panel BC600 8L4S Power Supply NT604 1 The power unit NT604 1 is used as power supply of a Fire Detection Control Panel Series BC600 and the connected additional devices as well as for charging the stand by batteries The power unit is implemented in the form of a primary switched mode power supply with high efficiency which results in low self hea ting and a long life span The power unit NT604 1 can be installed as extension in a Control Panel BC600 16xxx in the large wall mount cabinet or in an Extension Housing GEHZ600 16 The output voltage is available at four connec tors that are intended for connection of the system supply cables The data connection to the central processing board is established via the system bus The power unit monitors all important characteristic values of the power supply e g mains voltage bat tery voltage internal resistance of the stand by battery earth fault supply voltage of the external devices A malfunction is tran
660. y Ambient temperature Relative humidity Dimensions x H Colour Weight Approvals 1Hz 25 C to 70 C 10 96 no condensation 112 x 42 mm without detector incl Base LPBW red white 136g VdS G206072 0832 CPD 0414 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 355235 355241 01 EX11399E SAM 1039 01 0100 Chapter 16 Modules Optical and Acoustic Devices Series 200AP 500 143 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 167 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 168 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spcs DBSPW 5 Sounder Strobe 200APISM White Red Multi IBSST PR P34 The addressable Sounder Strobe red cap IBSST PR P34 is identical with the Sounder Strobe IBSST PR P33 it includes however an integrated dual isolator that disconnects the loop at short circuit on the loop line Specifications for further specifications see IBSST PR P33 Current consumption from loop typ 450uA sounder and strobe off max 4 3mA low sound level max 5 6mA medium sound level max 9 2mA high sound level Approvals VdS G206076 0832 CPD 0415 Cross references Page Art No Name Type 166 359040 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP24 White LPBW 167 359043 Base Sounder amp Strobe IP44 White SDBW 168 359045 Lid for Sounder 200 10pcs IBS LIDPW 10X 169 359050 Mounting Plate for Sounder 200 Spes DBSPW 5 Sounder St

Product Guide Fire Detection Systems

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents